BETTER BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT IMPROVEMENT

CHAPTER A ' HORIZONTAL PROVISIONS FOR AUTHORISATIONS

Article 1 Simplifying authorisation procedures

1. The Authorised Authority is posted on its website for reasons of transparency of the licences, decisions and notices issued, in accordance with the text of the legislation, as well as the inspection reports issued under the procedure The authorisation of all activities and compliance with the conditions of their legal exercise.

2. If the institution of the company is altered or transferred for any other party or corporation of the company or company shares, depending on the nature of the company as the individual company or the company of any kind, the licence which Has been issued checked and amended only as regards the data of the registrable entity. Certificates, decisions, approvals, issued to the business, remain valid until the end of the year and do not require the recruitment of young people. If the change consists of the addition of a new act,

For which authorisation is required, the certificates, decisions and approvals issued and relating to the already imported activity shall not be re-searched. In this case, the undertaking of a responsible declaration must be made to ensure that the conditions for the granting of the initial authorisation continue to be fulfilled.

3. The state central and regional authorities and legal persons of public law, which issue decisions, decisions or authorisations for all kinds of activities, acts on the electronic interconnection and the operation of the integrator. In the context of the submission of applications, the information system between the competent services and their final processing is in the electronic format.

4. If any authorisation, authorisation, decision or opinion by the State central and regional authorities and legal persons of public law are required for the issue of any information held on the basis of the General Trade Register (G.E.M.S.), This information may be obtained from the competent authority.

5. Reception centres for applications for licences, decisions or approvals are required to maintain a website, including all information on procedures, procedures and administrative procedures, and Opinions required for the authorisation of all kinds of activities.

6. For the issue of any authorisation, approval or certificate, as well as to deliver an opinion, it is sufficient to provide the supporting documents expressly provided for in law or regulation. The competent authority shall not be allowed to search for any supporting documents and, if they are contested, they shall not be taken into account for the adoption of the act. The procedure referred to in the preceding subparagraph shall constitute a disciplinary offence on the part of the competent official.

7. Within six months of the publication of the present law, the Ministries are required to re-examine their legal status as regards granting a -

MEMBER OF THE GREEK EXCERPT

First, From the Official Proceedings of the RKTH΄, 10 April 2012, Meetings of the Assembly of the House, in which

The following draft law was adopted:

Improving an entrepreneurial environment-New partnership-Seminars-Real Estate Agents for shipping, fishing and fisheries and other provisions

In order to reduce: (a) the deprived persons and (b) the individual justifications and to repeal or replace them with statements in accordance with Article 10 of the Law. NO 3230/2004 (46) The General Secretariat of the Industry of the Ministry of Development, Competitiveness and Shipping monitors the implementation of the provisions of this Regulation.

8. Paragraphs 1 and 2 shall not apply to licences issued by the Directorate-General for Customs and Excise, pursuant to the provisions of international agreements and Community legislation or specific national legislation in the framework of the (i) customs and taxation policy.

CHAPTER B IMPROVEMENT SCHEME

INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Article 2 Modification of provisions of n. 3894/2010 (1 204)

1. The par. Article 1 of Article 1 of the Law 3894/2010 is replaced by:

' 1. As Strategic Investments, for the implementation of the provisions of this law, it means the productive investment which brings about quantitative and qualitative results in the overall economic and social economy and promote the country's exit from The economic crisis. They concern, in particular, the construction, reconstruction, extension or modernisation of infrastructure and networks: (a) in industry, (b) energy, (c) tourism, (d) transport and communications, (e) the provision of health services, (f) management (g) in high-tech and non-smoking projects, if they meet at least one of the following conditions:

(a) the total investment cost is more than 100 million (EUR 100,000,000), irrespective of the investment sector; or

(b) the total cost of the investment is more than 15 million (EUR 15 million), for investment in the industry sector within already organised structures in accordance with the provisions laid down, or three million (3 million) euro; Investments which constitute an approved project under the JESSICA portfolio which has been set up under the No. Regulation (EEC) No 35996 /EYS 5362 (1388/B'/2010) Ministerial Decision, as in any case, applies, in accordance with the procedure laid down in Article 1 (1). 1 and 5 par. 1 of the above decision, or

(c) the total cost of the investment is over forty million (EUR 40 million) and the investment is created by at least twenty (120) new jobs; or

(d) at least 150 (150) new jobs are created by the investment. '

2. In par. Article 1 (3) of the Law 3894/2010 added as follows:

' g. 'Industry', for the purposes of this law, is any principal activity described in categories 10-33 of the Statistical Classification of Economic Activities Statistics (STAFF 2008)

Of the Hellenic Statistical Authority, as shown in Annex I of this law. By decision of the Minister for Development, Competitiveness and Energy, they may be added or deducted in Annex I only for the purposes of applying the present law, categories of economic activities. '

3. Article 2 of the Law 3894/2010 is replaced by the following:

' 1. A Ministerial Committee for Strategic Investments (ICRC) is hereby established, in which the Minister for Development, Competitiveness and Shipping and as members of the Ministers for Economic, Environment, Environment, Energy and Class-Others are involved. Council Regulation (EC) No 3193/ 1999 of the European Parliament and of the Council on the common position established by the Council with a view to the adoption of a European Parliament and Council Directive on the harmonisation of the laws of the Member States relating to turnover taxes-Common system of value added tax. If the ICRC has a minister appointed and Vice-President of the Government, the chair of the ICRC is held by the Vice-President, who is deputized by the Minister for Development, Competitiveness and Shipping. The functioning of the ICRC is governed by the provisions of the Law. 1558/1985. Secretarial support for the ICRC is provided by the General Secretariat of the European Investment Bank.

2. The Board of Directors may decide to determine how it works. '

4. The second indent of paragraph 4. Article 3 of the Law 3894/2010 is replaced by the following:

(b) the transfer of knowledge and know-how, the projected increase in employment, regional or local development of the country, the strengthening of the competitiveness and competitiveness of the national economy, and in particular industry, Adopting a new and high technology, increasing export activity, environmental protection and energy savings."

5. Article 3 of the Law 3894/2010 added paragraph 4 as follows:

' 4. The Board of Directors, acting on the initiative and recommendation of its President or the Minister for Development, Competitiveness and Maritime or as the case may be supervised by the Minister's work, may entrust "Investment in Greece SA". The structure of final investment proposals with-standard specifications, which are part of the processes of public investment strategies. The ICMG, with the same decision, empowers the "Next to Greece SA". For the establishment of integrated envelopes for investment projects and investment projects, as well as any other measures necessary for the authorisation, financing and investment recovery of these investment projects -including the necessary pre-manufacturing operations. '

6. The par. Question No 2, by Mr President 2372/1996 (1 29), as amended by Article 12 of the Law. Council Regulation (EC) No 3049/2002 (2) and Article 4 thereof. 3894/2010, p-dresses as follows:

' 2. The "Investing in Greece S.A." It operates in the public interest in the rules of the fiscal economy and is supervised by the Minister for Development, Competitiveness and Maritime. The "Clothing in Greece S.A." Shall be governed by the provisions of this law and shall be supplemented by the provisions of this law;

2

Classes of Law 2190/1920 are excluded from the provisions of the Law. 3429/2005 (314). '

7. The par. Article 5 of the Law 3894/2010 is replaced by:

' 2. In the event of the inclusion of an investment strategy pursuant to Article 3 (4) of the Act, the drawing-up of projects on investment projects shall be carried out in a contract with the developer and, where necessary, by delegation. (ii) specialist advice. If the services referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article require the provision of third party services (subcontractors), the relevant expenditure shall be included in the mutual agreement. In any event, for the provision of the services and the proper execution of the contract, the consultant is responsible for the "Invest in Greece SA". Under this Article. '

8. Article 6 of the Law 3894/2010 is replaced by the following:

' 1. The prior approval of environmental conditions, granted by a decision of the Minister for the Environment, Energy and Climate Change, and the derogation from any other provision, shall be required in order to take effect. To that end, a request shall be made, accompanied by the appropriate supporting documents, to the competent authorities for the approval of the environmental conditions service of the Ministry of the Environment, Energy and Climate Change. For the rest, the provisions of the v. 1650/1986 (PARAGRAPH 160).

2. If the environmental terms of the projects and activities forming part of the pan-European investment have been approved in accordance with the preceding paragraph, there is no need for the publication of opinions on services and bodies already known in the course of the year. The process of environmental licensing.

3. No investment under this law may be implemented in areas of the NATURA network, which have been specifically designated as absolute protection of nature in accordance with paragraphs 1 and 2 of Article 19 of Law 1650/1986. (PARAGRAPH 1)

9. The par. Article 7 (3) of the Law 3894/2010 is replaced by:

' 3. The terms and restrictions on the operation of strategic investments in land which are located in areas outside the approved city plans, outside the limits of settlements of less than 2,000 inhabitants and outside the limits of residential areas prior to the year 1923, who are being deprived of a valid project, are defined by a presidential decree, issued on a proposal by the Minister for the Environment, Energy and Climate Change and the previous opinion of the Council of Town and Country Planning Council and Inflation (CESCLET), at the request of the Foreman Agency. '

10. The par. Article 8 (2) of the Law 3894/2010 is replaced by:

' 2. The concession may be granted after the adoption of the presidential decrees referred to in Article 24 of this law and in accordance with the specific conditions laid down therein. '

11. The first subparagraph of paragraph 1. Article 9 of the Law 3894/2010 is replaced by the following:

' 1. With joint decisions by the Ministers of Pervenos-dos, Energy and Climate Change, Infrastructure, Transport and Networks, and the case of non-EU ministers, at the request of "Investing in Greece SA", the supporting and accompanying projects are defined (i) an external infrastructure necessary for the implementation of Strategic Investments, provided that their cost is not disproportionately high in relation to the total cost and the strategic nature of the investment. '

12. The case under paragraph 1 of Article 14 of the Law. 3894/2010 is replaced by the following:

(a) the business plan of the investment, including, inter alia, the identity of the investor and its partners, a reference to the investor's previous experience in relation to the type and nature of the investment proposed; A description of the investment, a description of the individual investments with a more specific reference to the development of new technologies and environmental protection, a description of the way proposed for the implementation of the project, a description of the individual Activities and services to be provided, environmentally and fighting Characteristics of the buildings provided for in the plan, analysis of the budget of the total and on-the-spot investments, analysis of the timing of implementation of the investments and their timescale, analysis of the structure The project, an analysis of the project's financial flows for the period of construction of the infrastructure and the time of operation and exploitation, listing the main profitability indicators, reporting of any link requested from the project. A public sector, including a potential for indirect or indirect anti-trust measures in favour of the Of the Directive. '

13. The last paragraph of par. Article 14 of the Law 3894/2010 is replaced by the following:

"With the recommendation of the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the Minister for Development, Competitiveness and Shipping, the decision of the Board of Directors to include the investment proposal in the Strategic Investment Process may be introduced for ratification by the House."

14. Article 14 of the Law. 3894/2010 added paragraph 7 as follows:

' 7. The competent authorities and agencies of the Public Sector and the wider public sector are obliged to give priority to the "Enee-Greece SA". Any necessary assistance, information and facilitation of its purpose under this law. If it is not expressly stated otherwise, it is concluded that the parties to the present law are "Invest in Greece SA"."

15. Article 15 of n. 3894/2010 is replaced by the following:

Article 15 Obligations involved in the procedure

Investment strategies

1. (a) Following the decision of the ICMG for the inclusion of the investment in the Strategic Investment Process, the investor testifies to " Investing in Greece -

3

"SA" A complete dossier of the supporting documents required for the approval and issue of the relevant licences together with: (1) proof of payment of an administrative fee for the promotion of the dossier in "Invest in Greece SA" (2) Guaranteed Letter of participation, a bank of competence, with a first demand clause, on the solvency of the applicant, the authenticity and accuracy of the supporting documents.

(b) The Managing Director of Promotion is returned to the private investor if the investment cannot be terminated due to the inactivity or the non-justifiable delay in fulfilling the obligations of "Investments in Greece SA". And the ICRC ..

(c) "Invest in Greece SA" Shall forward the dossier to the departments responsible for the issue of the licences, in accordance with the provisions laid down therein, within a period of five (5) days from its deposit.

2. The investor bears the weight of the completeness, accuracy and truth of the data submitted to the services which are in the law responsible for the licensing and is required to cooperate with the "Invest in Greece SA", if invoked For this purpose, in order to meet deficiencies. If false data are obtained from all or heavy goods, the inclusion of the investment in the Strategic Investment Strategy shall be revoked by a decision of the ICMG. The same decision states that, at the same time, the guarantee letter referred to in paragraph 1 shall be forfeited in favour of 'Investing in Greece SA'.

3. The guarantee letter of participation is returned to the investor by the end of the authorisation procedure as defined above. If there is undue delay of the investor in the performance of the obligations referred to in paragraphs 1 and 2, the process of integration of the investor in the Strategic Investment Process may be interrupted by a decision of the The Board of Directors of the Board of Directors of the Board of Directors of the Board of Directors of the Administrative Commission of the European Communities. If the straight-up process is interrupted, the provisions of this law are not applicable to this investment and "Invest in El-Lada SA". Returns the file to the investor together with the licences issued in application of the present law, as long as the procedures are pending before the end of the year and are concluded, by the investor, before the competent authorities; (i) the provision of services, as provided for in the relevant legislative provisions. Such authorisations shall be deemed to have been granted pursuant to Article 22 (1) of this law shall be deemed to have been withdrawn automatically. '

16. Article 16 of n. 3894/2010 is replaced by the following:

Article 16 Authorization

1. By decision of the Board of Directors determines the amount of the amount that the investors concerned pay to "Invest in Greece SA", both initially, with the submission of the application and the file of their investment proposal (Administrative Journal). (b) the decision to draw up a case-by-case file (Administrative Mutual Benefit Fund);

(i) and, in particular, after the adoption of the investment proposal in the Strategic Investment Strategy for the services provided by it (Administrative Commission for the Promotion of Promotion), and the details of their payment. By decision of the Board of Directors, the amount and content of the letter of paragraph 1a of Article 15 of this law shall be determined.

2. The amount of the Managing Director for Promotion shall be set at 0,2 % of the total cost of the investment. The amount of the Managing Director of Promotion cannot exceed the amount of 150 000 (150,000) euro.

3. The amount of the Management Agreement for the Evaluation of Tenders is defined by decision of the Board of Directors, common to all investment proposals. By decision of the Board of Directors, the Board of Directors may appoint an additional special Administrative A-certificate for the re-evaluation of investment proposals in the event of the completion of such an evaluation. The initiative of the investors. The amount of the Special Administrative Evaluation of Evaluation (Evaluation) is common to all investment pro-trends and may not exceed 50 % of the initial Evaluation of Assessment.

4. The amount of the guarantee letter in accordance with paragraph 1a of Article 15 of this law shall be 0,5 % of the total cost of the apparel. '

17. Article 17 of the Law. 3894/2010 is replaced by the following:

' 1. The provisions of Articles 1 to 3 may be subject to the provisions of this Act by a decision of the Board of Directors, either at the request of the Board of Directors, signed by the Director-General of the Board of Directors. The competent authority or the Minister, either by decision of the Board of Directors, in accordance with Article 3 (4) of this law.

2. Specially for the decision of the Board of Directors for the inclusion of an ICM in the provisions of this law, a dossier shall be drawn up in which it is described briefly: the investment in its entirety, its own resources, the way in which it is implemented, The services to be provided and the public needs to be covered, and in addition, in particular in the cases of application of paragraph 4 of Article 3 of this law, proof of payment of the Administrative Arrangement. Benefit of the Fakelou.

3. The ICMG, with its decision to approve the inclusion of the investment in the Strategic E-Investment Process, also determines, on the basis of the estimated cost of the ICM, the level of the Management Cluster, as well as, in the case of Article 3 (4), of the Managing Director of the Investment Firm of the investment proposal, which the public will pay to "Invest in Greece SA".

4. For the preparation of investment projects, "Invest in Greece SA" Receive a special representative of the benefit of the project owner, which is borne by the developer and is part of the budget of the project, while for the remainder of the operations the funds shall be collected by the Administrative Commission for the Promotion of Promotion of the Promotion of Propulsion Management in accordance with the The provisions of this law, which -

4

Is a lump sum after the relevant decision of the ICMG and is non-refundable. The level of the Management Committee for the benefit of the persons concerned may not be more than three times the amount of the Management Agreement, as is the case in question. '

18. Article 18 of the Law 3894/2010 is replaced by the following:

' 1. Without prejudice to the law of the European Union, the ICSs which are subject to the provisions of this law shall be conferred through international open competitions in a single phase, without default. In special cases, if there are reasons for a particular complexity of the ICSs to be included or reasons of special interest, which are specifically justified in the accession decision, the ICRC may decide to award the contract. The International Restricted Competition Procedure, the Competitive Dialogue Procedure or the Transnational Agreement, in accordance with the provisions of the Rules of Procedure, and taking into account that the exclusive judge of the final choice is the overall economic Exchange of information to the Greek public. In the case of a transnational agreement, there must be a statement of reasons for the association of the national or public interest which makes it possible to provide for an agreement the most appropriate means of providing it, in particular because of the (i) speed or unfairness or for reasons relating to the overall foreign policy of the country. In this case, it may be preceded by a transnational agreement to inform the relevant committee of the Parliament.

2. The decision of the ICMG for the inclusion of the investment proposal in the Strategic Investment Process-lives the specific details of the tender procedures for the award of the project or the service included in the process; and It may provide for the ratification of the final award contract by the Parliament. At the initiative of the Chairman of the Board of Directors or of the Minister for Development, Competitiveness and Security, the House will be informed of the decision of the ICMG for the inclusion of the investment proposal in the Strategic Investment Process. '

19. Article 22 of the Law 3894/2010 is replaced by the following:

' 1. Unless otherwise specified in a special provision, which in accordance with this law requires the agreement of administrative authorities, the relevant administrative procedure shall be drawn up and the necessary opinions and permits for the implementation of the projects, in particular in relation to Spatial planning and environmental permits, accompanying and ancillary works and liaison projects, are published in a subversive period of 45 (45) of the calendar year. The deadline begins with the submission of an application from "Invest in Greece SA". The competent authority. The competent authority shall within an exclusive time limit of seven (7) working days from receipt of the file to request any additional information necessary for its completion. Exceptionally, they may be requested further and after the expiry of the aforementioned period, provided that their lack of information could not have been established within seven working days. The inclusion of the dossier with the additional information requested in accordance with the two preceding subparagraphs shall be made as soon as possible and in any case;

(10) working days before the expiry of the first forty-five (45) calendar days, which is not further suspended. After the expiry of that period, it shall be concluded that the requested authorisation has been given in accordance with the application.

2. The impending expiry of the above-mentioned deadline of forty-five (45) of the calendar days gives a disciplinary offence attributable both to the official and to the head of the issuing authority, which is appointed by the competent authority. (i) as the institution responsible for the implementation of the obligations arising from this law. The sanctions provided for in the Code of Conduct for Civil Engineers and Civil Servants shall be imposed in the event of a minimum disciplinary detention of three (3) months.

3. With the expiry of the above-mentioned deadline of forty-five (45) of the calendar days, "Ependous-in Greece S.A." It shall inform the Governing Board of the Governing Board, who shall acknowledge receipt thereof in writing. '

20. The para. Article 24 of the EC Treaty 3894/2010 is replaced by:

' 1. For the rational planning and integrated development of the host areas of the Investment Strategies, as well as their co-formulants and their co-financing projects, they may be drawn up and approved in particular. The provisions of this Article, following a decision by the ICRC, which shall examine, inter alia, the necessity, place and timing of the realisation of the investment strategy. The Special Projects for Integrated Development of Strategies for Strategic Investment shall be harmonised with the options or directions and authorised General and authorised Special Framework Programmes and Sustainable Development. '

21. Par. Article 24 of the EC Treaty 3894/2010 is replaced by:

' 2. (a) demarcated on a map of scale 1:5000, the location areas of investment strategies, (b) shall be defined and approved, without prejudice to specific each-setting for spatial development; and (i) land use and specific categories of areas of special purpose and laid down by law: aa) Land use

Investment strategies that will be built in each region. (bb) The environmental conditions for each individual company;

Pan-investment and the specific environmental protection measures required by the relevant provisions for the use of such investments and their contractual activities. (cc) The general and specific conditions and restrictions

Necessary for the construction of buildings which are in line with their strategic investments and assistance and accompanying projects. (d) The general provision of the facilities envisaged;

The Committee of the European Parliament, the European Parliament and the Committee of the European Parliament, and the Committee of the European (e) Special protection and control zones around

The delimited areas, in the above areas, in the

5

Specific conditions and restrictions on land use may be imposed on the management and operation of activities and operations. (i) the training of the above-mentioned projects is to be carried out;

The initiative of the competent authority or the supervisor. '

22. The first paragraph of paragraph 2. Article 25 of the EC Treaty 3894/2010 is replaced by the following:

' Investments whose in-supply procedures have already started in the submission of applications for accession to the provisions of this law, that, in particular, the adoption of environmental conditions, works and ancillary and accompanying projects, may They shall be in the process of strategic investment and be completed in accordance with the arrangements of this law. '

23. The first paragraph of paragraph 3. Article 25 of the EC Treaty 3894/2010 is replaced by the following:

' In the case of the investments referred to in paragraph 1, the environmental conditions shall be adopted in accordance with the provisions of this law on strategic investment and otherwise the provisions of the Law shall apply. 1650/1986 (Α160) and of the Joint Ministerial Decision no. NO 69269/5387/1990 (B). '

24. Article 25 of the Law. 3894/2010 added paragraph 6 as follows:

' 6. An important deadline for the submission of applications for investment in the Strategic Investment Process is 1 January 2016. '

25. The provisions of Article 16 of the Law Regulation (EEC) No 3894/2010, as amended by paragraph 17 of this Article, shall also take account of those investments which have already been subject to the provisions of this Article. 3894/2010, and all applications for evaluation by "Invest in Greece SA" And the ICRC .. On the basis of a simple request by the Member States, the Commission, in accordance with the provisions of Regulation (EEC) No 8191/ EC of the European Parliament, of the European Parliament, of the European Parliament, of the Council, of the European Parliament, of the Council, of the European Parliament, of the European Parliament, of the Council, of the European Parliament, of the European Parliament, Master of the investment in "Invest in Greece SA". A statement of reasons which will result in favour of the owner of the investment shall be issued until the end of the month following the relevant application for revaluation.

Article 3 Amendment of the company's statutes

"INVEST IN GREECE."

1. The par. Article 1 of Article 1 of the Statute of 'Investing in Greece A.E.', which is adopted by the par. Question No 3, of the first part of the article 2372/1996, as amended by Article 4 of the Law. 3894/2010, replacing it as follows:

' 1. Purpose of "Investing in Greece S.A." Is the attraction, reception, promotion and support of strategic and other investment in Greece, the contribution to the continuous improvement of their institutional framework, support for the international investment cooperation of Greek enterprises, and the The promotion of the investment prospects of the assets of the Hellenic Foundation. '

2. The case (c) of par. 2 of article 1 of the ' Investing in Greece S.A. ' (i) the

Is based on the following: Question No 3, of the first part of the article 2372/1996 as replaced by Article 4 of the Law. 3894/2010, replaced by the following:

' c. It acts as a one-stop shop in the context of the Investment Promotion Process, taking all the necessary information from investors in order to provide all legal actions for processing. The procedures for issuing the requested authorisations or the provision of other approvals necessary for the start-up of investments of up to two million (2 million) euro, which, in terms of their impact on the Environment, in category A (1) of article 1 of n. 4014/2011 (1 209) and take the necessary steps to speed them up. To this end, it receives the investment file, takes care of the fulfilment of the necessary supporting documents by the investors and sends them to the case-by-case operators who are obliged to carry out the investment. Their legal imposed actions. These bodies shall also be required to provide the company with written notice of each month for the stage in which the relevant procedures are located, as well as the reasons for the delay or failure to apply the licences or licences. '

3. The last subparagraph of paragraph (d) of par. 2 of Article 1 of the 'Investing in Greece A.E.', which is adopted by the par. Question No 3, of the first part of the article 2372/1996 as replaced by Article 4 of the Law. 3894/2010, repealed.

4. The sub-case of the case with par. 2 of article 1 of the "Investing in Greece A.E." To be adopted by the par. Question No 3, of the first part of the article 2372/1996 as replaced by Article 4 of the Law. 3894/2010, replaced by the following:

(d) is listed in the Interministerial Committee for Strategic Investments (ICRC), by the Minister's supervisor, the inclusion of investment in the Strategic Investment Process or the suspension of the integration process of an investment in the category of Investment strategies. '

5. The sub-case in the case of par. 2 of Article 1 of the 'Investing in Greece A.E.', which is adopted by the par. Question No 3, of the first part of the article 2372/1996 as replaced by Article 4 of the Law. 3894/2010, replaced by the following:

' (f) collects the Administrative Mutual Assistance Facility, the Management of the Evaluation of Tenders, the Governing Council of the Investment Fund and the Managing Director of Promotion. '

6. In the case of (e) par. 2 of Article 1 of the 'Investing in Greece SA', the sub-cases (g) and (h) are numbered in (h) and (h), (a), and following sub-indent (f), a new sub-case shall be presented as follows:

' (g) following a decision by the ICMG on accession and award, in accordance with paragraph 2 of the Act of Accession. Under Article 3 of the Act, it shall structure final investment plans of minimum standards and draw up comprehensive envelopes for investment projects of public investment. In addition, the company makes a total of all the necessary actions for financing, financing and investment recovery.

6

Investment projects, including the necessary preparatory actions.

7. The case z of par. 2 of article 1 of the ' Investing in Greece S.A. ' The European Parliament and the Council of Europe Question No 3, of the first part of the article 2372/1996 as replaced by Article 4 of the Law. 3894/2010, replaced by the following:

' g. In the context of its abovementioned objectives, the Board of Governors may recommend advisory committees or working groups for the preparation and promotion of issues relating to the cycle of its responsibilities by private experts, or Public health and safety at work. In the latter case a unanimous opinion of the supervising Ministers is required. The Board of Governors shall determine how the above committees or working parties shall be organised and operated. No remuneration shall be provided for the members of the undertakings or working groups except payment of the compensation, the amount of which shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the company and shall be borne by the budget. In addition, with the same procedure, it may remove the already established committees or working groups and change their composition and competences. '

8. The second paragraph of paragraph 2. 1 of Article 3 of the ' Investing in Greece A.E. ' Which may be broken down with par. Question No 3, of the first part of the article 2372/1996 as replaced by Article 4 of n. 3894/2010, replaced by the following:

"By joint decision of the Ministers for Economic and Development, Competitiveness and Shipping this may increase up to a hundred percent (100 %)."

9. Article 4 of the "Investing in Greece S.A." To be adopted by the par. Question No 3, of the first part of the article 2372/1996 as replaced by Article 4 of the Law. 3894/2010, replaced by the following:

' The revenue of the company comes from an annual grant of the public investment programme, a grant from the State Budget, from programmes of the European Union in the context of its purpose, from donations, heirs, bequests, From the transfer of its assets, from exchange-rate contributions, fees and fees for the services it offers, such as, in particular, the Managing Director of the Evaluation of Tenders, the Administrative Commission for the Evaluation of Medicinal Products, Facet-loo, the Managing Director of Propulsion and any other law Source. '

10. The par. Article 5 of Article 5 of the Statute of ' Clothing in Greece A.E. ' To be adopted by the par. Question No 3, of the first part of the article 2372/1996 as opposed to Article 4 of the Law. 3894/2010, repealed.

11. The par. 5 of Article 5 of the Statute of ' Clothing in Greece A.E. ' To be adopted by the par. Question No 3, of the first part of the article 2372/1996 as opposed to Article 4 of the Law. 3894/2010, replaced by the following:

' 5. The method of carrying out the expenditure, the organisation and operation of the financial services and any other issue relating to the financial management of the company shall be regulated by regulations drawn up by the Board of Directors; and Are approved with

The decision of the supervising Minister. ' 12. The par. Having regard to the Treaty establishing the European Economic Community,

Clothing in Greece A.E. ' To be adopted by the par. Question No 3, of the first part of the article 2372/1996 as opposed to Article 4 of the Law. 3894/2010, repealed.

13. The case b of par. 2 of Article 7 of the ' Investing in Greece S.A. ' The European Parliament and the Council of Europe Question No 3, of the first part of the article 2372/1996 as replaced by Article 4 of the Law. 3894/2010, replaced by the following:

' (b) monitor and report to the Board of Directors of the company and to the General Assembly of the cases of conflict of interests of the members of the Governing Council and of the cases referred to in Article 5 of this law; Interest of the undertaking or cases of infringement of the provisions of that law by members of the Board of Directors, including the President and the Governing Council, and by the Council referred to in Article 5 of this law. '

14. The case of par. 2 of Article 7 of the ' Investing in Greece S.A. ' The European Parliament and the Council of Europe Question No 3, of the first part of the article 2372/1996 as replaced by Article 4 of the Law. 3894/2010, repealed.

15. The par. 2 of Article 8 of the Statute of ' Clothing in Greece A.E. ' To be adopted by the par. Question No 3, of the first part of the article 2372/1996 as opposed to Article 4 of the Law. 3894/2010, repealed.

16. The par. 1 of Article 9 of the Statute of ' Clothing in Greece A.E. ' To be adopted by the par. Question No 3, of the first part of the article 2372/1996 as opposed to Article 4 of the Law. 3894/2010, replaced by the following:

"Inline company with the investment" Investment in Greece S.A. " Is managed by a Board of Directors, which consists of a maximum of 11 members, between which the President and the Chief Executive, which may be present in the same person. The Board of Directors shall define the strategy and policy of the company and shall exercise the powers provided for in the text of the Constitution and this Statute. The parallel exercise of the President and the Governing Council from the same person shall not be entitled to any right for an additional payment. '

17. Par. Article 9 of Article 9 of the Statute of 'Clothing in Greece A.E.', established by the par. Question No 3, of the first part of the article 2372/1996, as amended by Article 4 of the Law. 3894/2010, replacing it as follows:

' 4. The President and the Managing Director of the "Investment in Greece S.A.", as well as the remaining members, which are not elected or indicated in accordance with paragraph 5 of this Article, are defined and terminated by the Minister for Development, Fondage and Shipping. The above cessation of members shall not give rise to compensation of one-di-di-or the company. '

18. The para. 5 of Article 9 of the Statute of ' Investing in Greece A.E. ' To be adopted by the par. Question No 3, of the first part of the article 2372/1996 as opposed to Article 4 of the Law. 3894/2010, replace -

7

European Parliament and Council Five of the members of the Board of Directors,

Apart from the President and the Managing Director, they are appointed after the Greek Association of Banks, the Greek National Association of Greek Companies, the General Confederation of Workers Greece, the Association of Greek Industries and the Hellenic Foundation for the Development of Industry. Association of Greek Tourist Enterprises, which point to a person. The representatives of the following may participate in the Board of Directors and in excess of the maximum number of members of the company. The representatives of the above shall be proposed within a time limit of one (1) which shall be initiated by the relevant written notification by the Minister for Development, Competitiveness and Shipping. Until the definition of such representatives, the Board of Governors shall be constituted and shall function legally and without such members. '

19. The second paragraph of paragraph 1. 7 of Article 9 of the "Investing in Greece S.A." Is broken with par. Question No 3, of the first part of the article 2372/1996 as replaced by Article 4 of n. 3894/2010, replaced by the following:

' The Board of Directors shall be composed of at least five members of the Board, including the President and the Chief Executive, and shall act by a simple majority of those present. '

20. The first paragraph of paragraph 2. 8 of Article 9 of the ' Investing in Greece S.A. ' Which may be broken down with par. Question No 3, of the first part of the article 2372/1996 as replaced by Article 4 of n. 3894/2010, replaced by the following:

' The company shall be represented in judicial and extrajudicial proceedings against each of the Authority or by a legal or natural person by the President and Chief Executive Officer or by special authority for the particular case. If the properties of the President and the Managing Director do not apply to the same person, the company is represented by the Managing Director. '

21. Par. 9 of Article 9 of the Statute of ' Clothing in Greece A.E. ' To be adopted by the par. Question No 3, of the first part of the article 2372/1996 as opposed to Article 4 of the Law. 3894/2010, replaced by the following:

9. A decision of the Board of Directors of the Board of Governors shall be drawn up by a decision of the Board of Governors, approved by the Minister responsible. '

22. The par. Article 10 of Article 10 of the Statute of ' Investing in Greece A.E. ' To be adopted by the par. Question No 3, of the first part of the article 2372/1996 as opposed to Article 4 of the Law. 3894/2010, replaced by the following:

' 3. The reimbursement of the members of the Governing Council, including the President and the Governing Council, shall be determined by a joint decision of the Ministers for Economic and Development, Competitiveness and Maritime Affairs. The President, the Chief Executive and members of the Board of Directors shall not be entitled to any other benefit, remuneration, remuneration or pre-law. '

23. Article 12 of the "Investing in Greece S.A." To be adopted by the par. 3 of the first part of the v. 2372/1996, as replaced

Article 4 of the n. 3894/2010, replaced by the following:

" Article 12 Internal Rules of Procedure

By decision of the Board of Directors, a decision of the Minister for Development, Competitiveness and Maritime Affairs is published in the Faculty of Companies and Companies Restricted to the Government of the Government of the Government of the Government of the Republic of The Internal Rules of Procedure which regulate the following issues:

(a) The structure of the company's services and the relationship of services between them and the administration. B) The allocation of responsibilities to services and the

(c) The distribution of staff positions in the administration;

(d) Qualifications, recruitment, working conditions, and

(e) The exercise of disciplinary control over the staff. The procedures for assessing the performance of the di -

Director of the company. (g) The procedure for the operation of the agency

Control. ' 24. The 'CHAPTER VI' of the ' En -

In Greece A.E. ', which is adopted by the par. Question No 3, of the first part of the article 2372/1996 as opposed to Article 4 of the Law. 3894/2010, as follows:

' CHAPTER IN GENERAL PROVISIONS

1. The remainder of the provisions of Mr Law 2190/1920 apply.

2. "Invest in Greece SA" Is required, with the decision of the ICRC, to take all necessary steps to obtain licences in order to permit the proclamation of projects or services forming part of the Strategic Investments.

3. "Invest in Greece SA" It shall exercise the powers conferred on it by the provisions of this law.

4. All the competent services and agencies of the Doomsday and the wider public sector are obliged to give an absolute priority to the "Investment in Greece SA". Any necessary assistance, information and facilitation for the realisation of its purpose under this law. '

25. Paragraph 3 of article 11 of the "Invest in Greece SA" of "Investing in Greece". After the first subparagraph, the following subparagraph is added:

' The secondment shall be effected in accordance with the second subparagraph of paragraph 2. ' Where the provisions of the same Article indicate the Y -

Minister of State for Development, Competitiveness and Shipping.

Article 4 Procedure for the licensing of private companies

Investments and Operator Registry

1. In the company "Investments in Greece SA" Special Unit of Propulsion Assistance En -

8

(b) a decision on the application of the principle of equal treatment for men and women as regards the application of the principle of equal treatment for men and women in respect of equal treatment for men and women in the event of a failure to fulfil obligations; Of the two million (2,000,000) euro, which fall into categories A1 and A2, as defined in Article 1 of the n. Council Regulation (EC) No 4014/2011 laying down detailed rules for the implementation of Council Regulation (EC) No 4014/2011 and makes the necessary steps to accelerate them.

2. The European Investment Bank receives the investment file and the relevant application by the investor, collects a Handbook of Conduct, takes care to meet the necessary supporting documents by the investors and sends them to the In the case of non-resident carriers, who are obliged to carry out their duties in accordance with their law. These bodies shall also be required to provide the company with written notice of each month for the stage in which the relevant procedures are located, as well as the reasons for the delay or failure of the licences or licences. Within the framework of the Procedural Promotion Process

Investment in "Investments in Greece SA" It does not, however, make the competent authorities responsible for the provision of investment projects.

3. In order to serve the needs of the Hellenic Republic, this law is recommended in the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Competitiveness and Maritime, Registry of the Coastal Investment Promotion Agency (LLC). This register shall be entered in the Register, on request, of natural persons holding a licence, with sufficient experience in the authorisation of investment projects, which shall undertake the provision of services of flux and scientific support to "Invest in" Greece SA " For the rapid processing of empty-hand procedures.

4. With decisions of the Minister for Development, Competitiveness and Shipping, which are issued within three (3) months from the date of entry into force of this law, the operation of E. M.A. and M.A. The qualifications and qualifications of the operators concerned and the criteria laid down therein, the required supporting documents, the procedure for the application and registration in the register and any other particulars necessary for its approval. The Committee of the Rules of Procedure, the Committee of the Rules of Procedure, the Committee on the Environment, Public Height of the Managing Director and the individual operators, the obligations and the details of the monitoring of these activities, the procedure and the procedures for applying sanctions in the event of non-compliance with The Committee of the Environment, Public Health and Consumer Protection and the Committee on the Environment, Public Health and Consumer Protection and the Committee on the Environment, Public Health and Consumer Protection and the Committee on the Environment, Public Health and Consumer Protection.

CHAPTER C ARRANGEMENTS FOR ARCHEOLOGICAL RESEARCH AND WORK IN THE CONTEXT OF LARGE

PRIVATE PROJECTS

Article 5 Scope-Entities of the Office for Coordination and Monitoring of Archaeological

Work in the Great Project Framework '

1. As "Large Private Projects" for the application of the provisions of Articles 5 to 11, the following definitions shall apply: Article 1 of Article 1 of the Law Regulation (EEC) No 3894/2010 (' 204) as replaced by Article 2 of this law.

2. The "Coordination and Monitoring Office of Ethical Works in the Great Works Framework" of the Ministry of Culture and Tourism (BM 1354/2010) is responsible for the department of the Ministry of Culture and Tourism for the Ministry of Culture and Tourism. Handling of the goods related to Large I-diotic works. The Lord of the Project is required to appoint a representative who must be in direct and continuous contact with the "Coordination and Monitoring of Archaeological Projects in the Great Works Framework" of the Ministry of Culture and Tourism. For the treatment of all kinds of issues arising in connection with the protection of the activities and the archaeological investigations and work required in the framework of the execution of major private projects in accordance with the current legislative framework.

Article 6 Memorandum of Understanding and Cooperation

1. For the purpose of monitoring and carrying out archaeological research and work, as well as the promotion and promotion of archaeological findings, which are revealed in the context of the work of the development and construction of the Great Private Works (MIT), Without prejudice to the fact that their establishment or operation is not prohibited by the provisions in force, a model of a Memorandum of Understanding and Cooperation shall be drawn up by a decision of the Minister for Culture and Tourism, after the opinion of the Central Bank. Archaeological Council (K.A.C.) or of the Central Council of Modern Morings (K.N.B.) . The text of the Standard Memorandum of Understanding and Co-operation is set out as PA-ANNEX II and is an integral part of the present chapter.

2. Subject to the TNF referred to in paragraph 1, the description of the conditions, conditions and procedures for:

(a) The carrying out of the archaeological investigations and investigations during the construction phase, as well as the protection of archaeological findings from the point of view of the storage, maintenance, existence and/or demonstration of the archaeological findings. EC 12-1982, POINT 3.4.1.

9

(b) The management and protection of archaeological findings and monuments, in accordance with the provisions of the Law. Regulation (EC) No 3028/2002, which is located in the areas of construction within the zone of the occupation of basic and accompanying projects.

(c) Protection of monuments that may be affected by construction work, in accordance with the provisions of the Law. NO 3028/2002.

3. For each M.I. E, it shall be drawn up, after the adoption of the project, in accordance with Articles 10 to 17 of the Law. Having regard to Council Regulation (EC) No 3028/2002 and in consultation with the 'Office for Coordination and Monitoring of Archaeological Operations in the framework of Great Works', (Office), a Special Opinion on the Memorandum of Understanding and Cooperation, under the Standard of ANNEX II, signed by the Department heads of the Ministry of Culture and Tourism and the Principal of the Project. Additional conditions relating to the project concerned may be included in the Special Mmon in so far as these conditions are not contrary to the provisions laid down or the terms of the Standard.

4. The content of the TNF in question is binding for the parties following their signature. The conditions shall be subject to the penalties provided for in Article 10 of this Regulation.

Article 7 Report of analytical Archaeological Documentation

1. During the initial phase of the technical studies, during which it is considered in par. Pursuant to Article 6 (3) of the Project to the Office of the Project of the Ministry of Culture and Tourism, the project of the Project of the Ministry of Culture and Tourism, Exposure of the Aristotelian Archaeological Documentation (HEAD) within a period of 30 (30) The days from the date of re-insurance from the point of view of the Lord of the project of a necessary equipment for the elaboration of the ESAF.

2. The Lord of the Project has the necessary logistical infrastructure, such as consumables, equipment for archaeological research, and the necessary personnel, such as surveyor, designer, computer systems, etc. For the elaboration of the S.A.P.D.

3. After the pension of the AWU and if the location of the M.I.E. is approved during the course of the operation. Article 6, the Ministry of Culture and Tourism takes part in all stages of environmental licensing from the Ministry of Environment, Energy and Climate Al-hare, in accordance with the relevant legislative framework in force.

Article 8 Scientific and technical staff

1. The number and specificity of the necessary scientific and technical staff for the execution of archaeological research and work in the context of the media is determined by an administrative act of the Directorate-General responsible for Directorate-General Antiquities and Cultural Heritage or the Directorate-General for Sustainable Development, Museums and Techniques, which are published following the introduction of the relevant Regional Services and notified to the Project Master

The timetable of the work, which may be modified according to the course and type of work required at each stage of the archaeological research. The same process increases or reduces the number and resets the specificity of the scientific and laboratory staff, analysis of the course of archaeological research and projects, the type and number of findings.

2. From the above staff, 60 % (60) % of each individual category is taken with a qualified and relevant experience of at least three (3) years for archaeologists and six (6) months for the rest of the staff. For the remaining 40 % (40) % of each individual class is not required. The recruitment of staff shall be carried out by the Master of the Project, following a written declaration of the relevant Regional Affairs of the Ministry of Culture and Tourism, and is being taken by him.

3. If for reasons that give rise to the course of the archaeological research and work, the first paragraph shall apply, or members of the scientific and technical staff, shall apply.

4. The archaeological investigations and operations in the framework of the Media are carried out by the competent authorities, which will regularly report to the Office on their progress at each stage of their execution. Employees in the archaeological works, as well as any works of protection and promotion of non-archaeological sites and historic sites in the context of the execution of MIT, are required to carry out the tasks assigned to them by taking orders, and Instructions from the Head of the Regional Services of the Ministry of Culture and Tourism, who control progress and good, in general, to carry out their work.

5. The Lord of the Project is required to report regularly and periodically to the Office on all kinds of issues arising in the context of the execution of archaeological investigations and investigations in order to address them in a timely manner. The services of the Ministry of Culture and Tourism.

Article 9 Report of results of archeological research

1. Upon completion of any rescue excavation in the whole or in the area of the area of the basic and the accompanying works, the competent authorities of Antiquities should inform the Office of the Office so that it may proceed with the programme. -if any of the side effects gets serious, Thereafter and within fifteen (15) days in which the preliminary documentation and reports of the results of the archaeological research are completed, the relevant departments of Antiquities shall submit a documented file to the Office. In order to allow the issue to be inserted, or by absolute priority, in the next scheduled scheduled Session of the competent central body of the Ministry of Culture and Tourism, K.A.C. or C.N.B., in accordance with the provisions of Article 50 of the Law. NO 3028/2002. The Opinion was drawn up in the light of the opinion of the Committee of the European

10

The Committee of the Regions and the Committee of the Regions, the European Parliament, the Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions.

2. After the adoption of the relevant decision and the date on which it is authorised to continue the work of the Court of Justice in accordance with the provisions of Articles 10 to 17 of the Law. 3028/2002, the Office, in consultation with the competent authorities of Antiquities, shall inform the Principal of the Project of the chronograph of the further course of work, as provided for in this Decision, and the number and specificity of the project. Scientific and technical staff to be required to comply with the relevant timeframe. After the completion of the work, the competent authorities of Antiquities shall give in writing, immediately and without delay, the site to the Lord of the Project for the continuation of the work in accordance with the conditions laid down in the aforementioned Decision; and They shall inform the Office accordingly.

Article 10 Penalties

1. In the event of an established infringement of the obligations of the Memoranda of Understanding and Cooperation, with the exception of the penalties provided for in the text, and in particular the law. The following penalties shall apply to the following infringements:

(a) In the event of the destruction of antiquities with the responsibility of the supervisor of the field or of the project, the criminal sanctions shall be imposed by the provisions of Article 56 of the Law. 3028/2002, non-divergent allowance for the various classes of the A.C.

(b) If the antiquities established in the course of the project are not declared immediately, with the responsibility of the Lord of the Project or the workers in the project, the provision of Article 58 of the Law shall apply. (c) If the time line is not adhered to, if the time-frame is not adhered to, it is not necessary to comply with the provisions of the Rules of Procedure.

Of the Project's Lord, the timetable of the initial-logical investigations and operations ceases to be binding and suspended, with a decision by the Ministry of Culture and Tourism, all the relevant deadlines, set out in A Memorandum of Understanding and Cooperation, for an equivalent period of time, to be included in the originally agreed timetable, by the parties involved.

(d) If the work of the Ephorate is obstructed, for the execution of the archaeological research and work, under the responsibility of the Lord of the Project, and without prejudice to the penalties provided for, it shall extend the period of interruption of its work. For as long as the obstruction of the work of the Antiquities of Antiquities takes place in the absence of a discharge in accordance with the provisions of the Board, e) If the Project Principal refuses to finance

The maintenance, classification, storage and registration of the material for the purpose of publishing, with the end of the rescue excavation, in accordance with the Memorandum of Understanding, the work of the project is suspended until the obligations have been met Of the Project Master for the financing of these tasks, the exclusion of any other compensation in accordance with the provisions of the A. K., but also

Of the relevant provisions of the n. NO 3028/2002. If not submitted by the Principal of the Project

In the competent authorities of Antiquities, within the limits laid down in the Memorandum of Understanding and the Cooperation Agreement, the reports on the progress of the proceedings, the timing of the work of the project will be extended for as long as possible; There is a delay in the submission of the relevant reports, the exclusion of any other claims to be made on the basis of the provisions of the A. K., while the supervising archeological field shall be replaced directly.

2. If it is found on the part of the relevant Department of Antiquities that the responsible archeologist is causing a-interest and wrongdoing to carry out the work of the project, it shall be replaced by the consistent opinion of the Department of Antiquities.

Article 11 Application of existing provisions

The provisions of this Chapter shall not affect the application of the provisions of n. The Committee of the Regions calls on the Commission to draw up a report on the implementation of the European Year of the Environment, Public Health and Consumer Protection.

HEAD OF INNOVATION AREA IN THESSALONIKI

Article 12 Establishment of the Innovation Zone of Thessaloniki

The par. Article 1 (2) of the Law The following is substituted for 3489/2006 (1 205)

' 2. The boundaries of Z.KISI are determined by a joint decision of the Ministers for Economic, Development, Competitiveness and Maritime Affairs and the Environment, Energy and Climate Change, following an opinion by the Board of Directors of the "Alexandria Zone" And-law SA." (AD) and the Organisation of Thessaloniki-Article 5 of Law 1561/1985 (A-148). For the fulfilment of the purpose of A.Z.K. it may be

To be allocated to the premises for use. If the withdrawal is made by private operators, a Memorandum of Understanding between the legal persons of the concession body and the GK shall be signed. '

Article 13 Strategic Development Plan

1. The par. Article 2 of the Law No 3489/2006 is replaced by:

' 2. The Strategic Plan is drawn up by the Board of Directors of the company with the "Alexan-Energy Zone Innovative S.A.". Having regard to the opinion of the Advisory Committee on Development of the R & D, The Strategic Plan shall be adopted by a joint decision of the Ministers for Economic, Development, Competitiveness and Maritime Affairs, the Environment, Energy and the Climate Change and the relevant competent Ministers, published in the Official Journal of the European Communities. Governor-as. The Strategic Plan may be modified by the same procedure. '

2. Paragraph 3 of Article 2 of the Law. A-to read as follows:

' 3. By decision of the Board of Directors, it may be

11

The projects referred to in point (b) of paragraph 1 shall be specialised, to specify the competent bodies, the timing of the implementation of these projects, their funding and to set out any other relevant issues. ';

3. Article 2 (4) of the Law The phrase 'Committee on Development Committee' is replaced by the words'Advisory Committee on Development'.

Article 14 Replacement of Article 3 of the Law 3489/2006

Article 3 of the Law 3489/2006 is replaced by the following:

" Article 3 Establishment of the Annunment Company with the agreement

"Alexandria Innovation Zone S.A."

1. The company is founded by the company with the "Ale-Alexandria Innovation Zone" brand. (Company) , based in Thessaloniki, which is supervised by the General Secretariat of the Industry of the Ministry of Development, A-competition and Shipping. The company pursues objectives of public interest and public interest and has as its main task the management and development of Z.KAS. The company does not belong to the wider public sector, as defined each time, and operates under the rules of the private economy, within the framework of the provisions of this law and its statutes and adjuncts, of its provisions. Mr. N. 2190/1920 (' 37), it is excluded from the provisions of the Law. EC 12-1985, POINT 3.4.1.

2. The management of the company, the organization and operation of the company, the responsibilities of its organs and any more specific issue are regulated by its statute, drawn up by the Board of Directors and adopted by a joint decision of the Ministers for Economic Affairs. And the Reset, Competitiveness and Maritime, which is published in the Official Journal of the Government. The Statute of the Company is amended by the same procedure. '

Article 15 Equity capital

1. The second subparagraph of paragraph 1. Article 5 of the Law Reformulated as follows:

"For the exercise of the rights of the shareholder, the Symposium is represented by the Ministers for Economic and Development, Competitiveness and Shipping."

2. The first subparagraph of paragraph 2. Article 5 of the EC Treaty Reformulated as follows: 3489/2006 (A΄ 205)

" By means of a joint decision of the Ministers for Economic and Development, Competitiveness and Shipping, the Board may transfer its shares to any person from the preceding paragraph, preferred, among them, of the law. Private law persons. '

Article 16 Replacement of Article 6 of the Law 3489/2006

Article 6 of the Law 3489/2006 is replaced by the following:

" Article 6 Organization and operation of the Company

1. For the organisation and operation of the company, the following regulations are hereby established: (a) The Rules of Procedure. With Ka -

The organisation structure of the company, the number of the staff of the company, the number of categories, divisions and specializations, its responsibilities in the exercise of its staff, the evaluation criteria Of its development, remuneration and remuneration, education and education, and any other relevant details. The Department of Internal Revenue is prepared by the Board of Directors of the Company and is governed by a decision of the Minister for Development, Competitiveness and Maritime Affairs. Buildings of real estate

Owned by the company or granted to it by any legal relationship excluded from the provisions of the provisions of paragraph 34/1995 (1 30). These provisions are governed by the provisions of this Regulation and Articles 574 to 618 of the Civil Code (A.C.). The Regulation shall be established by the Board of Directors of the company and shall adopt a joint decision of the Ministers for Economic and Development, Competitiveness and Maritime Affairs.

2. The procurement and service contracts concluded by the company are governed by the provisions governing the respective contracts of the Public Sector and the legal persons and undertakings of the public sector.

3. The contracts for the execution of works concluded by the company are governed by the provisions governing the non-aligned contracts of the Public Sector and the legal persons and undertakings of the public sector.

4. The company may, by decision of its Board of Directors, conclude programme contracts with wider public bodies for the implementation, administration and coordination of all works of its competence. '

Article 17 Replacement of Article 7 of the Law 3489/2006

Article 7 of the Law 3489/2006 is replaced by the following:

" Article 7 Company management bodies

1. The management bodies of the company form the General Assembly and the Board of Directors.

2. The General Assembly is the supreme body of the company and carries out the responsibilities defined in this law, in the statutes of the company and, in addition, in the provisions of Mr Law 2190/1920.

3. The company is managed by a Board of Directors, which consists of a maximum of seven members, between which the President and the CEO, which are members of the same person. The appropriate exercise of the functions of President and Chief Executive Officer by the same person shall not be entitled to any additional payment. The members of the Board

12

It may be from the enterprise, the scientific and research team, and the local authorities of the first and second degree and should be distinguished for the scientific validity, the special Knowledge and experience on the issues defined by the company's purpose.

4. Members of the Board of Directors, on a regular basis, are appointed by a joint decision of the Ministers for Economic Affairs, Development, Competitiveness and Maritime Affairs and Education, Lifelong Learning and Threat, following a call for an event. Interest rate being disclosed. Their term of office is divided, and may be renewed once, for equal time.

5. In order to take over the position of the President and the President of the Council, at least, a university degree or equivalent and equivalent institution of the rest of the world and a service for at least five (5) years in an increased position are required. Public or private sector liability. This person shall be appointed by a decision of the Minister for Development, Competitiveness and Maritime Affairs after a public service contract notice. The notice shall be made by decision of the Ministry of Development, Competitiveness and Maritime. The same decision lays down the procedure and criteria for the selection of the President and the Governing Council.

6. By joint decision of the Ministers for Economic and Development, Competitiveness and Maritime, the President and the Governing Council and the members of the Board of Directors shall be determined in accordance with Article 2 of the Law. REGULATION (EEC) NO 3899/2010 (2).

7. The Board of Directors supervises and controls the management of its assets and carries out the responsibilities provided for in this law, in the statutes of the company and, in addition, in the relevant provisions of Mr D. 2190/1920. The Board of Directors shall meet, meet and decide in accordance with the company's assets. '

Article 18 Replacement of Article 8 of the Law 3489/2006

Paragraph 2 of Article 8 of the Law. No 3489/2006 is replaced by the following:

' 2. From the start of the operation of the company, it may be seconded to it, with special pro-life or experience, from public services, public entities and private law, organisations and applications of the wider public sector, As it is defined every time. Divisions are carried out by a joint decision of the Ministers for Development, Competitiveness and Shipping, Administrative Reform and Electronic Governance and the Anti-Government Minister, following a request from the Board of Directors and the Board of Directors. And by way of derogation from the provisions laid down. Persons seconded to the company shall receive from this total remuneration and all kinds of general or special allowances, which correspond to their organizational position, other than those related to the active performance of their duties. In the company's staff, it includes a

(i) the position of a legal adviser with a standing position. The guard -

The Board of Directors shall be consulted by the Board of Directors, after a public tender, and is adopted by decision of the Minister for Economic Affairs, Competitiveness and Maritime Affairs. '

Article 19 Supervisory and obligations of the company

1. Paragraph 1 of Article 10 of the Law. A-to read as follows:

' 1. The company, in addition to the supervision exercised by Mr. Law 2190/1920, is subject to the supervision of the Development, Competitiveness and Marine Department.

2. In the case of ar. Article 10 of the EEC Treaty The words'by joint decision of the Ministers for Development and Macedonia-Thrace' shall be deleted after the word 'revised', and the words'by decision of the Minister for Development, Competitiveness and Shipping' shall be added.

Article 20 Replacement of Article 13 of the Law 3489/2006

Article 13 of the Law 3489/2006 is replaced by the following:

" Article 13 Advisory Committee on Development

1. The Board of Directors of the company "Alexan-Energy Zone Innovative S.A." He is assisted in his work by the Committee on Development of Z.KAS, which operates without any compensation as an advisory body.

2. The Commission is recommended to the Ministry of Development, Competitiveness and Shipping and is composed of up to fifteen members, which may come from the enterprise, the scientific-technical and commercial space, both from Greece and the United Kingdom. The Committee of the Rules of Procedure, the Committee on the Rules of Procedure, the Economic and Monetary Affairs Committee and the Committee on the Rules of Procedure, the Economic and Monetary Affairs Committee and the Committee of the

3. The members of the Commission shall be appointed by a decision of the Minister for Development, Competitiveness and Maritime Affairs after a public tender of the position. Their offices are three years and may be renewed. A decision shall be taken by the President of the Commission and his deputy.

4. With the exception of those referred to in paragraph 3, if there is a great reason, the composition of the members of the Commission may be replaced by the decision of the Minister for Development, Competitiveness and Maritime Affairs.

5. The Commission shall meet regularly every six months and in exceptional circumstances at the discretion of its President. The secretarial support for the Commission's work is conducted by the company's employees. '

Article 21 Replacement of Article 14 of the Law 3489/2006

Article 14 of the Law 3489/2006 is replaced by the following:

' Article 14 Commission competence

1. The Commission is a social and scientific body.

13

(v) a single dialogue on issues related to the strategic planning and implementation of the sustainable development policy of Z.KAS, as well as on the development of research, innovation, the interconnection of enterprises with research And innovation and the promotion of entrepreneurship in innovative activities, products and services. The Commission shall, in the context of its mission, draw up proposals and suggestions for the issues referred to in the preceding subparagraph at regular intervals during its planned meetings, and in exceptional circumstances by the Board of Directors or the competent Minister of State; Development, Competitiveness and Maritime. The Commission may also make suggestions,

To the Minister for Development, Competitiveness and Maritime Affairs to: (a) the content and implementation of the General;

(b) the content and implementation of the enterprise's development plan;

(c) the annual budget of the company as well as the company's annual budget;

(d) the annual accounts and the financial and financial statements;

The company's activities, e) the annual report on the course of the investigation; and

(f) any other issue, for which it requests the assistance;

The Board of Directors or the Minister for Development, Competitiveness and Shipping.

2. The Commission may request information and information on issues arising from each institution of the public, wider public and private body of Greece or abroad. The institutions of the public and wider public sector, in particular, are required to transmit the data without deprivation. The President of the Commission may, at the meetings;

To invite representatives of the entities referred to in the first subparagraph in order to develop before it their views on the issues of their competence. '

HEAD OF THE MARKET SUPERVISION OF INDUSTRIAL PRODUCTS

AND QUALITY SERVICES

Article 22 Definitions

1. For the purposes of Articles 22 to 33, the definitions of the Annex III, which shall be an integral part of this chapter, shall apply.

2. Industrial products, which are covered by technical industrial legislation and which are used in accordance with the purpose of which they are intended, are properly maintained and which are not fully complied with by the applicable rules. (a) whether they are likely to pose a risk to the safety of users and consumers, are withdrawn from the market, restricted or prohibited, and are informed of, where appropriate, the European Commission and the others; Member States.

3. Recognised bodies, supply workshops

The Committee of the European Parliament and the Committee on the Rules of Procedure, the Committee on the Rules of Procedure, the Committee and the Committee on the Rules of Procedure, the Committee on the Rules of Procedure, the Committee and the Committee of the They're being attacked.

Article 23 Scope

1. The provisions of Articles 22 to 33 shall apply to all industrial products and services covered by the technical industrial legislation of the Annex IV.

2. The set of technical industrial legislation in which the provisions of Articles 22 to 33 apply is reflected in detail in ANNEX IV, which may be amended or updated by a joint decision of the Minister for Development; The Committee of the Environment, Public Health and Social Affairs and the Committee of the Environment, Public Health and Food Safety and the Environment, Public Health and Food Safety and the Environment, Public Health and Food Safety and the Environment.

Article 24 National market surveillance authority

Industrial products and quality services

1. Services for the application of the provisions of Articles 22 to 33 are defined as the General Secretariat for the Industry of the Ministry of Development, Competitiveness and Shipping.

2. In its capacity to implement the provisions of Regulation (EC) No 765 /2008/EC on the definition of the requirements for accreditation and market surveillance relating to the marketing of products and repealing Regulation (EEC) The General Secretariat of the Industry is the National Supervisory Authority of the Market for the Hellenic Territory of all industrial products and quality services falling under the provisions of this Regulation. The General Secretariat for Industry is responsible for the

Coordination of the other market surveillance authorities within the framework of Regulation (EC) No 765/2008 for Country Communication Needs with the European Union. In addition, the Minister for Development, Competitiveness and Shipping takes over the country's representation in the relevant European Union institutions and committees and contributes to bilateral or multilateral agreements concluded by the country on supervisory issues. Market for industrial products and quality services.

3. Decision of the Minister for Development, Competitiveness and Maritime Affairs and the Deputy Minister of State, which is issued within six months of the publication of the present specialization, logistical, logistical and administrative substructure The Agency for the support and operation of the market surveillance system, the losses and other expenditure of the auditors, as well as the procedures for the economic viability of the entire market system.

14

Article 25 Authorised provision

By joint decision of the Minister for Development, Antitrust and the Marine and, where appropriate, the Minister of State, it may be entrusted with the task of monitoring the supervision and laboratory supervision of the market in services. Or bodies of public or wider public sector, as defined in Article 14 (1). No 1. 2190/1994 (A-28), by means of a preliminary agreement defining precisely the control fields, the audit schedules, and the laboratory tests judged on a case-by-case basis for the verification of the procedures of the audit. The task entrusted to the project is not included in the publication of administrative acts and the imposition of sanctions.

Article 26 Setting up of the Market Surveillance Advisory Council

1. It is recommended in the General Secretariat of the Industry of the Ministry of Development, Competitiveness and the Maritime Industry Advisory Council for the Purchase of Industry and Quality Services.

2. The Coordinating Board of Market Oversight is a leading body to the National Market Authority for the coordination of management services, programming, monitoring of the implementation of the annual programme and the The auditing of the audit scheme. The Council, consisting of a decision of the Minister for Development, Advice and Shipping, consists of eleven (11) members appointed for a term of three (3) years and in its composition: a. The General Secretariat of the Industry, as President. The Head of the Directorate-General for Industry;

The Committee of the Environment, Public Health and Consumer Protection is responsible for the implementation of the Directive. The Head of the Directorate-General for Customs

Of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. The Head of the Directorate-General for Pre -

Of the consumer. E. The Head of the General Directorate of General

Member State of the State. The Head of the Political Quality Directorate -

Of the General Secretariat of the Industry. The head of the Certification Directorate

General Secretariat for Communications of the Ministry of Infrastructure, Transport and Networks. A representative of the Hellenic Union Diapi

In the case of the organisation of the inspection bodies. A representative of the Hellenic Association of Work -

I. E. A representative of the Union of Importers Greece -

(') One: A representative of the Business Association

And industries. The Council's secretariat and administrative support

The European Commission is provided by the Directorate for Political Quality of the General Secretariat of Industry. The composition of the Council may be enlarged by

Decision of the Minister for Development, Competitiveness -

And Shipping. In the performance of their duties

They shall be obliged to respect the principles of non-discrimination and impartiality. The President and members of the Council shall be required to comply with the confidentiality of information and to the Council's decision or inadvertent hearing.

3. The Coordinating Board of Supervisors shall have the following responsibilities: (a) the monitoring of the annual national programme;

The country's market surveillance system under Regulation (EC) No 765 /2008/EC, the annual reporting system and the formulation of proposals for improvement, the financial reporting of the annual programme of market audits and the submission of tenders; (b) Coordination and promotion of cooperation in January of each year relating to the Development, Competitiveness and Shipping

Between the competent authorities and bodies acting in support of the evaluation of the evaluation, metrology, accreditation, accreditation, accreditation and market surveillance, including sectoral, professional and professional bodies, (c) Training and updating of guidelines for consumer organisations to draw up appropriate information and data

(b) the implementation of Community legislation, the application of technical assistance programmes and co-operation between the Member States and the Member States, the Commission and the Member States, the Commission and the Member States. (d) The introduction and promotion of information actions with third countries, and the promotion of policies implemented at Community and international level.

And promotion of market surveillance, which help, support, improve the control systems of the system and foster the consumer and the user for the right advice of market control in production; The marketing and marketing of products.

4. With the decision of the Minister for Development, Competitiveness and Shipping, the relevant responsibilities of the Advisory Board of Supervision and the particular issues of its operation are specified. A decision may also be delegated to it by way of a further decision.

Article 27 Maintenance of Auditors

1. For the exercise of control procedures and the fact that controls are carried out on the market, the General Secretariat of the Industry shall draw up and maintain a register of Authorised Auditors, which shall update and update annually. All types of auditors carrying out audits

In vectors and products come from the Registry of the E-Gecking Auditors. Integration into the Register of Authorised Auditors requires specialised training or experience in the rules and requirements of the harmonised European Union, as well as national technical industrial legislation.

2. The Controllers come from the staff of Ye -

15

The Committee of the Regions, the European Parliament, the Economic and Social Committee, the Economic and Social Committee, the Economic and Social Committee, the Economic and Social Committee, the Economic and Social Committee, the Economic and Social Committee, the Committee of the Regions, the Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions. Controllers may also be private experts with knowledge, experience and expertise in the subject of control.

3. With a presidential decree issued on the proposal of the Minister for Development, Competitiveness and Shipping and, where appropriate, the relevant departments, the issues relating to the centres and the evaluation body are set out. The procedures for auditors, their training and specialisation programmes, the approval of their technical expertise, the training and the updating of the register, and the procedures for the composition of vessels Control;

Article 28 Assessment of conformity of products

And laboratory tests

In order to determine the conformity of industrial products with the technical industrial legislation in force, the General Secretariat of Industry shall draw up and re-medicinal products on an annual basis of checks on the characteristics of products in sufficient scale. And throughout the country's territory. The checks shall include the examination of the technical documentation, the technical documentation of the products, their other co-operating documents, as well as macroscopic and laboratory tests, where appropriate, following the relevant Cases of seizures. In these terms, account is taken of the essential requirements of technical industrial legislation, product descriptions, standards, the risk of products, any complaints of consumers and users or any other. Information The General Secretariat of Industry may require a -

The economic operators shall make available to it the relevant documents and information which it considers appropriate for the purposes of supervision, including the entry of auditors to the premises of economic operators and The Committee of the European Parliament and the Committee of the European Where economic operators place at their disposal

The Court of Justice of the European Communities, the Court of Justice of the European Communities, the Court of Justice of the European Communities, and the Court of Justice of the European Communities, and the Court of Justice of the European Communities. Especially in cases of investigation of complaints,

The deadlines provided for in the First Chapter articles of the Code of Administrative Procedure (v. THE COMMISSION ADOPTED: The costs of the investigation of the complaint of laboratory tests have been carried out by the complainant in the event of an unfounded complaint and a complaint in the event of a complaint.

2. The laboratory tests carried out on the products for the preparation of their compliance with the essential requirements of the technical industry;

The Committee of the Environment, Public Health and Consumer Protection has adopted a number of amendments to the Council's common position on the common position of the Council. Checks shall be carried out by accredited laboratories or, where there are no accredited laboratories in the case of laboratories, as defined by the relevant technical legislation.

3. If the products are or are subject to the obligation to bear the CE marking, the checks carried out shall cover the requirements of all the provisions of the national legislation and the legislation of the European Union. The General Secretariat for Industry may, for the purposes of laboratory audits, conclude bilateral cooperation agreements with laboratories setting out the fields and categories of tests, the analytical cost of analogous The tests and the times of delivery of the results. The laboratories of this document shall be selected in accordance with the provisions of the text as laid down in the Convention.

4. If there are no accredited laboratories in Greece for the implementation of laboratory tests, accredited laboratories from other Member States of the European Union may be selected. The projects may be selected by the administration and for reasons of impartiality and transparency or even for a comparison of product samples in the case of objections from the affected economic operators.

Article 29 Industrial products imported

From third countries

1. For effective market surveillance in industrial products imported from third countries outside the European Union, the General Secretariat of Industry shall cooperate with local customs authorities.

2. The General Secretariat for Industry, as a national market surveillance authority in the industrial products and the quality services referred to at the present time, provides for the customs authorities of the United States: Or accuse -

(b) Instructions for the release or non-industrial use of products for which a serious risk has been identified or not complying with the provisions in force;

(c) instructions on the checks which may be carried out in the event of serious harm to the user and the consumer, or the environment;

In the case of products from third countries to free circulation, for the purpose of establishing compliance with Community and national legislation.

3. The customs authorities provide the market services of the General Secretariat of the Industry of any relevant information on imported industrial products.

4. The customs authorities shall suspend the release of a product in free circulation in the Community;

16

(a) the product displaying characteristics which, when the control is carried out, shall be notified to the national market surveillance authority if, when the control is carried out, the product is found to be satisfied or more:

(b) the product is not accompanied by a serious risk to health, the safety of consumers, the environment or public safety; (b) the product is not accompanied by a serious risk to health, consumer safety, environment or public safety; In writing or in -

(c) the product bears a false marking or misleading information required by the relevant national or Community legislation or does not bring the labelling required by this legislation;

The use of CE marking 5. If the national market surveillance authority determines that

The product does not present a serious risk to health and safety or if it considers that it does not contravene the applicable requirements of technical industrial legislation, the product shall be released, provided that the other requirements are met; and Formalities relating to the release.

6. If the national market surveillance authority finds that the product presents a serious risk to health, safety, the environment or that the product does not comply with the relevant Community and national law, it shall inform the competent authorities directly of the relevant Community and national legislation. Customs authorities and measures taken to prohibit the placing on the market of the product. At the same time, a specific, where appropriate, an official shall be made.

In accordance with paragraphs 1 and 2 of Article 29 of Regulation 765 /2008/EC, in the case of the register and any other accompanying document of the product or even the system of processing of the data, if such processing is carried out; It's done electronically. The special labelling shall also be made in the case of:

(i) where the product is subsequently declared to be non-free and free of charge for other purposes, provided that the national market surveillance authority does not take the opposite view. The national authority may decide on the basis of the principle of proportionality for re-export or for the destruction or otherwise of the product.

7. If the national market surveillance authority determines that the imported industrial products present well-miss in their technical documentation or at their point of view or do not provide the necessary information to be carried out by the technical In addition, the Commission has decided to initiate proceedings under Article 93 (2) of the EC Treaty in respect of the application of Article 85 (3) of the Treaty to the Member States in the event of an infringement of Article 85 (1) of the Treaty in order to ensure that the provisions of Article 31 of the Treaty are complied with. If the national market surveillance authority determines the removal of the non-compliance, the customs authorities are directly informed of the release of the products.

Article 30 Cooperation with other public services

1. For the broad and effective application of the operating mechanisms, the General Secretariat of Industry is required to cooperate, as well as to participate in the operation.

Together with the General Secretariat for Consumer Affairs, the General Secretariat for Consumer Affairs, the General Secretariat of Public Works of the Ministry of Infrastructure, Transport and Networks, the General Secretariat of the State and the Soma of the Economic Crime The Ministry of Economic Affairs, the Organization of Local Self-Government (a) and a second degree, as well as the Greek Police.

2. To provide data relating to intra-Community trade in trade or in trade with third countries, but also for the obtaining of such information-importers, producers, or manufacturers, the General Secretariat of Industry is cooperating. Continuously and continuously with the Services of the Ministry of Economy and the services of the Hellenic Statistical Authority.

3. For the best functioning of the Rapid Information System (RAPEX), which operates in the country on dangerous or non-safe products, in accordance with the provisions of this Regulation. Z3/2810/2004 Decision of the Ministers of Interior, Public Administration and Decentralisation, Economic and Financial Affairs, Development, Health and Social Solidarity, Justice and Transport and Communications (B1885) and Annex II thereof, The Industry Department is required to cooperate and provide any information, information or information with the General Secretariat of Consumers. If they are taken or are to be taken urgent -

The General Secretariat of the Consumers'Association shall inform the General Secretariat of the Consumers' General Secretariat of the General Secretariat of the Consumers' Association, or for the restriction or for the restriction or for the submission to the conditions of the use or use of a product or batch of product. For the purpose of establishing the relevant decision-making decision.

4. The General Secretariat of Industry cooperates with the General Secretariat of Communications of the Ministry of Affairs, Transport and Networks, as well as the National Telecommunications and Postal Commission on their issues of competence as they arise. Having regard to the proposal from the Commission, (b) paragraph 44/2002 (C 44) and (c) of Decision No 50268/5137/2007

Social and Economic, Development and Transport and Communications (B1853).

5. The General Secretariat for Industry to ensure strict adherence to the confidentiality of the information and data of the audit, ensures their protection and exercise appropriate use in all cases and only to ensure its protection. The effectiveness of controls and supervision of the market.

Article 31 Obligations of economic operators

1. The obligations of manufacturers, importers and dealers, importers and nominees, who are subject to the provisions of the present law, shall be laid down in accordance with the letters rogatory.

2. Manufacturers: (a) ensure that at the disposal of the products

17

On the market, these are designed and constructed in accordance with the requirements laid down in the provisions of the respective technical legislation. (b) They shall establish the necessary technical documentation

And carrying out or carrying out the implementation of the compliance assessment procedure. When the product complies with the requirements of the product, manufacturers draw up an EC declaration of conformity and set the marking on the product. (c) They shall store the technical documentation and the declaration.

(d) ensure that the relevant technical legislation is provided for in the relevant technical legislation after the product has been placed on the market, which is proportional to the life of the product and its level of risk; Necessary parties;

Conformity in order to maintain compliance throughout the production. Changes in the design or characteristics of the product and changes in the harmonised standards or technical specifications on the basis of which the conformity of a product is declared shall be duly taken into account. E) Manufacturers, when applicable Suspected of being

The product presents a risk to the health and safety of consumers, carry out tests with sampling in the products disposed of, investigate the complaints and keep a record of the complaints about the products in question. In the case of cross-compliance or withdrawal or withdrawal or withdrawal, they shall inform them of the arrangements. (f) They shall ensure that their products bear no -

Of a type, batch or series, or any other evidence of such identification. Where the product or the nature of the product does not permit it, manufacturers shall ensure that such information is provided in the preparation or in a document accompanying the product. G) reduce the only, registered trade mark.

Or their registered trade mark and their address in the product or, where they are not, in its packaging or in a document accompanying the product. The address must indicate a non-unique place in which a person may come in contact with the manufacturer. (h) They shall ensure that the product is accompanied by a road;

In this context, it should be borne in mind that, in the case of the Member States, the Member States are required to comply with the requirements laid down in Article 3 (1) of Regulation No 17.

Whereas the product which they have placed on the market is not compatible with the application of Community and national legislation, they shall immediately take the measures necessary to ensure the conformity of the product, whichever is practicable, or to withdraw it; Recover, as appropriate. Furthermore, when the product presents a risk, manufacturers shall immediately inform the relevant national competent authorities of the Member States in which the product has been made available and provide details on non-compliance. And any corrective measures that come-van. J) Manufacturers shall provide the competent national competent authorities.

Authorities, upon reasoned request by the authorities

Of these, all information and documentation necessary to demonstrate the compliance of the product, in Greek or in English. They shall cooperate with these authorities, at the request of the customs authorities, on the actions to be taken to ensure that the risks of the products they have placed on the market are met.

3. Importers: a) They are obliged to place on the market only

(b) Ensuring before placing a product on the market;

The manufacturer has carried out the appropriate conformity assessment procedure provided for in the relevant technical legislation. They also ensure that the manufacturer has drawn up the technical documentation that the product bears the required value or the required forms of conformity, and is accompanied by the required documents and that the manufacturer has complied with the requirements of the Directive. Above and above requirements in relation to him. Where the importer considers that the product is not compatible

It is not possible to make the product available on the market before the product has been formed. In addition, the importer shall inform the manufacturer, as well as the supervisory authorities, of the market when the product presents a risk. (c) They shall reduce the name, the registered trade mark.

(d) ensure that the product is accompanied by a means of production or, where it is not appropriate, to the product or, where it is not, in its packaging or in a document accompanying the product.

In the case of the United States, Japan and the United States, Japan and the United States, Japan and the United States, Japan and the United States, Japan and the United States, Japan and the USA

4. Manufacturers may appoint, by written mandate, an authorised representative. The obligations referred to in paragraph 2, which concern them, and the training of technical documentation shall not be delegated to an authorised representative. The authorised representatives shall carry out their duties.

Which are specified in the order to which they are issued by the manufacturer. The mandate must at least allow the authorised representative to: (a) comply with the EC declaration of compliance and technical

Documentation at the disposal of the national supervisory authorities for as long as is required, (b) provides the competent national authorities, following a request;

(c) cooperate with the competent authorities, at the request of the competent authorities of these authorities, in order to demonstrate the conformity of the product;

(i) the latter, for any action taken to avoid the risks associated with the products covered by their mandate.

5. Importers, where there are grounds for suspecting that the product presents risks to the health and safety of consumers, carry out tests with a sample of the products placed on the market, investigate the complaints and Maintain a file with the complaints, the products for which the compliance and the actions for compliance or withdrawal or withdrawal or withdrawal are made;

18

Patients should be given the benefit of their treatment. 6. Importers who consider the product to be

Have been placed on the market not complying with the EC and national legislation immediately take the necessary measures to ensure the conformity of the product, where practicable, to withdraw or withdraw it, as appropriate. In addition, where the product presents a risk, the importer shall immediately inform the competent national authorities of the Member States in which the product has become available and provide information for non-compliance; and The corrective measures taken.

7. Importers shall keep for as long as a copy of the EC declaration of compliance is made available to the authorities responsible for market surveillance and ensure that the technical documentation can be made available to the said authorities. Authorities, and their application.

8. Importers shall provide the competent national authorities with a reasoned request from the authorities concerned, all the information and documentation required to demonstrate the compliance of the product in Greek or English. They shall cooperate with the authorities, at the request of the latter, of the actions to be taken in order to avoid the risks of the products they have placed on the market.

9. Distribution: (a) Active with due care in relation to the

(b) They shall be verified before making the product by means of a medicinal product.

Place on the market, that it bears the required inscriptions, that it is accompanied by the required documents, as well as the instructions and safety information in Greek in a way that is easily understandable to consumers and other end-users. And that the manufacturer and the importer have complied with their concerns. When the distribution group considers that the product is not compatible with the

However, in the case of the relevant technical legislation, the product may be made available to the market after it complies with the requirements of the relevant legislation. The provisions of this Regulation shall be interpreted in the same way as:

(c) ensure that, for as long as the product is found to be the product of the product, the importer or the importer may, for as long as

Under their responsibility, the storage or transport conditions do not jeopardise its compliance with the requirements of the relevant legislation. D) The distributors who consider that the product they have

It shall make it available on the market not to comply with the applicable Community and national legislation ensuring that the necessary measures are taken to ensure the conformity of the product, where feasible, otherwise withdrawing or withdrawing the product. Withdraw, as appropriate. In addition, when the product presents a risk, the distributors shall immediately inform the competent national authorities of this matter and provide details of the non-compliance and the administrative measures they have taken. E) The distributors shall provide The competent national authorities;

On the basis of a reasoned request from the authorities, all information and documentation required to demonstrate the compliance of the product. They shall cooperate with those authorities, at the request of the latter, of the actions to be taken in order to avoid the risks of the products made available on the market.

10. An importer or distributor shall be considered to be a manufacturer for the purposes of this law and is therefore subject to the obligations of the manufacturer in accordance with paragraph 2, when it has a product on the market with its only or trade mark. A product which is already placed on the market in such a way as to affect compliance with the requirements.

11. The economic operators shall state, on request, on the market surveillance authorities and for as long as the corresponding legislation is provided for in the following: (a) any economic operator who has them before;

Product; (b) any economic operator to whom they have pre -

Has a product. 12. Refusal of manufacturers, authorisations;

Having regard to the proposal from the Commission to the Council, the European Parliament, the Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the European Parliament, of the European Parliament, of the Council, of the European Parliament, of the European Parliament, of the European Parliament, of the Council, of the European Parliament and of the Council on Responses to the relevant authorities for the provision of information and data of the product, refusal to take corrective measures to remove the non-compliance or to take measures to reduce traffic on the products they have made available. The market, the administrative penalties of those responsible, in accordance with the following Article.

13. Manufacturers and their authorised agents shall keep and maintain, at the disposal of the General Secretariat of the General Secretariat of the Industry, the technical documentation and the EC declaration of compliance for a period of time. The life cycle of the product and not less than ten years after the product has been placed on the market. Importers shall keep and maintain, respectively, a copy of the EC declaration of compliance and ensure that the technical dossier may be made available to such services, at their request.

Article 32 Sanctions imposed

1. If the controlled product does not comply with the requirements of the technical engineering legislation of Annex IV, it shall be issued following a recommendation by the competent Directorate of the General Secretariat of the General Secretariat of the General Secretariat of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs; Development, Competitiveness and Maritime for Prohibition of the circulation and placing on the market or final prohibition or withdrawal, provided that the results of the laboratory tests are believed to be incompatible with the product The questions of the relevant legislation.

2. In the economic bodies referred to in Article 31, the products of which, following a reasoned statement,

19

The competent authorities are not complying with the provisions of the technical industrial legislation of Annex IV, or to economic operators who do not cooperate with the competent surveillance services of the General Secretariat of Industry, Exercise of controls or refuse to take measures to reduce the non-compliance or measures to reduce the provision and movement of non-conforming products, administrative penalties shall be applied in accordance with the following paragraphs.

3. The penalties imposed on economic operators who infringe the legislation are analogous to: a) the seriousness of the non-compliance of the product;

(b) the risk of the product, c) the degree of non-cooperation with the Member States;

(d) the impact of any damage caused by the audit services;

(e) of the relapses that they present in the acts;

To support them. 4. The administrative penalties for offenders in the economy;

(i) a decision by the Minister for Development, Competitiveness and Maritime Affairs, following a recommendation from the audit services for the market in the General Secretariat of the Industry. If the non-conformity of products is as potential as possible

A serious impact on the safety and health of the consumer, the administrative sanctions imposed may be up to and including the amount of thousands (500,000) euro. The preceding paragraph shall also apply in the event of repeated infringement of Articles 22 to 33. The amount imposed shall not be less than 100 times the value of the product or 10 times the estimated loss of the accident.

5. By decision of the Minister for Development, Competitiveness and Shipping specialize in the criteria and the procedure for imposing sanctions, as well as the way in which the administrative sanctions of the preceding paragraph are taken. The adoption of this Decision shall cease to apply the provisions concerning the imposition of sanctions provided for in the technical industrial legislation as set out in Annex IV.

6. The application of the sanctions referred to in this Article shall be without prejudice to the provisions providing for specific laws such as the National Customs Code (n. 2960/2001) and the provisions relating to errors.

Article 33 Implementation of mutual recognition

And National Contact Point

1. The principle of mutual recognition is aimed at ensuring the free movement of goods within the internal market of the European Union and applies to products not subject to Community harmonisation legislation or aspects thereof. In the case of non-compliance with the provisions of Article 3 (1) (a) of Regulation No 17, the Court of First instance referred to the Court for a preliminary ruling.

2. National contact point for products not subject to Community harmonisation legislation, in accordance with the requirements and meaning of the provisions of the Regulation;

Regulation (EC) No 764 /2008/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 9 July 2008 laying down procedures for the application of certain national technical rules to products circulating in the market of another Member State and of the Having regard to the proposal from the Commission, 3052 /95/EC is defined as the General Secretariat for the Industry of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Competitiveness and Maritime, which is responsible for this purpose as a national coordinator for the implementation of the provisions of the Regulation. In the case of products which fall within the scope of Regulation (EC) No 764 /2008/EC, the national authorities should provide the national contact point with each element necessary for the effective use of the product. Carry out their duties and inform them in any case of suspension of a product which is decided on in application of a national rule within the framework established by Regulation 764 /2008/EC. The national contact point shall represent the country in the European and international bodies and committees on all questions of mutual recognition.

3. The national contact point for the products is co-operated with the individual competent Greek authorities for the products and in particular on the issues they refer to: a. To carry out its duties as a matter

Contact, b. (i) to inform economic operators, with money;

(c) the value of each tender, c. The annual report, d. (i) the treatment of medicinal products for human use;

The implementation of Regulation 764 /2008/EC. 4. Since the entry into force of this law,

The Committee of the European People 's B 2366 /144/ 26.1.1998 Decision of the Ministers of National Economy and Development (B' 59) and the No. 10581 /1015/19.5.2005 decision of the Ministers for Economic and Economic and Development (B΄ 706).

CAPITAL OUTSIDE THE EXTERNAL TRADE

Article 34 Meaning Terms

For the purposes of applying Articles 34 to 42, the following conditions shall have the following meaning:

(a) 'External trade' means the pursuit of a commercial activity for the dispatch or transfer of goods to or from the Hellenic Territory, regardless of whether the country of dispatch or origin is located in the Customs Union of the European Union or in the Of this.

(b) 'Imports' or 'import activities' shall mean the commercial activities of dispatch or transfer of goods to the Hellenic Territory by any other country, located either in the Customs Office of the European Union. (intra-Community acquisitions), or other than that.

(c) 'Exports' or 'export activities' shall mean the commercial activities of dispatch or transport of products from the Greek territory;

20

Any other country, located either in the Customs Office of the European Union (intra-Community shipments), or outside thereof. (d) 'Importer' means any natural or legal person;

In the case of a permanent establishment in the Greek State, which carries out import activities.

(e) 'Exporter' means any natural or legal person, with a permanent establishment in the Greek Territory, which carries out export activities.

Article 35 Exercise of import and export activity

1. Introductory or export activity is entitled to exercise any natural or legal person who is engaged in a commercial activity and is registered in the German Trade Register (GGE), in accordance with the provisions of the Law. Regulation (EC) No 3419/2005 "Modernisation of the Journal of the European Union" (1 297), as amended by the n. 3853/2010 (1 90).

2. Also, they are entitled to export activity:

(a) In accordance with the provisions of the Law, the parties to the Single Register of Agricultural Products, supplies and inputs shall be included. 3955/2011 ('89) and

(b) Engaged in Special Exporters' Registers in accordance with Article 9 of the Law. Having regard to Council Regulation (EEC) No 936/1979 'amending and supplementing the provisions relating to the external trade provisions, as well as the abolition of the provisions thereof' (1 144).

3. From the date of entry into force of this Decision, the obligation to register in the records referred to in point (b) of the preceding paragraph shall be deleted.

Article 36 Rate of conduct of foreign trade

1. For the fulfilment of international obligations arising from international agreements or by its participation in the European Union and other international organisations, or for reasons of public participation, relating to consumer protection, Issues of public health and national or public security, the Minister for Development, Competitiveness and Shipping, in order to import or export from or to a country outside the customs territory of the European Union, it may decide to: Member of the Commission

(a) prohibit or restrict, by volume or by value, the import or export of any product, whether in general or by countries or regions.

(b) Make the import or export of any product subject to prior authorisation of the same or any other authority or body designated by it.

(c) laying down special conditions on the basis of which each product may be imported or exported.

(d) to determine the procedure and arrangements for the approval of imports and exports other than those relating to the competence of the customs authorities.

2. More specific provisions, which prohibit the export or export of certain products or allow them to be subject to conditions, are not affected by the present

A law. 3. By Joint Decision of the Minister for Development, Ada -

The Committee of the Environment, Public Health and Social Affairs and the Committee on the Environment, Public Health and Public Health and the Committee on the Environment, Public Health and Public Health and the Committee on Economic and Monetary Affairs and the Committee on the Environment, Public Health and the Environment, Public Health and Energy

4. If the country is declared to be in an exceptional situation, a joint decision by the Minister for Development, A-competition and the Marine and of the Minister responsible may, in the case of products imported from or from countries that are in - Having regard to the Treaty establishing the European Economic Community, and in particular Article 3 thereof,

(b) The manner in which the exchange control is carried out

(c) The way of payment; (d) The provision of guarantees for the maintenance of any

The obligations imposed by the provisions of the provisions of this Article, as well as the lifting or forfeiture of these guarantees in favour of the Directive.

5. Infringes of the provisions of the Decisions, adopted pursuant to this Article, shall be imposed by the Minister for Development, Addiction and the Marine of Administrative Penalties, consisting of either a ban on the exercise of acts; The Committee of the Committee of the Rules of Procedure, the Committee on the Rules of Procedure, the Committee and the Committee on the Rules of Procedure, the Committee on the Rules of Procedure, the Committee on the Rules of Procedure, the Committee of the The decisions referred to in this Article shall lay down the criteria for the termination of the sanctions provided for.

Article 37 General Export Register

1. The Ministry of Development, Competitiveness and Shipping shall be kept in the General Register of Exports (LFAD), in electronic format, in which the necessary statistical data are recorded in order to monitor the evolution of the country's exports.

(a) The type and quantity of the products exported shall be recorded in particular:

(b) the timing of exports and (c) the exporters' data, as well as their destination countries; By decision of the Minister for Development, Competition -

In this context, it is important to note that, in the context of the European Union, it is necessary to provide information on how to monitor exports and to provide information to the public and other interested parties.

3. The GET is linked to the databases held in the Special Services DG of the Chambers of Commerce, and the relevant departments of the General Secretariat of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Competitiveness and Shipping, such as These are laid down in Article 2 of the Law. Regulation (EEC) No 3419/2005 (1 297), as amended by: 3853/2010 (90). The EIF is a Single Complex of a single-storey-top-level computer system (IFRC) in Article 38.

4. With the decision of the Minister for Development, Competitiveness and Maritime, the issues relating to interoperability and interconnection between GEMH and the ICM, as well as interconnection or interconnection, are regulated.

21

Fact of the National Technical University of Athens. By joint decision of the Minister for Development, Competitiveness and Maritime Affairs and, as the case may be, the Secretary-General of the Ministry of Development, decides to regulate the interconnection of the Hellenic Republic with the information held by the Exporters' Association or other authorities or departments thereof. Of the country, about the outer space.

5. Exported by Greek Armed Potential Products, included in Article 1 of n. Regulation (EEC) No 2168/1993 (1 147), as supplemented by the provisions of Article 1 of n. 4928/2011 (A-242), and in the lists of controlled dual-use products of the Council Regulation (EC) No 428/2009 (L-134), which was incorporated into the Greek legislation with No. Decision of the Minister for Economic and Financial Affairs (B-2182/2009) shall be recorded in the Hellenic Republic, through special procedures, as defined in the above legislation, in cooperation with the relevant Ministries of Foreign Affairs and Defence.

Article 38 Electronic Services of a Phase to facilitate Export and Import (Single Window)

1. In the Ministry of Development, Competitiveness and Shipping, a Single Completed Comprehensive Comprehensive Partnership (IFRSs) is recommended for Electronic Services (Single Window) for the facilitation of Export and Import processes through which All necessary for export and import operations, other than those authorised by customs procedures, shall be carried out.

(a) The electronic submission of the applications and the application of the

Supporting documents from the undertakings concerned for the publication by the competent bodies of the competent bodies of the necessary attestations, certificates, certificates and other documents provided for by the legislation.

(b) The electronic processing of the procedures for performance by the competent services of the competent authorities, where appropriate, of certificates, certificates, licences and other documents provided for by the legislation of the Member States and the electronic receipt of such documents. Applicants.

3. (a) The IFRSs Interoperable with the Customs Information System (IFRS), as well as with information systems of other services and entities.

(b) With a joint decision by the Minister for Development, Competitiveness and Maritime Affairs and the competent Minister, the issues relating to the interconnection and interoperability of the EEA under other information systems. C) By common decision The Minister for Development, Ada -

The Committee of the Regions calls on the Commission and the Member States to take the necessary steps to ensure that the Member States comply with the provisions of the Treaty establishing the European Economic Area (EEA) and the European Economic Area (EEA). They constitute a single information system.

4. The IFRC provides comprehensive, codified and up-to-date information to the companies, bodies, organisations and users involved,

On the legal and regulatory framework applicable to the regime and the procedures for the adoption of the supporting documents referred to in paragraph 2 of this Article. For this purpose, the IFRC shall be informed directly by the departments of other relevant ministries and bodies after each change in the relevant legislative and regulatory framework.

5. The General Secretariat of the Ministry of Development, A-demateriality and Shipping: a) receives, with the support of the AU (v.

2372/1996, A-29, as applicable), the provision of services for the Internet connection of the CIC with the Publications Office, technical support and resolution of the operation of equipment and logistical infrastructure, concentration, The assessment and management of the requirements of the users of the EC, the analysis and processing of all the information required for the purpose of the present law, the maintenance and development of the business accounting, the The training of users and the monitoring and evaluation of its effectiveness IFRSs, the analysis and planning for further improvements in its function and efficiency, and the implementation of its relativities.

(b) It shall exercise the supervision of the effective functioning of the EEA for the purpose of this law.

6. By joint decision of the Ministers for Development, Competitiveness and Maritime Affairs and the competent ministers may be provided by the IFRSs to other services or bodies of the public sector. The same decision lays down the conditions and conditions for the provision of such data.

Article 39 Award of an export activity

1. The Minister for Development, Competitiveness and Shipping can, after consultation of the representatives of the exporters or associations or their associations, award prizes for successful export activities to three, per category; In the case of exported products, exporters, which may have been eligible for the first year of the prize, have shown a significant export activity, innovative and productive activity and respect for international marketable assets.

2. Awards are not of a financial nature. The award gives the right to the prize to be read in all the commercial documents of his business, whether they concern export activities or transactions at national level, that he received the 1st, 2nd or 3rd prize at this point. Commission of the European Parliament and the Economic and Social Committee.

3. The categories, evaluation criteria for the evaluation of the above awards and the details of this Article are determined by the decision of the Minister for Development, Competitiveness and Shipping.

Article 40 Verification of exports

1. To meet international obligations arising from international agreements or from

22

Participation in the European Union and other international organisations, either on the grounds of public procurement, concerning the protection of consumers in public health and national or public security; it may: (a) By a presidential decree, Issued by a proposal

Of the Ministers for Development, Competitiveness and Maritime and Rural Development and Food, to define the conditions to be met, for their export, of agricultural products of Greek origin, as regards sorting, type, The quality, maintenance, packaging and general treatment and development, as well as the quality of the quality control exercised by the competent bodies of the Ministry of Rural Development and Food. If the exercise of quality control in exported agricultural products is required to carry out laboratory tests or tests, it may be possible to carry out the exercise of quality control and the administration of such tests. To the General Secretariat of the State or to other bodies designated by it.

(b) By decision of the Minister for Rural Development and Food to set matters concerning the level, conditions and means of exercising that control, as well as on the issue of quality control for certification (c) Presidential decree-law adopted by the Council on the basis of Article 3 of the Treaty establishing the European Economic Community.

The proposal of the Minister for Development, Competitiveness and Maritime, to lay down the conditions to be met by the export industry and transport products, in the case of manufacture, composition, sorting, type, quality, quality, quality, quality, quality, quality Maintenance, preparation and general treatment and appearance. The terms of reference may be determined in accordance with the provisions of this Regulation.

And the conditions for carrying out the checks on those products and the measures to be carried out in order to carry out the inspection, and arrangements concerning the certification of quality control certification for the certification of quality or other quality, Information of these products.

2. The regulatory acts adopted until the entry into force of this Regulation, pursuant to the provisions of Article 12 of Law No 3999/1959 on the export of goods and other provisions (1 230), or in compliance with its provisions European Union or international treaties on the quality control of exported Greek products are maintained until the adoption of the corresponding rules laid down in this Article.

Article 41 Free zones and warehouses

Article 39 of the Law 2960/2001 (A΄ 265), as amended by the paragraph Point 10 of Article 1 of n. The following shall be substituted for 3583/2007 (1 142):

' Article 39

1. The free zones and free warehouses are a part of the customs territory of the country.

The Court of Justice of the European Communities, the Court of Justice of the European Communities, and the Court of Justice of the European Communities, the Court of Justice of the European Communities, the Court of Justice, the Court of Justice, the Court of Justice, the Court of Justice, the Court of Justice, the Court of Justice, the Court of Justice and the Court of Justice of the European Communities.

If they are released into areas of free zones, they are intended as a rule for export when they are released for free circulation.

2. By decision of the Minister for Economic Affairs: (a) Free zones are recommended or withdrawn;

Storage rooms, or those limits are being modified. (b) Defined by the Management Entity or its Management

Free zone or free warehouse; c) Identify the conditions of operation, management

The Committee of the European Parliament, the European Parliament and the Committee of the European Parliament, the European Parliament, the Council and the Commission.

(d) The responsibility and responsibilities of such an administrator shall be determined in such a way as to ensure that the Community and international trade can be carried out.

3. The establishment of a free zone and free of charge requires prior opinion of the Minister for Development, Competitiveness and Shipping and where applicable: (a) The Minister of Foreign Affairs, where the free zone

(b) The Secretary of State for the defence of the free zone or the free warehouse to which natural or legal persons are participating in a non-member country; b) The Secretary of State for Defence, where the free movement of persons is concerned.

Zones or warehouses are recommended in limited areas.

4. For the adoption of the decision to set up a free zone or free warehouse, an application is submitted by the Management Agency or the transfer of the free zone or free warehouse to the Directorate-General for Customs; and The Ministry of Economic Affairs is a member of the Ministry of Finance.

(a) The expected contribution of the free zone must be accompanied by an electronic survey of the following: a) The expected contribution of the free zone; or

(b) The forecast and/or existing volume of digin is expected to increase in the free warehouse in order to increase the market share of third country markets in combination with the general economic benefits expected.

(c) The services provided for the right administration and the right of establishment and the right of establishment and freedom to provide services.

The Committee of the Committee on Legal Affairs and the Committee on Legal Affairs and the Committee on Legal Affairs and the Committee on Legal Affairs and

5. The administration of free zones is exercised by legal persons, and free warehouses are exercised by natural or legal persons.

6. Free zones and free warehouses following a decision by the Minister for Economic Affairs, following a recommendation by the Agency, to conduct industrial or commercial activities, or of course, of natural or legal services Persons, if all the guarantees deemed necessary to safeguard all customs are provided;

23

The Committee of the European 7. The non-Community patches deposited

In a free zone or free warehouse: (a) release for free circulation in force;

(b) To be subjected to routine operations, without -

The customs authority, which ensures their compliance, the improvement of their appearance and/or the commercial quality, or those required for the preparation of their distribution or their loss. C) Under the schemes Refinement to

(d) to be abandoned in favour of the supplier, or even to be re-exported under customs control, under customs control, under customs control;

Without the necessary procedures to comply with the costs for the public, while the remaining parts of the disaster receive one of the customs-intended for the non-Community trade. '

Article 42 Repealed provisions

Since the entry into force of this Regulation: (a) Law No 3999/1959 on export control,

Having regard to the opinion of the European Parliament ('), Having regard to the Treaty establishing the European Economic Community,

(c) Article 38 of the Act of Accession of the United States of America and the United States of America. Regulation No 2778/1999 " Mutual Funds

Real Estate-Investment Entities in Aine-Perusia and other provisions " (A-295) and (d) Article 25 of n. 3229/2004 Oversight of the private sector

The Committee of the Environment, Public Health and Consumer Protection and the Committee of the Environment, Public Health and Consumer Protection and the Committee of the Environment, Public Health and Consumer Protection.

SECOND NEW COMPANY FORM:

PRIVATE CAPITAL COMPANY

CHAPTER A: GENERAL PROVISIONS

Article 43 Essential characteristics

1. The registrar documents a new company form, the private capital company. This company has legal personality and is commercial, even if its purpose is not a commercial enterprise. The exercise of an undertaking for which it is based exclusively on another company is prohibited in the private company.

2. Without prejudice to Article 79, only the company shall be liable for the company's obligations.

3. The private capital company has a capital of at least one (1) euro. The partners shall participate in the company with capital, extra-capital or guarantee contributions, in accordance with Articles 77 to 79.

4. The private capital company may be composed of one person or become a representative. The only member of the single partner shall be submitted to the

Sity through the General Secretariat 5. The statutes of private capital shall be established;

In the case of private documents, the decisions of its partners and the minutes may also be drawn up in one of the official languages of the European Union. Article 14 of the Law shall apply in such cases. NO 3419/2005. In the relations between the company and the other third parties, the text shall prevail in the Hellenic Republic.

Article 44 Name

1. The supervisor of the private capital company shall be formed either by the name of one or more subjects or from the subject matter of the operation. Fantastic anemia is also permissible.

2. In the case of private capital, the words "Private capital Company" or "I.K.E." must be included in each case in all cases.

3. While the company is a member of the company, it includes the words "Duplicating Commission of the Capital Company" or "Single-Representative I.K.E.". This indication is added to or deducted by reference to the General Secretariat of the Court of Justice of the European Communities. Administrator, I have no amendment to the statutes.

4. The company's supervisor may be entitled to either Latin characters or foreign language. If it is given in English, it should be written all over the words "Private Company" or "P.C." And if it is a single member of the words'Single Member Private Company' or 'Single Member State'.

Article 45

1. The private capital company shall have its seat in the entity referred to in its Statute.

2. Transfer of the registered office of the company to another European Economic Area does not lead to the company's solution, provided that this country recognises the transfer and continuation of the legal personality. The administrator shall draw up a report explaining the consequences of transport for the partners, lenders and workers. This report, together with financial statements on the part of the seat, is registered in the Secretariat of the European Communities and is available to the partners, the lenders and the workers. The transport decision shall not be taken unless two months have elapsed since this publication. The transfer shall be decided by the partners. The competent registration Service at the General Secretariat may reject the application for registration of the transport for public interest.

3. The private capital company has no obligation to have its registered office in Greece.

4. The private capital company may set up branches, agencies or other forms of secondary establishment in other parts of Greece or abroad.

24

Article 46 Duration

The duration of the company is a certain time. If the duration of the duration is not defined, the company shall be 12 (12) years from its establishment. The duration may be extended by a decision of the partners, taken in accordance with Article 72 (5). If nothing else is specified, the extension shall be valid for 10 years.

Article 47 Corporate transparency

1. In each form of the company it is necessary to refer to its supervisor, the share capital and the total amount of the guarantee contributions referred to in Article 79, the Company's number, the company's headquarters, its seat and its address, and whether the The company is being wound up. It also refers to the website of the company in accordance with the next paragraph.

2. The private limited liability company is required within a month of its establishment to acquire a website where the responsibility of the manager and the responsibilities of the partners should be borne by the manager, with the category The contributions of each person, the person administering the management, and the information referred to in the preceding paragraph. The company's website is also registered. More companies may have a common web site if its content is clearly distinguishable per company.

3. While the company does not have a corporate website, it is obliged to give or send the information of the preceding paragraph free of charge and without delay to anyone requested.

Article 48 Dispute resolution

1. For cases which, according to the provisions of the second paragraph of this law, are subject to a court or tribunal, the court-martial of the registered office of the company, which is the judge of the procedure of voluntary service, unless specified Other:

2. The original Statutes may be subject to the cases referred to in paragraph 1, as well as any other dispute arising from the partnership between the parties or between them and the company, to arbitration. Arbitration clause introduced by amendment of the Statute shall only apply if it was decided unanimously.

3. The statutes may be subject to the provisions of paragraph 1, as well as any other dispute arising from the partnership between partners or between them and the company, by mediation, in accordance with the provisions of the Law. 3898/2010 (1 211). The relevant statutory clause may refer to an individual mediation process or to provide for an ombudsman who has the relevant information. The statutes may provide that the mediation is mandatory before the case is brought to the court or appeal to arbitration.

HEAD OF THE COMPANY (B)

Article 49 The founding act

1. The private capital company is recommended by one or more natural or legal persons (founders).

2. The act of incorporation of the company shall be drawn up by means of a document to contain the statutes. This document is a descriptive document if it is required by a legal order if the company is to be admitted to the company for the transfer of which this type is required, or if it is chosen by the parties.

Article 50 Content of the Statute

1. The statutes of the company must contain: (a) the name, address of residence and any e-mail address of the partners; (b) the company's registered office; (c) the company's head office; (d) the purpose of the company; (e) its capacity; (f) the contributions of the partners by category of contributions and the value of such contributions, in accordance with Articles 77 to 79 and the capital of the company - (g) the total number of companies - (h) The initial number of each partner's share and the type of contribution they represent - (i) The management and representation of the company and the duration of the company.

2. More specific agreements of the partners included in the Statute are strong if they are not worded in this law.

Rule 51 Procedure for the recommendation

The provisions of Article 5A of the Law shall apply to the procedure for establishing the company. 3853/2010 (1 90), as amended by Article 117 (3) of this law. These provisions are applied and if, according to the law, the company is required to operate or the company's assets must be approved by a competent body in order to initiate the proceedings. Of its purpose. In such cases, the authorisation or authorisation may be granted after the company has been set up, but before any work on which the law requires authorisation or approval.

Article 52 Economic and Social Committee

1. The formation of the private capital company is made by registering the company in the Hellenic Republic.

2. The Court of Justice shall submit to the General Budget provided for in Article 16 of the Law. The amendments to the Statutes, as well as the other elements, refer to this law as well as to this law.

3. As regards the results of the registration of the Office in the General Secretariat of the Court of Justice and the entry into that of the

25

The provisions of Article 15 shall apply to all elements referred to in paragraph 2. 3419/2005

Article 53 Declaration of invalidity of the company

1. The company registered with the Court of Justice shall be declared void by a decision of the court only if: (a) it has been established without a document, in accordance with Article 49 (2) (b), the company's articles of association shall not refer to the association, the purpose or the amount thereof. (c) the purpose of the company is illegal or contrary to public order and (d) the sole or all founders did not have competence for justice when they signed the act of establishment of the company, unless within Of the annual deadline of the para graph 2, one of them was able and approved the formation of the company .

2. The application for cancellation of the company shall be submitted by each person with a legal interest within a period of one year from the company registration of the company and notifiable to the company. In the case referred to in paragraph 1, the application shall not be subject to a time-limit.

3. The court making the annulment shall, by the same decision, make the company in liquidation and appoint the liquidator.

4. The grounds for a declaration of invalidity under paragraph 1 (b) and (c) of paragraph 1 shall be treated if, until the application is discussed, the Statutes shall be amended, and the grounds for nullity shall no longer exist. The court hearing an application for a declaration of invalidity may give the company a reasonable advance, not more than three (3) months, with a view to taking the decision to amend the Statutes and to register the amended Statutes at the G.E.M. .. For the time being, the court may order an injunction.

5. The court order declaring the nullity of the company is opposed to third parties from its partition to the Hellenic Republic. An objection may be lodged within a period of one (1) month from that entry. The declaration of invalidity shall not affect the validity of the obligations or the requirements of the term.

Article 54 Liability of founders

The founders who dealt with third parties in the company only prior to their establishment are responsible for the same period. The company is responsible for the operations carried out during this period if within three months of its recommendation, the trustee has undertaken the relevant obligations.

CAPITAL MANAGEMENT AND REPRESENTATION OF THE COMPANY

Article 55 One or more managers

The company manages and represents one or more managers. Where in this law become -

For 'trustee', 'trustee' means most administrative users.

Article 56 Management of law

If not otherwise specified in the statutes, the management and representation of the company are collectively employed by all partners or by the sole partner (legal management). Urgent acts of management, the omission of which is seriously impaired by the company, may conflict with each partner individually, by notifying other operators.

Article 57 Statutory management

The statutes may define the management and representation of private capital and capital (statutory management). Management may be for some or an indefinite time by one or more managers. The administrator shall be appointed by a decision of the partners to be taken by a majority of the total number of companies. Unless otherwise stated in the decision, the trustee is appointed for an indefinite period. In the case of more managers, management and representation operations are carried out collectively, unless the statutes foresee something else. Urgent management operations, the omission of which is under threat of serious damage to the company, may be carried out by each administrator by notifying other administrators.

Article 58 Who is appointed administrator

An administrator may be a single natural person, e-fed or not. In the case of legal management, if one of the partners is a legal person, it shall appoint for an account of the natural person who is an administrator. The legal person is in charge of the management.

Article 59 Revocation of an administrator by decision of the partners

The administrator who exercises statutory management shall be invited by a decision of the partners to be taken by a majority of the total number of companies, if the statutes do not define a larger majority. If the management is delegated for a certain amount of time, the Statutes may also specify the reasons for a request.

Rule 60 Appoint and revocation of a manager from a partner

1. In the case of more managers, the infringement may provide that one or more of them are appointed and withdrawn by a specific partner or partners in a joint statement. The request of such an administrator must be accompanied by a new appointment. While the one who has the right is not

26

Make appointment of an administrator or not replace the administrator who has withdrawn, the management shall be carried out by the other trustees.

2. Providing the law of the preceding para graph with a modification of the statutes may only be permitted by the unanimous decision of the partners.

Article 61 Revocation of an administrator from the court

1. If there is a great reason, the court may withdraw the administrator who has a registered office at the request of partners holding one tenth (1/10) of the total number of companies. In particular, serious infraction of duties or incapacity for regular management is regarded as a great reason. An agreement for revocation by the judge for a great reason is void.

2. In the event of the revocation of an administrator, the other managers, the partner or the operators who had appointed the manager concerned, shall appoint another person in his place. If there are no other managers and as long as the partners do not appoint a new manager, legal management shall apply.

Article 62

In the event of a revocation of the administrator in accordance with Article 59 and in the event of death, resignation or revocation for another reason, the new administrator shall act with a decision of the partners, otherwise the provisions of the Statutes shall apply. The statutes may provide for the appointment of an administrator by the majority of the trustees who are responsible for or continuing the management by the other managers without a situation. Each partner or administrator may invite the assembly of partners to elect a new pilot. If the partners are not elected by operator and the statutes do not contain relevant provisions, legal management shall apply.

Article 63 Viability

1. The appointment, revocation and replacement of the administrator shall be made public in the General Secretariat, in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Law. 3419/2005 The lack of publicity has the consequences of par. Article 16 of the EC Treaty 3419/2005

2. In addition to the appointment of the manager, it is not contrary to third parties, provided that they have been complied with by the appointment of the financial statements to the General Secretariat, unless the company demonstrates that the third parties were to determine the defect.

Article 64 Powers of administrator-a mutual administrator

1. The administrator shall represent the company and act in its sole function of each operation involving the management of the company, the management of its assets and the general pursuit of its purpose.

2. Acts of the administrator, even if they are outside the company, binding the company to third parties, unless the company demonstrates that the third party was aware of the overrun of the company or should have known it. It shall not constitute proof of compliance with the Rules of Procedure as to the statutes or amendments thereto. Restrictions on the power of the management of the company, resulting from the statutes or decision of the partners, shall not be contrary to third parties, even if they have been subject to formality formalities.

3. The administrator may delegate the exercise of its powers to partners or third parties, if authorised by the statutes.

4. The administrator shall not be remunerated for the management, unless otherwise provided by the statutes or decision of the partners.

Article 65 Obligation of credit

1. The manager has a loyalty obligation to the company. It shall in particular: (a) do not pursue the same interests contrary to the interests of the company, (b) to disclose to the partners promptly their interests which may arise from transactions carried out by the company; However, it is necessary to take account of the fact that, in the event of a breach of the principle of equal treatment, it is necessary to apply the principle of equal treatment to undertakings in the same way as those of the company or affiliated undertakings. (c) to carry out operations on behalf of the same or third parties, arising from the purpose of the company, or to be a partner of a personal company, H.P.E., or A private limited liability company, which pursues the same purpose, unless the partners decide that such operations are permitted and (d) maintain a confidentiality for corporate affairs.

2. The Statutes may specify the obligations referred to in paragraph 1.

3. In the event of an infringement of the prohibition in paragraph 1 of paragraph 1, the company shall be entitled to require, in the case of transactions carried out on behalf of the manager itself, to require that such transactions be considered as such They have been carried out on behalf of the company, in order for transactions which have been made on behalf of another, to be given to the institution for mediation or to be assigned to this claim. These requirements are quoted after six (6) months after the above transactions were announced to the partners and in each case after three years.

Article 66 Keeping of books

1. The administrator must comply with: (a) a 'book of variables', which registers the names of the partners, their address, the number of shares held by each partner, the type of contribution they represent, the date of acquisition, and (b) "a single book of practical decisions by the partners and decisions of its partners" and the specific rights conferred by the Statute to the partners and (b)

27

Management '. This last book lists all the decisions of the partners and the management decisions taken by more operators and do not concern current management issues or, irrespective of the number of managers, To be registered with the Secretary of State.

2. The company bears the burden of proof that the decisions of the partners and the manager took place at the date and time indicated in the book.

Article 67 Liability of administrator

1. The administrator shall be responsible to the company for breaches of this law, the statutes and decisions of the partners, as well as for each of the relevant jurisdictions. This responsibility does not exist in the case of acts or omissions based on a decision of the partners or relating to a reasoned decision, which was taken in good faith, based on sufficient information and exclusively on the basis of The interest of the corporate interest. If more managers have acted together, they are responsible for all of them.

2. By decision of the partners, the administrator may be exempted from the adoption of the annual financial statements only for management bodies, unless the partners provide a general application.

3. The claim of the company shall be barred after three years from the end of the act.

4. The company's claim for damages is also exercised by any partner or company administrator. A decision of the partners may be defined as a special representative of the company for the conduct of proceedings.

HEAD OF DECISION OF THE COMPANIES-THE JOINT VENTURE

OF THE COMPANIES

Article 68 Activity of partners

1. The partners decide each business case. 2. Partners are the only ones to receive a -

(a) amendments to the statutes, including the increase and the reduction of capital, unless the present law or the statute provides that specific amendments or operations to increase or decrease the capital are made by Only the manager, (b) for the appointment and revocation of the administrator, without prejudice to Article 60, (c) for the approval of annual financial statements, profit or loss, auditor and discharge from liability, (d) for the exclusion of the company, (e) for the solution of the company or the extension of its duration And (f) for the conversion and confusion of the company.

3. Assignment to the power manager to amend the Statutes, in accordance with paragraph 2 of this Article, but not provided for in the original Statutes, shall be decided upon in accordance with the Rules of Procedure. The power conferred on the administrator to amend the statutes may not be exceeded.

The three-year period.

Rule 69 Assembly of the partners

1. Without prejudice to Article 73, partners' decisions shall be taken at a meeting.

2. The Assembly shall be convened at least once a year and within four (4) months after the end of the financial year with the approval of the financial statements (ordinary meeting).

Article 70 Convening

1. The convening of the Assembly shall be made by the party, in accordance with the provisions of the Statute, in each case as at least eight (8). The day of the convening and the day of the meeting shall not be counted in this time limit. A personal invitation to the partners is required with each appropriate means, including e-mail (e-mail).

2. Partners who have a tenth (1/10) of the total number of corporate shares are entitled to be reimbursed by the administrator of the convening of a meeting specifying the subject matter of the final provision. If the administrator in ten (10) days does not convene the meeting, the applicant partners shall consult the proposed agenda.

3. The invitation of the Assembly should contain precisely the place and time, where the assembly will take place, the conditions for the participation of the participants, as well as a detailed agenda.

4. By way of derogation from the previous provisions, the Assembly may meet validly, if all the members are present or represented and are represented (universal assembly).

Article 71 Place of assembly

1. The Assembly may meet anywhere in the statutes, within or outside the country. If this site is not mentioned, the assembly may meet at the company's headquarters or anywhere else, if all the partners are involved.

2. The Statutes may provide that the co-operation of the partners shall be held by teleconference. Each Member may claim to hold the meeting with the conference, in respect of him, if he is resident in another country from that where the meeting is held or if there is another important reason, in particular illness or disability.

Rule 72 Participation in the Convention-Conduct of the Assembly and decision-making

1. The assembly shall have all partners in self-interest or with a representative. They have the right to speak and to vote.

2. Each share gives the right to a point of view. The Statutes may set a maximum of number of votes that each partner may have for receiving

28

A number of decisions. In this case, the majority of the majority of the partners do not exist for the majority of the majority.

3. The right to vote cannot be exercised by, or by an administrator or by an administrator, whether or not the definition of a special representative for a trial is to be decided (Article 67 (4)) or the exemption from its liability (Article 67 (2)) or Depart from the company referred to in Article 93.

4. The Assembly decides by an absolute majority of the total number of companies. The decisions of the Assembly shall be binding on the absent or dissident partners.

5. In the cases referred to in paragraph 2 of Article 68 (2) (d), (d) and (d), the Assembly shall act by an increased majority of two thirds (2/ 3) of the total number of companies.

6. The statutes may increase the percentage of all or certain decisions or to specify that a number of decisions are taken unanimously. It may also provide that some or all of the decisions are taken by a majority of the partners, representing the majority of the total number of companies. Adopt provisions of this paragraph by amending the Statute requires unanimity of the partners.

7. The decisions of the partners shall be recorded in the minutes of the minutes referred to in Article 66.

Rule 73 Resolutions of the partners without assembly

By way of derogation from the provisions of the preceding Articles, the decisions of the partners, if appropriate, may be taken in writing without meeting. This regulation shall apply if all partners or their representatives agree to make a majority decision in a document without a meeting. The relevant report shall be signed by all the partners with a reference to the candidates. The signatures of the partners may be replaced by an exchange of messages by electronic mail (e-mail) or other electronic means, if provided for in the Statutes. The minutes referred to in the preceding paragraph shall be recorded in the book of proverbs held in accordance with Article 66.

Article 74 Final decisions of the partners

1. Decision of the Assembly of the parties to be taken-in a manner which is not in conformity with the law or the official or misuse of the powers of the majority under the conditions laid down in Article 281 of the Civil Code, is annulled by the court. The cancellation may be requested by the administrator, as well as any partner who did not attend the meeting or objected to the decision, with an application submitted to the competent court within a period of four (4) months from its entry into Book of practices. The applicant may ask the court for the appointment of a special representative of the company to conduct the proceedings. The ultimatum of nullity is valid in any case. If the contested decision of the Assembly has been entered in the General Secretariat of the Court of Justice, it shall also be registered with the Court of Justice.

A decision that cancels it. 2. Decision of the Assembly of Partners which is a -

The statutes or the statutes shall be invalid. The invalidity shall be recognised by the court following a request submitted by each person having a legal interest within a period of six (6) months after the entry of the decision in the book of minutes. In the event of a modification of the statutes of the company becoming a party to the public order or to the public order, and where a durable infringement of mandatory provisions is made by the decision, the view of nullity shall not apply. Shall be subject to a deadline.

3. Decision taken in a document, without the conditions laid down in Article 73, or which is contrary to the law or the statutes, shall be void. The last two subparagraphs of the preceding paragraph shall be amended accordingly.

CAPITAL WITH SHARES AND CONTRIBUTIONS OF COMPANIES

Article 75 Corporate shares

1. Participation in the private capital company presupposes the acquisition of one or more companies. Company shares may not be allowed to stand with shares. The company may issue a copy of the company's company that does not have a character.

2. The original number of each individual company is defined in the statutes referred to in Article 50. This number may then be increased in accordance with the provisions of this law.

3. The corporate shares have a nominal value of at least one (1) euro. The nominal value is the same for all company shares, irrespective of the type of income they correspond to.

4. Corporate shares may constitute an object of a society, an usufruct or a pledge. Obligations arising from out-of-capital or guarantee entries within the meaning of Articles 78 and 79 shall be borne by the principal or the pawnbroker. He who has the right to vote is defined by the Constitution, otherwise Articles 1177 and 1245 of the Civil Code shall apply.

5. If a company share more, the co-beneficiaries have to indicate to the company a joint representative. If they do not indicate, statements relating to the corporate status of the beneficiaries may be validly made to any of the persons concerned.

Article 76 Types of contributions

1. The company shares the contributions of the changes.

2. The contributions of the partners may be three-ways: capital, extracapital and guarantee. Each company shares a single type of revenue.

3. The number of shares of each partner is per -

29

The value of its contribution.

Article 77 Capital contributions

1. The "capital injections" are contributions in cash or in kind to form the company's capital.

2. Capital contributions in kind are only allowed if the income is an asset which can benefit from a financial valuation within the meaning of Article 8 (2). 5 of Mr. 2190/1920. The valuation shall be made in accordance with Articles 9 and 9a of the Law 2190/1920. This shall not be required if the value of the instrument, in the statutes or decision which increases the capital, does not exceed five thousand (5 000) euro.

3. Increase or decrease in the number of corporate bonds corresponding to capital injections can only be made by increasing or decreasing capital.

4. The capital must be paid in full at the time of the establishment of the company or during the increase of the capital. The manager of the company must be within one month of the company's recommendation or the increase of the company to make sure that this payment is completed by an act registered in the Hellenic Republic. In the case of non-payment of the full payment, the administrator shall refer to a corresponding reduction in the capital and to the recovery of the shares corresponding to the amount not paid.

5. There must be at least one company in the company representing capital injections. If the cancellation of the shares no longer exists which corresponds to capital injections, the company must either appoint a person, a partner or a person who will buy such a share before it is ratified or increase its capital. Within one month of cancellation. Failure of a Member State to fulfil its obligations-Failure by a Member State to fulfil its obligations-Failure to transpose within the prescribed timelimit

Article 78 Extraordinary contributions

1. The 'extra-capital contributions' consist of allowances which cannot be subject to a capital contribution, such as claims arising out of an undertaking to carry out work or service. These benefits must be specified in the statutes and are carried out for a certain period or time.

2. The value of the contributions received, either on the company's recommendation or by the company, is set out in the statutes.

3. In the event of non-capital acquisitions, the company may ask the court to either fulfil or cancel the shares corresponding to the contribution which was not provided. Further claim compensation of the company is not excluded.

4. In the event of the cancellation of a company's own-account or exclusive partner, as well as in the case of a forced sale of company shares which has not fully supplied the extra-capital contribution, it is required to pay To be applied;

(a) the amount of the benefit to be paid by the institution of the place of benefit. The value of the benefits shall be that of the contribution, as determined by the statutes, or the part of the levy.

Article 79 Guarantees

1. "Guaranteed contributions" are contributions which exist in the assumption of liability vis-à-vis third parties for the debts of the company up to the amount specified in the Statute. The partner providing a guarantee charge is shown to be responsible for being in a position and that it will make every effort to enable it to be able to pay the company's debts by the amount of the previous year. (a)

2. The value of each guarantee contribution is laid down in the statutes and may not exceed a maximum of five per cent (75 %) of the amount of liability referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article.

3. The partner's liability covers any company's debt referred to in paragraph 1 with interest and other charges. This responsibility is directly and directly applicable to the lenders, who can directly sue the partner. The partner may show against the lender of objections that are not possible on his face only if they could be viewed by the company. More partners responsible in this way are responsible for the whole.

4. In the event of a bankruptcy of a partner with a guarantee that any creditor of the company can be reconsidered in bankruptcy proceedings. The amount distributed to the creditors of the company may not exceed the amount of the liability laid down in the first paragraph of paragraph 1, reduced proportionally to a measure satisfied and the claims of the pregnant creditors. Of creditors; Until this limit, the creditors of the company are classified within the meaning of Article 154 of the Code.

5. The partner who has provided a guarantee charge and paid corporate debt has no right to claim against the company.

6. In the event of the cancellation of a partner ship or exclusive partner, as well as a renunciation of corporate shares, the partner who has not paid the full amount of the liability for the contribution is still valid. Liable to third parties for the payment of the debts of the company born prior to registration in the GQ of such events for a period of three (3) years after that entry.

7. After each change in the company's guarantee contributions, the administrator shall submit for registration in the C. E. MH an updated situation with the changes made and the guarantee contributions of the individual partners involved in the amount. (i) the absence of a direct payment for each contribution. She's posting on the company website, too.

Article 80 Accounting for contributions

The method of accounting and the presence of extra-capital and guarantee contributions and

30

It is defined by a joint decision of the Ministers for Economic and Development, Competitiveness and Maritime Affairs. The statutes governing the valuation of extra-capital and guarantee contributions shall be entered in the accounts of the own funds.

Article 81 Repayment of contributions

The reimbursement of capital contributions prior to the company's solution is only allowed in the capital injection procedure. Reimbursement of the other contributions or exemption of the partners from the obligations entered into by those contributions is not permissible.

Article 82 Purchase of liabilities from extra-capital

Or guarantee contributions

1. Notwithstanding the provision of Article 81, the partner has the right to redeem the obligations arising from an extra-capital or guarantee contribution, by transferring the shares of the capital contribution to a capital contribution and by paying the company in the form of capital injections. The capital increase for the extra-capital contribution in respect of the value of its contribution, as defined in the State, for the guarantee contribution the full amount of its liability. If these obligations have been fulfilled, the amount to be paid shall be set by the company proportionally. In the event of an incontestation of the amount payable or, if the company fails to determine the amount, the tribunal shall decide after the partner's request, in accordance with Article 371 AK. The use of capital shall be carried out by the administrator, without the right to propose the other partners. In the case of a judicial determination of the amount of the market, the increase shall be carried out when the decision is final.

2. From the entry to the OPR of the increase, the partner has the shares corresponding to the increase.

3. The right to repurchase obligations from a guarantee charge cannot be exercised by an interested party which has already been sued by a lender of the company to pay this debt. The Statutes may prohibit the purchase of liabilities by guarantee vouchers for a certain period of time, which may not exceed three times.

CAPITAL IN THE TRANSFER OF COMPANY SHARES

OTHER CHANGES IN THE COMPANY'S COMPOSITION

Article 83 Freedom of transfer

1. The transfer and charge of private limited liability companies with a life or cause of death shall be free, subject to the following Articles.

2. Annual shares corresponding to an extra-degressive or guarantee fee, which has not been paid in full, may not alter its shares as long as it does not buy into its obligations under Article 82.

Article 84 Transmission in life

1. The transfer or charge of corporate shares in life shall be made in writing and results from the company and the partners from the opinion on the transfer. Such notice shall be written and signed by the transferor and the acquirer. The notification of the knowledge-making document to the company can be done by e-mail. The administrator must register immediately the transfer to the list of subjects, provided that the conditions for the transfer, as provided for in the law and the statutes, have been complied with. For third parties, the transfer is deemed to have been made by the entry in the book of partners.

2. The statutes may exclude or restrict the transfer or burden of the shares in life. It may also provide for the right to propose the other partners if a partner intends to change its basis, as well as the right of the company to indicate a partner or a third party to acquire the shares, which are to be transferred, Instead of a full court designated by the court, unless the parties agree to its size or the statutes, it shall determine how it is to be determined.

Article 85 Transfer cause of death

1. The administrator must register without deprivation of the transfer of the corporate cause of the company to the book of the partners after checking the right of the beneficiary.

2. The Statutes may stipulate that in the event of the death of a partner, the company shares are bought by a person designated by the company, partner or tri-the, instead of a full range specified by the agent, unless the parties agree. At its level or the statutes, it shall determine how it is to be determined. The indication must be made within one (1) month after the company becomes aware of death and must be disclosed to the heir or heir, as well as to the other partners. The Statute may stipulate that the surviving partners have the right to propose to the acquisition by the percentage of their participation in the company.

Article 86 Right of option

The partners may agree among themselves or with third parties the provision of a right to buy or sell shares. This agreement shall be recorded in the partner book. If the administrator is satisfied that the right of option has been exercised, it shall be required to register the change of the beneficiary's change in the book.

Article 87 Own shares

The company is not allowed to acquire, directly or indirectly, its own shares. Shares acquired, in any manner, notwithstanding the provision of the previous one;

31

To be cancelled automatically. In the event of confusion between a private limited liability company with a view to the sale of another company which holds its own shares, these shares shall be automatically cancelled by the merger. In the above cases, the administrator must, in practice, proceed without delay to establish a reduction in the number of companies and, if necessary, to oppose the reduction of capital and to proceed with the relevant classification of the capital. C. .. DON'T.

Article 88 Confiscation of corporate shares

1. The confiscation of corporate shares is still possible even if the transfer is excluded or subject to restrictions. The seizure shall be carried out in accordance with Articles 1022 et seq. Of the Code of Civil Procedure. The lender's application and the decision of the Court of Justice ordering the seizure shall also be served on the company. The court may order the right to take advantage of the right pursuant to Article 1024 of the Code of Civil Procedure and the transfer of corporate shares to partners or to a party designated by the company with a full payment. The Court of Justice of the European Court of Justice of the European Union The Court of Justice shall take note of the interest of the company or third party designated by the company in any appropriate manner.

2. In the event of a bankruptcy of a partner, its corporate shares belong to the bankruptcy property and are sold in accordance with Article 146 of the Bankruptcy Code. In lieu of divestment, the bankruptcy court may order, at the request of the company, the transfer of the company's shares to partners or three designated by the company, by payment to the full amount of the company, determined by the company. The court.

Article 89 Admission of new partners-new contributions

From existing partners

1. Unless otherwise provided in the statutes for the entry of a new partner or the taking of new contributions from existing partners, the unanimous decision of the partners is required. This decision should take account of the number of shares acquired and the contribution to be made. If the decision cannot be taken as a result of the objections of a partner or partner, the percentages are reduced, the court may, after a request from the company, authorise the entry of the supplier or the taking-over of contributions from existing ones, if There is a great reason, imposed by the interest of the company.

2. This Article shall not apply in the event of the valuation of the capital.

Article 90 Increasing capital

1. The capital increase is done by increasing the number of companies.

2. In the event of an increase in capital not made by a contribution in kind, all partners have the right to

In the case of the new chapter, depending on the number of companies each has. The right to a proposal shall be made by a declaration to the company within twenty-twenty (20) days after the registration of the decision of the partners in the Hellenic Republic. The statutes may stipulate that the right to nominate only the partners with shares corresponding to capital injections. The right of proposal may be repealed or replaced by a decision of the partners taken in accordance with Article 72 (5). If the decision cannot be taken on account of the objections of a partner or partner whose percentages are reduced, the latter shall be applied in accordance with the last subparagraph of paragraph 1 of Article 89.

3. The company's articles of association may provide that capital will be increased to a certain amount of time with new contributions for a certain amount ('approved capital '). The time-point may be determined in the form of an option or a time-limit or by decision-making by the administrator or the partners. If there is nothing other than the statutes, the obligation to pay these contributions is all the partners, depending on the amount of company shares held by the defendant. In the event of an increase in capital in this way, the manager is required to update the company's capital with a statement to the General Secretariat. If nothing else is mentioned, the new contributions are in cash.

Article 91 Reducing capital

1. The reduction in capital shall be made by cancelling existing shares corresponding to capital contributions and compliance with the principle of equal treatment of partners with such shares. The statutes may provide for a consensus between these partners or without a majority decision. The reduction is not allowed to result in a failure of the system unless there is a simultaneous increase.

2. In the event of a capital injection, the asset may be assigned to the partners with shares corresponding to capital contributions, only if the corporate lenders do not object. The raising of objections must be made by a statement by the lenders to the company within one month from the registration of the decision of the partners to reduce the capital to the Hellenic Republic. If such a declaration is made, the court shall rule after a request from the company. The court may allow the return of the assets to the partners, or to make it dependent on the borrower's liability, to provide it with sufficient errors or to undertake a personal obligation of the suppliers. If there are any objections from more than one lenders, a decision shall be made on all of them. This paragraph shall not apply if the reduction is to be applied for the depreciation of losses or to formation of stocks.

Article 92 Partner exit

1. Each partner can come out of the company for a great reason by decision of the court, published on request.

32

2. The statutes may include provisions on the right of partners to leave the company under certain conditions. It may also provide for the exit of a partner with out-of-capital contributions with a declaration from the company if that partner comes to a failure to comply with the benefit corresponding to that contribution, in particular because of illness or of a pensioner or because he/she has Inherit the company shares.

3. The outbound partner is entitled to receive the value of his own shares. If the parties do not agree to the valuation or the statutes shall not determine the manner in which it is to be determined, the tribunal shall decide. In any event, the company may claim compensation under Article 78 (4).

4. Following the exit of the partner, the manager shall without delay make the cancellation of his/her own, and, where appropriate, a reduction of the capital and to update the number of shares with relevant registration. -T. .. It may, however, be laid down in the Statutes that in the event of an exit the company will not be cancelled but will be purchased by a person who is to receive the company, instead of paying the full value of the shares determined in accordance with the Paragraph 3. The Statutes may provide that the partners have a right to propose to the acquisition, in the case of their participation in the company.

Article 93 Excluded partner

If there is a great reason, the court, at the request of any administrator or partner, may exclude from the company a partner, if there has been a decision of the other partners in accordance with Article 72 (4). The application must be submitted within sixty (60) days from the date of receipt of the decision. The court may issue a temporary injunction ordering the necessary insurance measures, which may include a temporary suspension of the right to vote of the excluded person. From the date of the decision and the payment to the exclusion of the full value of its shares, determined as specified in paragraph 3 of the preceding Article, the company shall be continued between the other partners. In any event, the company may claim compensation referred to in Article 78 (4). The remainder of Article 92 (4) shall apply.

HEAD OF PARTNERSHIP WITH THE COMPANY AND RELATIONS BETWEEN COMPANIES

Article 94 Beneficiaries and obligations of partners

1. Unless otherwise provided for in this law or by the statutes, the companies provide equal rights and obligations, irrespective of the type of levy they correspond to. In order to provide the partners of new rights or the imposition of new sub-charges, an amendment to the Statutes of all the partners or the consent of that person shall be required;

Which concerns the obligation. 2. Each partner is entitled to take note of this;

In person or with a representative of the company's business and to examine the books and documents of the company. It shall also be entitled to expenditure on the publication of the books of the partners and of the practices referred to in Article 66. The statutes may provide that the rights referred to in this Article are to be performed at regular intervals not longer than the quarter. The company may refuse to provide information or access to the books if there is a serious threat to the business interests of the company.

3. Each partner shall be entitled to request information necessary for the understanding and assessment of the subjects of the meeting's agenda.

4. Partners who have one tenth (1/10) of the total number of corporate shares are entitled to any request from the court to appoint the auditors of the auditors to investigate serious cases of infringement of the law; or Of the situation and make known the result of a report to the partners and the company.

Article 95 Company agreements with partners or the administrator

1. Each contract between the company and the partners or the administrator must be recorded in the relevant book of Article 66 with a hand of the administrator and communicated to all partners within one or more-to be concluded. If the company is a name, this recording is a condition of the validity of the contract, unless the contract relates to current operations concluded under normal conditions.

2. The Statutes may submit specific or all the agreements referred to in paragraph 1 to the approval of the partners.

3. The execution of the contracts referred to in paragraph 1 shall be prohibited, provided that they are fulfilled, in whole or in part, by the satisfaction of the other members of the company.

4. Company and partner agreements relating to the management of the company's assets from the latter are permissible.

CAPITAL THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NON-PROFIT-CONTROLLED

Article 96 Annual financial statements

The private limited liability company shall prepare annual financial statements including: (a) the calculation, (b) the results account (s), (c) the disposal table of the results and (d) a scan containing all the necessary information; Information and explanations for a fuller understanding of other situations, as well as the administrator's annual report on the business activity that has expired. The statutes may provide for the preparation of other financial statements. The Ms -

33

Stresses are signed by the administrator and they are entering a single set.

Article 97 Inventory

Once a year, at the end of the financial year, the company manager is required to draw up a description of all of its assets and liabilities with a detailed description and valuation. The company's annual financial statements shall be drawn up by its administrator on the basis of that programme.

Article 98 Method of training and reporting

1. The provisions of Articles 42, 42a, 42b, 42c, 42d, 42e, 42e, 43, 43a and 43c of Mr Law 2190/1920 are applied accordingly. Where, in accordance with the provisions in force, the financial statements are drawn up in accordance with International Accounting Standards, the provisions laid down in Articles 134 et seq. Shall apply mutatis mutandis. Of mr. 2190/1920.

2. With the help of the administrator, the annual financial statements will be published in the General Secretariat and the company's website within three (3) months after the end of the financial year. The provisions of paragraphs 1 and 2 of Article 43b of Law 2190/1920 shall be applied accordingly.

Article 99 Control

1. For the control of the financial statements of private limited companies, the provisions of Articles 36, 36a, 37 and 38, and par. Article 43a of the Law 2190/1920. The auditors shall be appointed by the partners and their appointment shall be recorded in the General Secretariat.

2. Private capital companies which, in the closure of the balance sheet, do not exceed the limits of two of the three criteria referred to in Article 42a (2). 6 of mr. 2190/1920 are exempt from the obligation to audit their financial statements by auditors. Paragraphs 7 and 8 of the above Article 42a shall apply accordingly.

Article 100 Approval of the statements by the partners

And distribution of profits

1. The adoption of annual financial statements and the distribution of profits requires the decision of the partners.

2. Each year before each distribution of profits, at least one twentieth (1/20) of the profits should be held for the formation of a regular reserve. This reserve may only be capitalised or supported by losses. Additional reserves may be provided for by the statutes or decisions taken by the partners.

3. In order to make profits, these should result from annual financial statements. The changes will decide on the profits to be made. The

A statutes may stipulate a minimum compulsory profit or loss.

4. The participation of partners in profits is commensurate with the number of shares each partner has. The statutes may provide that for a certain period of time, which will not exceed the decade, a partner or partners do not have or have limited profits or liquidation proceeds or that they have a right to receive additional profits.

5. The partners who received profits in breach of the previous paragraphs must return them to the company. This claim can be exercised and forged by the lenders.

6. The preceding paragraph shall also apply in cases of paid-back profits or the immediate reimbursement of contributions.

Article 101 Consolidated financial statements

1. Each private limited liability company, governed by Greek law, if it is to be a parent in the case of ar. Under Article 42e of Law 2190/1920, it is obliged to draw up consolidated financial statements and consolidated annual report.

2. The provisions of Articles 90 to 109 of the Law 2190/1920 shall apply to the compilation of consolidated financial statements.

HEIGHT WILL BE SOLVED AND CLEARED

Article 102 Company in a situation of threatened

Defibrillation weakness

If the company is in a situation of incapacity for failure to fulfil its obligations, within the meaning of Articles 3 (2) and 99 (1) of the Penal Code (v. 3588/2007), the administrator is obliged without undue delay to convene a meeting of the partners, which will decide the solution of the company, the filing of an application for bankruptcy or a reorganisation process or the adoption of another measure.

Article 103 Reason for solution

1. The private capital company shall be dissolved: (a) at any time by decision of the partners, (b) when the number of years has elapsed, unless that period is extended before the decision of the partners expires, (c) if the company is bankrupt, and (d) In other cases provided for in this law or by the Statute.

2. The company's solution, if it is not due to the duration of the year, is registered with the liquidator.

Article 104 Clearing and clearing

1. If the company is terminated for any reason, except in the case of bankruptcy, it follows the stage

34

Of the liquidation. Until the end of the liquidation, the company shall be deemed to continue and maintain its effect, to which the words'under investigation' shall be added.

2. The authority of the organs of the company in the course of the liquidation shall be limited to the assets necessary for the liquidation of the company. New acts may also act as a result of the liquidation and the interests of the company.

3. The arrangement shall be carried out by the administrator, unless the statutes otherwise provide for the partners to decide otherwise. The partners may decide differently from the statutes only in the majority of Article 72 (5).

4. The provisions for the administrator shall be applied by-account to the liquidator.

Article 105 Cleanup Tasks

1. At the beginning of the liquidation, the liquidator is required to take stock of the assets and liabilities of the company and to provide financial statements for the end of the financial year, which shall be adopted by decision of the partners. If the liquidation continues, the liquidator shall be required to draw up at the end of each year financial statements.

2. The liquidator is obliged to terminate the proceedings of the company, to repay its debts, to recover its debts and to pay the company's assets. In the case of the company's assets, the liquidator must be able to sell the company as a whole, where possible.

3. Annual subscriptions of extra-capital contributions, and during the winding-up phase, provide services, which are the subject of their contribution, to the extent necessary for the closure of the liquidation operations. The partners with shares corresponding to guarantee contributions will be obliged to be liable to third parties for the payment of the company's debts for a period of three (3) days after the company's solution.

4. If the liquidation stage exceeds three years, Article 49 (2) shall apply mutatis mutandis. 6 of mr. 2190/1920. The plan to accelerate and terminate the liquidation shall be approved by decision of the partners referred to in Article 72 (5). Any application in the Court of Justice shall be submitted by partners with one tenth of the total number of the company (1/10).

5. Upon completion of the liquidation, the exhibitor draws up financial statements of completion of the liquidation, which the partners are invited to decide by decision. On the basis of these statements, the liquidator shall distribute the product of the catharry to the partners, depending on the number of each of the numbers. The statutes may provide that, in the distribution of capital contributions, the partners participating in capital injections. With the agreement of all the partners, the liquidator may make a distribution of the property.

6. The clearing house for the registration of the liquidation of the liquidator at the Hellenic Republic.

7. While winding up or terminating the bankruptcy as a result of the final validation of the restructuring plan or for the purpose of Article 170 (3) of the Bankruptcy Code (v. 3588/2007), the company may resuscate the unanimous decision of the partners.

CHAPTER I CONVERSIONS-MERGER

Article 106 Transformation of a private capital company

In another form

1. The private limited liability company may be diverted to a company other than a decision of the company, taken in accordance with Article 72 (5). In any event, if after the transfer of the private capital company is to be liable for the debts of the company, express consent shall be required.

2. The remainder is followed in the remainder of the procedure required for the establishment of the new company. From the entry to the Secretary-General of the Court of Justice and the new Statutes, the newly-appointed private capital company continues under the new partnership. The legal personality is involved and the issuing trials continue in the name of the company in its new form, without any interruption in the proceedings. The administrative authorisations that had been granted to the company of the company continue to exist.

3. If there are shares corresponding to extra-guillotine contributions, it should be preceded by the conversion of a contract between a company and a partner which regulates the fulfilment of the relevant obligations after conversion. Reference is made to the conversion decision.

4. If there are shares corresponding to guarantee contributions, the partners with such shares will be responsible and after the conversion period for three (3) years for the corporate liabilities that were incurred until the date of registration. In the case of the company's creditors, the company's creditors were transferred to the company.

Article 107 Converting another corporate form to private

Capital company

1. A company of other forms may be converted into a capital company with a decision of the variables or shareholders, taken in accordance with the law provided for in the case of a solution to this corporate form. In any case, if the partners of the company are to receive an art form corresponding to extra-capital or guarantee contributions, such consent is required.

2. The procedure is followed by the procedure for establishing the private capital company as defined in Article 51.

3. The decision to make a decision on its statute

35

A company with a limited liability company is registered in the OPEC, the results of the conversion do not occur if within a period of one (1) month after the registration of a lender or lender of the company there are written objections to the conversion. With these loans, these lenders may ask for collateral, provided that the financial situation of the participating company makes it necessary to do so. If no objections are raised, this shall be the case at the request of the company and the torque shall take place at the time of registration of such a note. Where objections are raised, the court may, at the request of the Court, authorise the transfer if it considers that the financial situation of the company or the guarantees received by such lenders or the guarantees given by them They are offered not to justify their objections. The application shall be notified to lenders who have objected. The judgment of the Court of Justice shall only be held in a judgment of the Court of Justice. In this case, the conversion rate shall be effected by the entry in the OPM of the decision rejecting the objection or rejecting the opposition.

4. With the completion of the conversion, the participating company continues in the form of the private capital company. The legal personality continues and the issuing trials continue in the name of the Court in its new form, without the outcome of the proceedings. The administrative permits issued by the shareholders of the company continue to weave.

5. The adjusted partners of the regulatory or regulatory company, which has been transferred to a privately owned company, continue to be responsible for five (5) years following the conversion of the company's liabilities to the company. Were born until the registration of the conversion in the OPEC, if the creditors of the company were deposited in the company's conversion.

Article 108 Merger of private limited companies

The merger of private limited companies is carried out either by resorting or by setting up a new company. In this chapter, the acquiring company and the new company are called 'mergers' companies.

Article 109 Merger draft

1. The managers of the merging companies shall draw up a joint draft terms of merger which, in the event of the establishment of a new company, shall include its statutes.

2. The draft terms of merger shall contain at least: (a) the association, the seat and the number of members of the merging parties. (b) The definition of the relationship between company exchanges and its justification, in order to be fair and reasonable. The relationship between the company and the company is related to the total number of companies involved in the merging companies, indistinguishably in the case of capital, non-capital companies.

State or guarantee contributions. The company shares resulting from the merger correspond to the type of contribution, which was represented by the old ones. (c) The date from which the parties provide the right to participate in the proceedings of the merging companies or of the merging companies to the profits of the merged company, and any specific laws relating to this right. (d) The date from which the transactions of the merging parties are considered, from an accounting point of view, to be made on behalf of the merged entity, as well as the fate of its financial effects or of the merged entity. Of companies which will result from the date of completion of the merger as provided for in Article 112 (3).

3. The draft terms of merger shall be registered in the General Secretariat of the merger, which falls within each of the merging companies with the request of their managers.

Article 110 Protection of lenders

Within one month of the last entry in paragraph 3 of the preceding Article, the creditors of the merging companies, the requirements of which were born prior to that registration, have the right to submit written objections and Request sufficient guarantees, since the economic situation of the merging companies makes it necessary to protect it. At the request of the Court of Justice of the European Communities, the court may authorise the merger, notwithstanding the objections of a lender or loan, if it considers that the economic situation of the companies concerned or the guarantees already established by the parties to the proceedings Such creditors, or the guarantees offered to them, do not justify their objections. The application shall be notified to lenders who have raised objections. The Court's judgment is subject to a judgment of the Court of First Instance.

Article 111 Exvaluation of assets

Of the merging companies

1. For the purpose of estimating the assets of the merging companies and of the law and of a reasonable relationship, a report shall be drawn up to the partners of these companies in accordance with Articles 9 and 9a of Law 2190/1920.

2. By common order of the merging companies, the persons carrying out the assessment may draw up a single report for all companies. With the agreement of all the partners of the merging companies, the above-mentioned pension may be omitted.

Article 112 Approval of the merger by the partners Entry of the merger decision

1. The draft terms of merger, as well as the amendments to the statutes required for its implementation or the statutes of the new company,

36

(i) a decision by each of the merging companies to be adopted by a decision of each of the merging companies. A decision cannot be taken unless the lenders of the lenders referred to in Article 110 have been completed.

2. If the merger is to be decided by the partners' meeting, each partner has the right of a month before the meeting takes note, at the company's seat, at least: (a) the confusion plan and (b) the report referred to in Article 111. The merger cannot take a decision on the merger if the above deadline has not been complied with.

3. The decisions of the partners approving the congratulation together with a responsible declaration by the managers of the merging companies that the procedure for the protection of the lenders referred to in Article 110 have been respected, shall be entered in the General Secretariat of the Court of Justice, following a joint application by the By operators.

Article 113 Effect of the merger

From the time of the registration referred to in Article 112 (3), the following results shall, in respect of the merging parties and third parties, be automatically and without prejudice to the following:

(a) The merging company is to all in general its rights and obligations or of the merging companies. This transfer is carried out by universal succession. The merger takes place and the administrative licences issued in favour of the merged company.

(b) The merging companies' partners become partners of the merged company.

(c) The obligations of the partners involved in the merging companies with extra-capital or guarantee contributions continue to exist as before.

(d) The merged companies cease to exist. (e) The issuing of trials shall be automatically continued in the

In the case of merger, termination of the proceedings, only the merged entity.

Article 114 Cancellation and invalidity of the merger

1. The merger shall be invalid under the conditions laid down in Article 74 (1) or, if the procedure laid down in the above Articles has not been complied with, the cases referred to in Article 74 (2) and (3) shall not apply.

2. The merger shall be invalidated by the court at the request of anyone having a legal interest, which shall be lodged within three (3) months after the entry in Article 112 (3). The competent court shall provide the companies concerned with reasonable grounds to remove the defects of the merger, if possible.

3. The nullity of the merger shall be recognised by the court at the request of any person having a legal interest lodged in six (6) or the registration referred to in Article 112 (3). Where the purpose of the merger is unlawful or contrary to the public order, and where its Articles of Association have an infringement of mandatory provisions, the

Shall not be subject to time-limits. 4. The judicial decision declaring null or void

He knows the nullity of the merger, he's registered to the G.E.M. .. Within a period of three (3) months from this entry, the application may be lodged against the above judgment.

5. The nullity of the merger declared or recognized is without prejudice to the validity of the obligations of the merged entity in the period after the date of registration referred to in Article 112 (3) and before the date of registration of the merger. Paragraph 4 of this Article. The companies which have taken part in the annulled merger shall be liable for such obligations.

Article 115 Non-fair and reasonable exchange relationship

1. The merger shall not be declared null and void for the reason that the relationship between the corporate shares of the merging companies with the companies of the merged company is not fair and reasonable. In this case each partner of the merging companies or the merging companies may claim the payment of compensation to cash from the merged company. Compensation shall be determined by the court after treatment of each affected person. The claim shall be barred at the expiry of three (3) months after the entry in Article 112 (3).

2. The burden of proof that the exchange ratio is fair and reasonable is the merging company.

CHAPTER 1 ADAPTIVE PROVISIONS TO THE NEW

COMPANY FORMAT

Article 116 Adaptation to general provisions

1. Where in law there are arrangements which are generally applicable to companies with limited liability: (a) these arrangements are extended to the private capital company, except where the law or the nature of the private capital company (b) in relation to private capital, the references to capital ratios are to be found to be reported in percentages of the total number of companies.

2. Where legislation is defined that activity can be exercised by restricted companies, it may also be exercised by private companies.

3. Paragraph 4 of Article 98 of the Rules of Procedure shall be replaced by the following:

' 4. The provisions of the preceding paragraphs are also addressed to the limited liability company as well as to the private capital company. '

4. The case (a) of par. Article 2 of the Law (EC) No 3777/2009 (1 127) shall be replaced by the following:

' (a) the non-company (SA), the company of limited liability (EIA), the private capital company (IKE), the limited company-holding company and the European Company (SE) based in Greece.

5. The laws providing incentives for the transport

37

In this context, the Commission has proposed a number of measures to be taken in the field of public health and the environment.

6. The third paragraph of Article 1047 of the K. Pol.D is replaced by the following:

' In the case of legal persons other than non-member companies, companies of limited liability and private limited liability companies, as regards the debts referred to in the first subparagraph of paragraph 1 of this Article, personal detention shall be ordered by the Of their representatives, and in the cases referred to in Article 947 (1), shall be ordered against the legal representatives of the party in question. '

7. The second paragraph of paragraph 2. The following shall be substituted for Article 11 (1) (d) (30):

" After three years of the conclusion of the contract, the granting of the use of a salary to private or limited liability or to a private limited liability company or to a company, which will be set up with minimum participation and participation, is authorised after the conclusion of the contract. (b) the rate of increase of 35 %. '

8. The last paragraph of par. Article 11 of Council Regulation (EEC) No 34/1995 is hereby repealed.

9. B.c. 258/2005 "The Statute of the Agency for the Safety of Free Professionals (OAF.)" (1 316) is amended as follows:

(2) In accordance with the previous paragraph,

(a) Members or Shareholders, Commodities or Members of the European Communities;

The members of the Board of Directors of the Board of Directors of the Board of Directors of the Board of Directors of the Board of Directors of the Board of Directors of the Board of Directors of the Board of Directors of the Board of Directors.

Undertaking a professional or biotechnical activity, in so far as they are up to 5 %. (c) Members of the Board of Directors of the Board of Directors,

Deduction of the company's business, which is at least 3 % in the Company's capital. (d) The shareholders of the Anonical Companies, the

The purpose is the transfer of persons or circumstances to a certain number of motor vehicles, provided they are holders of nominal shares. They are not subject to the non-compulsory insurance of the OPEC. The holders of nominal shares, one or more of the above-mentioned companies, representing a percentage of motor vehicles of less than or equal to 10 %. The persons referred to in the preceding subparagraph shall lead to the co-owned car of public service or another DX car of the same non-member company, not subject to the insurance of the O.A.U. But the I.K.A. -E.T.T. .. If they do not drive the self-owned car of the same company and do not have insurance from another job or employment, they are compulsorily insured in the O.A.U. .. e) The Private Capital Company Administrators

Were laid down in the statutes or by decision of the subjects. (f) The sole member of a single-member private

Whaling Company."

(b) in Article 3 (1), the following shall be added:

' g. The Private Capital Company partners. " 10. Then, in the case of par. Article 101

Of the Income Tax Code (v. (a) the following indent shall be added to 2238/1994, (1):

'(f) Private capital companies'. 11. The current fiscal provisions for

Limited liability companies (LLP) are applied to private capital companies (I.K.E.).

Article 117 Adaptation to n. 3853/2010

1. Article 1 of n. 3853/2010 (1 90) is replaced by the following:

" Article 1 Scope-Purpose

The purpose of this law is to simplify the procedures for the setting-up of personal and limited liability companies and, in particular, the laws, regulations, companies (each form), private limited liability companies, Limited liability companies and non-member companies ('Companies'). '

2. Article 2 (a). 3853/2010 a-Displayed as follows:

'(a)' A Base Service ':' (aa) Without prejudice to Article 1 and Article 7

Of n. Having regard to Council Regulation (EC) No 3419/2005 (' 297), as amended by Article 13 of this law, the natural persons or legal persons of public law designated as competent for the initiation, handling and the drawing up of the procedures for setting up the arrangements; and (i) companies (each form), private heads of companies, limited liability companies and non-member companies. As a 'Service of a Phase' for the setting-up of regulations and heterogeneity companies (all forms) and private capital companies, the competent services of the General Secretariat of the Registry (GET) are defined in Article 2 of the Law. Regulation (EC) No 3419/2005 (1 297), as amended by Article 13 of this Law, and the Citizen Service Centres (K.E.P.) receiving the 'Service of a Stasis Services', as provided for in Article 4 of this law. (bb) As a 'asis service' for the recommendation;

In the case of the Court of Justice, the Court of Justice of the European Union and the Court of Justice of the European Court of Justice and the Court of Justice of the European Court of Justice and the Court of Justice of the European Court of Justice and the Court of Justice of the European Court of Justice and the Court of Justice of the European Union The same applies to private limited companies for the establishment of which a document is prepared. '

3. In n. Article 5A is added as follows:

" Article 5A Procedure for the establishment of private limited companies

1. For the establishment of a private limited liability company, the parties or the single founder or the

38

A person who is authorised to do so, before the "Service of a base", to the following actions: (a) Deposits the company's recommendation document.

This document shall be enclosed in the form of the document, if it is required by a special provision of law, if the property is transferred to the company for the transfer of which this type is required, or if selected by the parties. Submit a signed application for registration

(c) Submit an application for the registration of the applicant;

(d) They shall pay the line of unitary cost to the public at the institution concerned and to register it as a member.

(e) Submit a declaration on the concentration tax

The European Parliament and the Council of the European Union and the Council of Europe Submit a declaration responsible for the address

(g) They shall submit the necessary applications and contracts;

(ii) the necessary forms for the allocation of a tax register.

2. At the latest or at the latest on the following working day and after the completion of the operations referred to in paragraph 1, the 'Service of a Member State' shall be required to: (a) check the application for registration of and

A written recommendation, in relation to the classification of the product and the completeness of the tenderers and documents submitted by it. In particular, if the statutes of the company refer to the terms of the company, the purpose and amount of the capital of the company, as well as on the basis of documents submitted, the purpose of the company is illegal or contrary to public order, (b) The sole founder or all founders are incapable of doing justice through access to electronic means;

Elements of the General Secretariat of the Court of Justice and the use of pre-authorisation. If the proposed association accedes to an earlier registration, the 'Service of a stance' shall inform the parties concerned and, after consultation with them, amend the agreement. (c) In order to obtain the euro, it shall be able to collect the euro.

(v) the establishment of a company and a capital concentration tax, as well as the granting of a relevant proof of payment of the uniform cost of incorporation of capital and capital formation tax. (d) Mergers for the award of a public service contract.

(e) Without prejudice to paragraph 3, where necessary, as well as for the issue of the certificates issued by the Member States, and for the issue of the certificates issued by the Member States, and for the issue of the certificates issued by the Member States, the Commission shall, without prejudice to paragraph 3, apply.

For the registration and registration of the company in the Office of the European Communities, Article 2 of the Law. Proposal for a Council Regulation (EC) amending Regulation (EC) No 3419/2005 (OJ L 297, p. 1) and for the allocation of a number of Joint That is not the case, Mr President. 3419/2005 (f) Examine, by means of access to the electricity concerned,

Winning records for the company's A.F.C., as well as the sending of a communication on the establishment of the company, as well as the information of its partners and managers in the organisations concerned;

(g) Promote the registration of the company in the

A study group. 3. If from the control provided for in the

If, in paragraph 2, the application, the required supporting documents or the letter of contract do not satisfy the requirements of the text, the persons concerned shall be invited, by means of telematic or electronic mail, to carry out the application. Written in the necessary clarifications, corrections or contributions within two working days, or, if justified by the circumstances, on 10 working days after receipt of the call. The granting of this time-limit shall extend the period laid down in paragraph 2 accordingly. If the deadline of two or ten working days has elapsed, the time limit or the data, notwithstanding the time-limit for submission, still does not satisfy the requirements laid down in paragraph 2. The law, the formation of the company shall not be registered in the G.E.B. and the unitary cost of the formation of a company and the capital concentration charge which have been paid shall, in whole or in part, be repaid in accordance with the common Ministerial Decision of Article 4 (2) (2). '

4. The provisions of Article 42 of Law 3026/1954 (Law on Lawyers) shall not be applied to the drawing up of contractual documents for the formation of private companies, or the modification of their statutes.

Article 118 Adaptation to the General Secretariat.

1. The second indent of paragraph 1. Article 1 of Article 1 of the Law It shall be replaced by the following:

' b. The association of persons with a dominant position or a secondary establishment in the territory and any other commercial company, provided that its recommendation was made in Greek law, i.e. the rhythm and regularity (simple or equip ment) company, the urban Cooperative, including the mutual insurance company and the credit company, the private capital company, the company's limited liability company and the firm. From the registration to the General Secretariat, the host companies provided for in paragraph 53/1987 (1 52), the maritime companies which meet at the time of the entry into force of the Agreement. Regulation (EEC) No 959/1979 (1 192) and maritime shipping companies established in the United Kingdom. COUNCIL REGULATION (EC) NO 3182/2003 (2).

2. The first subparagraph of paragraph (b) (b). Article 2 of the Law Is replaced by the following:

' b. The acceptance, entry and verification of the legality of the applications and the accompanying documents, as well as the verification of the legality of the legal acts, declarations, documents and other elements relating to obligors; and Justify registration, change or remission, with a view to setting up a company, a limited liability company, a limited liability company and a limited liability company, a limited liability company, a limited liability company and a limited liability company. The company, when it is performed by the "Onassis Service", as provided for in the The legislation of the Member State concerned. '

3. The par. Amendment No 8 to Article 7 of the Law No 3419/2005

39

Exists as follows: " 8. Article 2 (4) and (5) of that Article shall not:

They are used for registrations carried out by the Department of a Phase at the stage of the setting up of the companies, partnerships, limited companies, private limited liability companies, limited liability companies and In the case of non-member companies, as provided for by the legislation. '

4. The par. Article 15 of the EC Treaty 3419/2005 is replaced by:

' 1. In accordance with the provisions of this law, the registration in the G.E.B. of the laws, declarations, documents and other evidence, in accordance with the provisions of this law, come, in terms of the range of companies, to the limited companies (simple or embezzled), antony. Companies, limited liability companies, private capital companies, urban cooperatives, companies referred to in points (c), (d) and (1) of Article 1 (1) and the Article 1 (b) of Article 1 (2), the following results: The legal persons under recommendation defined in

The first subparagraph shall be given legal personality. B. Without prejudice to its specific provisions,

In the case of companies, companies, companies of limited liability companies, private limited liability companies, public companies and companies are involved in the adoption of legislation which regulates the conversion of companies to the formation of companies. Companies referred to in Article 1 (c), (d) and (1). Other: Amendment of the Statute is hereby amended. Compensate the merger or division, with single

The registration and before the removal of the company that is being absorbed or split. E. There is a solution, following a decision by the partners

Or issue of a relevant administrative act. F; The revival is coming."

CHAPTER 1-PENALTIES, FINAL AND TRANSITIONAL PROVISIONS

Article 119 Criminal provisions

Subject to the penalties provided for in Article 458 of the Penal Code: a) The partner or manager of a private capital

(b) Anyone who intentionally omits the pension of the company, who knowingly makes false statements concerning the payment of the company.

The financial statements in addition to the provisions of Article 98 (1). (c) Anyone who knowingly prepared an annual economic report;

(d) any person who makes a distribution of profits which he or she does not have, in breach of the provisions of this law;

(e) any infringement of the provisions of Article 47 (2) of the Treaty establishing the European Economic Community shall be replaced by the following:

Article 66 (1) and Article 79 (7). (f) The trustee who fails to update

(increase or decrease) the capital in the cases

Referred to in Article 77 (1) Four, 82 par. One, 87, 90 par. 3, 92 (92) 4 and 93 last paragraph.

Rule 120 Interruption of existing companies with limited liability in private capital

Company-Beginning Recommendation I.K.E.

1. Until 31 December 2013, existing restrictions on liability may be transferred to private capital companies as referred to in Article 107, if decided by the Assembly of the Transitional Terms, taken either by a majority At least two thirds of the entire number of partners, representing two thirds of the whole share capital, or by a majority of at least three quarters of the entire share capital. Clauses of the institution which provide for higher majority voting shall not be taken into account for this decision.

2. The submission of an application to the Standing Agency for the establishment of a private capital formation is allowed two months after the entry into force of this law.

PART THREE-POINT

CHAPTER A-MEANING AND CONDITIONS OF PROTECTION

Article 121 Signs from which it is possible

To consist of a point

It may constitute any sign of a graphic performance capable of distinguishing the products or services of an undertaking from those of other undertakings. They may form, in particular, words, names;

(i), for example, the use of the product, the product, the product, the use of the product, the product, the product, the product, the product, the product, the product, the product, the product, the product, the product, the product, the product, the product, the product, the product, the product, the product, the product, the product and the product.

Article 122 Rights of the Court

The right to exclusive use of the mark is obtained by registration.

Article 123 Absolute grounds for refusal

1. They shall not be registered as points which: They are not able to be labelled in accordance with

Article 121 (b) Are deprived of distinctive character, c. Consist exclusively of signs or indications

Which may be used in the event of a declaration of the nature, quality, properties, value, destination, value, geographical origin or time of production of the product or service or other characteristics The product or service,

40

Other: Consist exclusively of signs or indications, which have become customary in daily life-as or at the site and standard practice of the trade;

Hey, Consist exclusively of the relationship arising from the nature of the product or is necessary to achieve a technical effect or gives a material value to the product;

F; Are contrary to public order or morality, g. Are able to mislead the public, for -

Sample as to the nature, quality or geographical origin of the product or service.

2. Similarly, they shall not be registered as points which: (a) are intended to distinguish wines or spirits;

Products containing, or consisting of, protected by the legislation of the EC, geographical indication of wines or spirits, where such wines or spirits do not have the particular origin, (b) they contain or consist of In the case of the

(a) the geographical indication or geographical indication of agricultural products and food products already registered in accordance with the legislation of the EU relating to the same type of product, provided that the application for registration of that date is submitted after the date The application for registration of the name of the product or the geographical indication of agricultural products and foodstuffs.

3. Not listed as ses: a. Member States, the Member States, the Member States and the Member States.

The Court of Appeal, the Court of Human Rights, the Court of Human Rights, the Court of Human Rights, the Court of Human Rights, the Court of Human Rights, the Court of Human Rights, the Court of Human Rights, the Court of Human Rights, the Court of Human Rights, the Court of Human Rights, the Court of Human Rights, the Court of Human Rights, the Court of Human Rights, the Court of Human Rights and the Court of Human Rights of the Court of Human Rights. (1) In accordance with Article 3 (1) of Regulation No 213/1975, and with the conditions laid down in Article 1 of this Article, and the signs of a significant contribution and of particular public interest and in particular threesomes, performances and words,

Other: The points of which the deposit is contrary to good faith or has become inviolable.

4. By way of derogation from the provisions of subparagraphs (b), (c) and (d) of paragraph 1, it shall be accepted for registration, provided that the date of its recovery has been given a distinctive character by reason of its use.

Article 124 Relative grounds for refusal

1. Point not accepted for registration: a. If it is identical with an earlier mark and the proy -

Goods or services, for which the course has been declared, relate to those for which the earlier mark is protected,

Other: If due to the identity of the earlier mark and the similarity of the products or services or of the similarity with the earlier mark and the identity of the products or services or similarity with the earlier mark and the similarity of the products or services, Products or services, there is a risk of confusion among the public, including the risk associated with it with the earlier date,

Other: If it is identical or similar to an earlier date which has been acquired and the use of it has been made;

A general reason, without a reasonable cause, of the benefit of the distinctive character or the form of the earlier date, or would damage the distinctive character or form thereof, regardless of whether the earlier version is intended to It distinguishes goods or services which resemble the products or services of the earlier mark.

(2) The following definitions shall apply:

A. .. The texts, including international trade in force in Greece and the Community, which have been registered before the date of filing of the declaration, taking into account the priority or seniority rights of such persons; Have been;

Other: The earlier declarations of origin, including those international and Community, subject to its registration,

Other: The texts which, at the date of the entry into force of the declaration or, where appropriate, at the date of priority shown in its support, are well-known within the meaning of Article 6 bis of the Paris Convention.

3. Point not accepted for registration: a. If it impacts on the right to be registered

In the event of a breach of the law of the Court of Justice and the Court of First Instance, the Court of Justice of the Court of Justice of the Court of Justice of the Court of Justice of the European Court of Justice of the Court of Justice of the Court of Justice of the European Court of Justice of the European Union The date for the submission of this point, taking into account any priority given rights;

Other: If it impacts on an earlier right of a third party or an earlier right to an intellectual or industrial property other than those regulated by this law,

Other: If it is likely to create confusion with which it has been registered and used in the alloda at the time of filing the declaration, if it has been malicious by the applicant.

4. A written consent, with or without conditions, of the right of the earlier date submitted on any stage of the examination by the Agency, the Administrative Commission, or the Administrative Courts shall take place in accordance with Article 124. Paragraph 1 of this law for the purposes of this registration.

CHAPTER B ' RIGHTS CONTENT

AREA OF PROTECTION

Article 125 Content of the right

1. The registration of the date confers on the proprietor exclusive right. In particular, it provides the right of use, the right to impose this on products which are intended to distinguish, characterise the services provided, to impose this on the goods and packaging of the goods, on paper In the case of correspondence, correspondence, classifications, classifications, classifications, other forms of advertising, as well as other printed matter and using it in electronic or audiovisual media.

41

2. Use of the signal is also considered: a. The use of the mark made in the form of

Differs in respect of its components, which do not alter its distinctive character;

Other: The affixing of the mark to products or its defence in Greece for the sole purpose of treatment,

Other: The use of the mark with the consent of the proprietor, as well as the use of a collective mark by di-and such persons.

3. The holder of the right shall be entitled to prohibit any third party from using the trade without his permission:

A. .. (a) the same as for products or services identical to those for which the course has been registered;

Other: A point for which, in view of its identity or similarity to the identity and identity or similarity of the products or services covered by the course, there is a risk of confusion, including the risk of correlation,

Other: At the same time, the use of the mark or the use of the mark would confer on it, without a reasonable cause, immaterial from the distinctive character or the form of the pre-filled pen, or would damage the token. In this case, it is necessary to determine whether or not the place is intended to distinguish goods or services that resemble the products or services of the earlier date.

4. The holder of the alert shall be entitled to prohibit any third party:

A. .. The simple transit of counterfeit or semi-manufactured products through the Greek territory with a view to another country or the import for the purpose of reprocessing;

Other: The attack on genuine products intended to be released as anonymity;

Other: The removal of the product from genuine products and their placing on the market as an anonymism or with a single currency.

Article 126 Limitation of protection

1. The right conferred on the beneficiary does not prevent third parties from using the following:

(a) the name of the person, the supervisor, the supervisor and their address;

(b) particulars relating to the type, quality, destination, value, geographical origin, production of the product or of the provision of the service or other characteristics of the product;

(c) where this is necessary in order to indicate the destination of a product or service, and in particular where it is dependent or spare parts, provided that such use is made in accordance with the relevant commercial practices in industry. Or to the trade.

2. The right conferred by the mark does not prevent third parties from using in the course of transactions a pre-filled right of local power if the right is exercised in the territorial limits to which it is recognised.

Article 127 Loss of rights due to tolerance

1. The proprietor of an earlier date or other party within the meaning of paragraphs 2 and 3 (a) of Article 124 does not have the right to prevent the use of a later registered office for goods or services, This was used, provided that it was aware of the use of this product for a period of five years, unless the deposit of the subsequent date was made with bad faith.

2. In the case referred to in paragraph 1, the beneficiary of the subsequent registrant is unable to prohibit the use of the earlier mark or other rights.

Article 128 The suspension of the right

1. The right conferred by the mark does not allow its proprietor to prohibit the use of the mark for products which have been made available in the European Economic Area by the beneficiary itself or with its consent.

2. Paragraph 1 shall not apply if the beneficiary has a reasonable cause to object to a subsequent commercial exploitation of the products, in particular where the marketing of the products is changed or altered after it is disposed of in the trade.

Article 129 Declaration of the claim and statement of limitations

The depositor may at any time and independently of any of the following:

A. .. Make a declaration of the claim of rights in certain essential elements of the stated date;

Other: Make a statement of limited products or services mentioned in the statement of deposit.

Article 130 Division of the declaration of deposit

Or the registration of the

1. The applicant or the beneficiary of the deposit may claim the declaration of deposit or entry, respectively, stating that a part of the goods or services included in the original declaration or registration will be replaced by the following: (i) one or more individual statements or endorsements. The goods or services of the declaration of division shall not be allowed to overlap with those appearing in the original or partial declaration of deposit or registration.

2. The time priority of each individual statement of deposit or registration refers to the timing of the initial declaration.

3. If an objection has been lodged against the declaration of application or a request for revocation or invalidity against registration and the judgment in question has not become an ultimatum or the procedure has not been terminated otherwise, it is an inadmissible declaration of division Has as far as -

42

B) the division of the goods or services which are the subject of the opposition or of the application or revocation of the registration.

CHAPTER C THE ASSET AS A GOOD ASSET

Rule 131 Transfer

1. The right to the mark or to the application for a deposit may be transferred, in life or cause of death, for all or part of the goods or services for which it has been deposited or registered, irrespective of the transfer of the undertaking.

2. The transfer of the undertaking as a whole shall be transferred and transferred unless there is a conflict agreement or this is clear from the circumstances.

3. The agreement for the transfer is written. It shall have effect on third parties only after inclusion in the register.

4. When the case is changed during the period when the case is before the Office of the Parties or the Administrative Commission of the Parties or the competent Administrative Jurisdictions or of the Council of State, the transferor is entitled to exercise Additional intervention.

5. Up to and including the administrative appeals court, the depositor may obtain a transfer from an earlier mark to the registration of his declared declaration, in which case the registration of the transfer to the register shall be withdrawn. Automatically the reason for the inclusion. The administrative court is not in a position to take account of the transfer of a copy of the part of the course in which the transfer is reduced.

Article 132 License

1. Exclusive or exclusive use of national or international power in Greece is permitted, for part or all of the covered products or services and for the whole or part of the Greek Territory. Either the beneficiary, with a statement, the licensed owner, with the authorisation of the beneficiary, shall inform the beneficiary of the concession.

2. The holder of the term may exercise the right and/or effect of the right against the licensee who violates provisions of the contract for the licensing of: (a) the duration of the licence, (b) the form, which may, in accordance with The c -

(c) the type of goods or services to be used for the purposes of this Regulation;

(d) the area within which the use may be made of the licence;

(e) the quality of the products manufactured, or

The services provided by the licensed company. 3. The parties may agree that the licensed

The use of this product is entitled to further use the procedure and its terms of use.

Paragraph 1. 4. Such claims shall be made by the Court of First

As well as the licensed use of the product, if the beneficiary is involved. In so far as it has not been agreed on, the sole licensee may, and without the consent of the beneficiary, automatically exercise the claims on an alert when the latter, not having been notified of the offence, does not exercise His claims within a reasonable time period.

5. When the beneficiary is treated, the licensee may exercise a contract and seek redress for the damage he has suffered.

6. When the licensing agreement is dissolved or amended, the book of information shall be updated accordingly.

7. Declaration of the expiration date of the accounting year shall automatically entail the removal of the authorisation entered in the register.

Article 133 Trade rights-Interactive implementation

Bankruptcy proceedings

1. However, it may be possible to establish a legal or legal right.

2. The date may become an object of anangering performance.

3. The mark belongs to the bankruptcy property. 4. The acts of the previous paragraph on

It shall be entered in the register, in case of bankruptcy, and at the request of the association.

CHAPTER II-REGISTRATION PROCEDURE

Article 134 Declaration of deposit

For the registration of a national item, a statement shall be made (ANNEX V) to the Directorate E for Commercial and Industrial Property (Service Sies) of the Ministry of Development, Competitiveness and Shipping.

Article 135 Conditions for granting a deposit date

1. The statement of deposit shall be accompanied by a document proving the payment of the charge and must contain:

A. .. Request for an alert, b. Print of the signal, c. Name of the person, residence, telephone

And electronic mail address of the depositors. In the case of legal persons, instead of the name and residence, the name and address shall be indicated. A joint representative shall be appointed for more depositors,

Other: A list of products or services which are to be distinguished, class one by class with an indication of the relevant class of goods or services.

2. The date of filing of the declaration is the date;

43

The date of submission of the documents referred to in paragraph 1.

Article 136 Other formal requirements of the declaration of deposit

1. In addition to the information referred to in paragraph 1 of Article 135, the statement of deposit must be:

(a) the signature of the applicant or, on occasion of the attorney of the lawyer,

(b) where priority is given, the date of the prior deposit, and the country where this is in force, (c) if the applicant is represented by a proxy holder;

(d) if the deposit is made by a lawyer in writing, the name, address and telephone number, (d) if the deposit is made by a lawyer,

Retirement. The simple signature of the depositor in this authorisation is sufficient, e) appointment of an agent, address, telephone number;

(f) if the course is sound, coloured, three-dimensional or

(g) if the course is marked with characters other than that of the person concerned,

From those of Greek and Latin alphabet, the performance, in Appendix, of these characters in the Greek or Latin alphabet.

2. The statement, as well as the imprint of the signal, shall be deposited in electronic form in the Office of the Digital Unit or of another electronic storage facility.

3. The statement of deposit accompanied by the printing of the item may be submitted by electronic means, provided the date and signature within the meaning of Article 3 (1). President. - The next item is the report (Doc. The statement of deposit and the submission of an electronic document shall be deemed to have been deposited if it has been returned to the consignor by the Office referred to in Article 134, electronic proof of an electronic signature at the time of the notification. In this respect, it contains the elements defined in Article 135 (2).

4. By joint decision of the Ministries of Management-Coordination and Electronic Governance, Economic and Development, Competitiveness and Maritime Affairs, the conditions, conditions, procedures and technical specifications are laid down. Technical management and any issue relating to the application of paragraph 3.

Article 137 Examination of the declaration

1. The statement takes a number, date and time of exposure. It is entered in the register and is relocated on the Internet site of the General Secretariat of the Commission.

2. For each statement of deposit, an electronic tab is created, the content of which is determined by a decision of the Minister for Development, Competitiveness and Shipping and which, as a minimum, contains the following information: And time of reporting, marking of the signal, name -

Having regard to the Treaty establishing the European Economic Community, and in particular Article 1 (1) thereof, and in accordance with the provisions of the Treaty establishing the European Economic Community, Decisions to be adopted on them, as well as a reference to the items entered on the item, which are to be posted on the website of the General Secretariat of the Commission, provided for in the relevant provisions.

Article 138 Consideration of formal requirements

1. The Agency shall examine: (a) if the statement of testimony fulfils the conditions

(b) if the statement of evidence meets the requirements of the statement of evidence,

Article 136. 2. If the declaration does not meet the requirements of the

In the case of the Court of First Amendment No 135 and 136, the Trade Service invites the Commission to correct or supplement the irregularities detected or shortcomings within a period of one month from the call.

3. In relation to irregularities or deficiencies relating to items referred to in Article 135, if the applicant is to comply with the invitation of the Office, within the prescribed time-limit, it shall grant the date on which the statement is made at the date on which the statement is made. (i) all the identified extensions or deficiencies have been corrected or completed. Otherwise, the declaration shall not be considered as an application for registration.

4. If the irregularities or deficiencies relating to the items referred to in Article 136 are not corrected or are met within the prescribed time-limit, the Office shall reject the lodging of a deposit and communicate the decision to the depositor.

Rule 139 Examination of grounds for refusal

1. If there is no grounds for inadmissibility and Article 123 (1) and (3) of Article 124, the declaration shall be accepted and the relevant decision shall be published on the website of the General Secretariat for Trade (GSC) within a month. From the point of view of the deposit date.

2. If the investigation carried out by the Agency, it is clear that the registration is inadmissible in accordance with Article 123 (1) and (3) (1) and (3) of Article 124, for the whole or part of the goods or services of the declaration of deposit, The Director shall be invited within one month of the call, either to withdraw the statement or limit the extent of protection to the extent to which it is admitted or to submit his observations.

3. If the applicant limits the scope of protection to the extent to which it is made admissible, or if his observations are based, the statement shall be accepted by a decision published in the GSC within a month of The limitation or observations of the depositor.

4. If the applicant does not reply within the time-limit, or if he does not withdraw his statement or

44

If it does not limit the scope of its protection to the extent to which it is admitted or, no, if its observations are not deemed admissible and well founded, the Agency shall reject the declaration. The decision to refuse shall be notified to the depositor with the Office of the Agency and shall be published on the GSC website.

5. The procedure for the examination of the inadmissibility cases and the decision on the admission or rejection of the declaration is the examiner, an employee of the Sute Service.

Article 140 Disclosure

1. Against the decision of the examiner who accepted the statement of deposit, an objection may be lodged within a period of three months from its publication on the GSC's website in accordance with paragraphs 1 and 3 of Article 139, for the reason that the registration It shall cover one or more of the reasons referred to in Article 123 and paragraphs 1 and 3 of Article 124 of the Act.

2. If the grounds for inadmissibility of Article 123 are satisfied, the opposition shall be exercised by anyone with a legal interest. The interests of consumers are also included in the consumer's consumer associations. NO 2251/1994

3. If the grounds for refusal of Article 124 (1) and (3) are satisfied, the opposition shall be exercised by the beneficiaries of the earlier items or proceedings, and by the authorisation holders to do so, In accordance with the terms and conditions of Article 132.

4. The opposition is carried out by means of a document lodged with the Office for Official Publications of the European Communities, and is determined by the Administrative Commission. It is considered exerted after the payment of the opposition fee.

Article 141 Items of the opposition

The opposition shall be accompanied by a document certifying the payment of the opposition fee and must include:

(a) the number of the declaration against which the data of the beneficiary shall be returned;

(b) the grounds on which it is based on a specific reference to the earlier mark or to the rights of the products and services on which the Opposition is based;

(c) a clear determination of the products or services of the declaration against which the opposition is directed.

Rule 142 Examination of opposition

1. The Agency shall inform directly the person concerned of the delay in taking the decision, the protocol given to it and the date of the meeting of the Administrative Commission of the Parties to examine it.

2. Additional reasons for the opposition may be submitted fifteen days before the meeting of the Parties;

The Committee of the Regions, which will examine it. 3. Examination of the opposition shall be applied.

Application of Article 145. 4. The Administrative Commission of the European Communities shall decide on the matter.

On the basis of the material evidence at its disposal.

5. If, by examination of the opposition, the registration of the item cannot be accepted for all or part of the goods or services which distinguishes it, the declaration shall be rejected either in its entirety or in part for specific products, or Services; If this is not the case, the opposition is rejected and the deposit is accepted.

Article 143 Proof of use

1. At the request of the applicant, the opposing party, a former member of the earlier mark within the meaning of Article 124 (2), has to prove either that during a period of five years prior to the publication of the statement of the It is essential to make use of the earlier date for the products or services for which it was registered and on which the opposition is based, or that there is a reasonable cause for the use, if, on that date, the earlier date was Have been registered for at least five years.

2. The application for proof of substantial use is subject to a penalty of inadmissibility during the examination of the decision before the Board of Directors. In this case, the President of the Commission shall grant a period of at least 20 days from the day of the discussion to the applicant in order to provide evidence of the requested use. After the expiry of that period, the applicant shall be informed of the material in order to submit his observations within a period of 15 days. The Commission is examining the case on the basis of the evidence provided and the allegations made by the parties.

3. If the earlier course was used for only part of the products or services for which it was registered, then, for the purposes of the examination of the opposition, it is considered to be registered only for that part of the goods or services.

4. If the anakopus does not demonstrate the effective use of the mark or that there is a reasonable cause for such use, the opposition shall be rejected without having regard to the substance of the case.

Article 144 Action brought before the Administrative Board

Committee of the Regions

1. The decisions of the Office of the Parties which are wholly or partly confidential shall be subject to an appeal within 60 days of the day of notification of the contested decision.

2. The appeal shall be brought before the Administrative Commission. It is considered only after the appeal fee has been paid.

3. For the exercise of the appeal, a special

45

An entry on the electronic tab of the item being kept on the website of the General Secretariat of the Commission.

4. Anyone who has a legal interest may also refer to the Administrative Commission of the Parties within sixty (60) days after the registration of the application referred to in paragraph 3.

Article 145 Administrative Commission

1. The Administrative Commission for Ships is based in Athinai-to, meet in the Ministry of Development, Competitiveness and Shipping and an office designated by an act of the competent Head of the Department of Trade and Industry.

2. In its composition three members, at least two of them, should have legal training. It is composed of the sections, composed of a President of the Legal Council of the State, as President, an official of the General Secretariat of the European Union, a category of the IP, preferably a law degree, with prior employment in the field of As well as a third member, with the previous trie, at least, employment in the area of the law of matters, which may be either a lawyer for which the provisions of Article 62 of the Code on Lawyers are applied. (d. 3026/1954, A-235) or an official of the public sector within the meaning of Article 14 of the Law. Council Regulation (EEC) No 2190/1994 (l 28). The members, other than the President, are acting as rapporteur in the cases referred to the Board of Directors. The allocation of commitments to the Commission's departments shall be determined by the oldest President.

3. The meetings of the Commission shall be public and shall be kept in minutes. The Commission shall meet at the beginning of each year and at the beginning of each year at the beginning of each year and shall be communicated to the Office of the competent Service, and by posting on the website of the General Secretariat. Inflation. The discussion shall take place on the basis of the report prepared by the Head of the Office. The report shall be posted eight days before the day of the meeting in the office of the competent State.

4. The term of office of the members of the Board shall be three years and shall be renewed once. The President and members of the Management Committee shall be independent in the performance of their duties and may be terminated by a decision of the Minister for Development, Competitiveness and the Marine for serious reasons relating to implementation. Their duties and, in particular, on the basis of the principle of non-discrimination, unjustified abstention from the performance of their duties and refusal or execution of a service. The members of the Management Committee, with the exception of the President, shall be employment.

5. Members of the ICRC may not have participated in the decision-making of the Agency for the admission or rejection of a declaration.

6. The parties are represented by a lawyer, and may develop their claims in writing before the Commission and submit any useful information for the Commission.

Supporting their case or document. A-in the absence of the parties, the case is not divided. The Commission shall judge as if the parties were present. The Commission shall accept the evidence provided for in the provisions of the Commercial Code of Procedure (v. THE COMMISSION ADOPTED: Jury shall be certified before a magistrate or a notary or a consul with a subpoena of the Revenge forty-eight hours. The Commission may allow witnesses to be examined.

7. The decisions of the Commission are taken by a majority and must be specific justifications.

8. Summaries of decisions accepted are published on the Internet site of the General Secretariat of the Commission. Disciplinary decisions shall be communicated by the Office to the parties or their agents.

Article 146 Action brought before the administrative courts

1. The decisions of the Administrative Commission Parties which have found, as and in actions, in accordance with Article 144, shall be subject to an appeal by the administrative courts within a period of sixty days from the notification of those courts. Of phases.

2. The appeal has a suspensive effect. 3. During the debate before the administrative courts,

Annulment of the decision of the Court of Justice of the European Communities and of the Court of Justice of the European Communities Staff Regulations of Officials of the European Communities Staff Regulations of Officials Of the right to opposition unless there are grounds for force majeure.

Article 147 Entry-Register of Marks

1. The decisions of the examiner, the administrative board and the ordinary administrative courts, as well as the details of the requests before the examiner, the Administrative Committee, and the elements of the remedies are reduced. In the register and all of the above decisions are posted on the Internet site of the Directorate-General for Agriculture. When the final decision of the Examiner and the Administrative Commission, or by a final decision of the ordinary courts, has been accepted by the examiner and the Administrative Commission, the word 'entered-Mr' with any changes in the products or products is reduced. Services to which the point is referred.

2. The date accepted shall be deemed to have been entered on the day of submission of the declaration. In the non-food sector all the legal changes of the Member State and of the right to date are reduced.

3. The register is public. Copies or a-posting of the records shall be provided to each applicant.

4. The register may be in electronic form (Electronic Data Registry). By decision of the Minister for Development, Competitiveness and Employment, the conditions, conditions and procedures are laid down.

46

The registration, technical specifications, technical management and any issue relating to the creation and maintenance of the Electronic Registry. The same decision establishes the opening of the Electronic Seat Registry and the registration of the register is abolished.

Article 148 Duration of protection-Renewal

1. The protection of the moment lasts for a decade starting from the day after the date of the deposit.

2. The protection of the right may be extended by 10 years at the request of the beneficiary and with the deadline for payment of the renewal fee.

3. Payment of the renewal fee shall be made within the last year of protection. It may be done in an additional period of six months after the end of the decade, subject to the payment of the end-to-new charge increased by half.

4. Without prejudice to paragraphs 3 and 2 of Articles 171 and 175 respectively, it shall be deleted if within the time limit set out in paragraph 3, no renewal fee shall be paid.

5. Any dispute concerning the extension of the protection as and any objection to the deletion referred to in paragraph 4 shall be terminated by the Administrative Board at the request of the person concerned.

Rule 149 Restoring the facts to the former situation

1. The applicant or the recipient, or any party to the proceedings before the Agency or the Administrative Commission of the Parties, who has demonstrated the full scope of the complaints, has not been able to comply with In the event of force majeure, accidental or other important reasons of responsibility arising from the Agency's responsibility, it may be possible to revert the effects to the proposal and to restore the situation. At its right, if the ass had as a direct consequence the loss of a right or a right -assistance.

2. Paragraph 1 shall not apply to the time-limit for opposition proceedings, as well as to the time-limit for priority proceedings in accordance with Article 177 (2).

3. The request to restore the facts to the proposed situation shall be submitted on a case-by-case basis to the Office of the Parties or the Administrative Commission Sh. Within a period of two months from the closure of the code and in any case at the latest. One year after the expiry of the deadline which has not been respected.

4. The application is subject to payment of the fee. 5. The applicant who has obtained the restoration of the rights

By application lodged at the Court of First on the Court of First on the Court of First on behalf of the Court of Human Rights, the Court held that, in the absence of a decision by the Court of Human Rights of the Court of First, the Court of First Publication of the reference for preliminary ruling: OJ C 19, 20.1.1997.

6. In the event of loss of the deadline for renewal, the six-month grace period, in accordance with the provisions of Article 148 (3), shall not be entered in the time limit referred to in paragraph 3.

CEPHALONIA WITH AN ATTACHMENT

Article 150 Claims on recruitment

1. Anyone who, in breach of Article 125, is used or in any other way offends that belonging to another, may be sued for the termination of the offence and its elimination in the future, as well as to be obliged to compensation.

2. The claim for the removal of the offence may require, inter alia: (a) the departure from the trade of the goods which have been deemed to affect the right of the Member State and, if required, of the materials used in the main proceedings; (b) the removal of the mark-up or of the distinguishing mark or, where this is not possible, the definitive removal of the goods bearing the mark from the trade mark and (c) the destruction of such goods. The tribunal shall order these measures to be put in place at the expense of the future, unless there are specific reasons for the alternative.

3. If the court order a failure to act, it shall threaten any infringement of a financial penalty of EUR 3000 to 10,000 in favour of the beneficiary, as well as a personal detention for up to one year. The same applies to cases where the death penalty is carried out in the course of safety measures. For the rest, Article 947 of the Code of Civil Procedure applies.

4. The rights referred to in the first subparagraph of paragraph 2 shall be granted by the beneficiary and by intermediary, whose services are used by a third party for the infringement of rights.

5. Anyone who acts as an offender shall be obliged to pay compensation and to the satisfaction of the moral authority.

6. The compensation may be calculated on the basis of the amount paid by the person concerned for rights or other payments, if he had requested authorisation from the beneficiary.

7. The Court of Justice in determining the compensation shall take into account, inter alia, the negative economic effects, including the losses of the beneficiary and any benefits acquired by the person concerned.

8. If there is no liability of the debtor, the debtor may claim either the amount, in which the debtor has benefited from the transfer of the course without his or her consent, or the return on the profit that the obligor has obtained from the debtor. This is not the case.

9. The action shall be brought before the competent court of law, irrespective of the amount and shall be tried in accordance with the ordinary procedure. The claim for compensation shall be barred after five years from the end of the year in which the first offence was made. Interrupting the limitation period of limitation

47

From the end of the year to which the end of the interruption coincided.

10. The claims referred to in paragraph 1 may also be made to the competent court of a court where other claims are exercised.

11. In order to be identical for identical products or services, as well as for the purposes other than those which do not alter the distinctive character, for the full proof of the offence, the application of the certificate Registration of the contested measure.

Article 151 Proof

1. Where a party has reasonably available evidence and sufficient to support its allegations of infringement of the present case, it does not rely on any evidence to be found under the control of the dispute. Mr Advocate General Darmon delivered his Opinion at the sitting of the Fifth Chamber on 18 September 2001. The existence of a sufficient quantity of products with the added value shall be considered as valid evidence.

2. If there is an infringement of the mark in commercial law, the court may also, upon request of a party, order the notification of bank, financial or commercial documents found under the control of the counter.

3. The court, in any event at the request of the person liable for information, shall take appropriate measures to ensure the protection of confidential information.

4. On the other hand, the Court of Justice, following a reasoned request by the party to be submitted to the Court for a preliminary ruling or in the context of proceedings for interim measures, may, before the judgment of the Court of Justice, prescribe the provision by the Court of Justice of the European Communities. Information on the origin and distribution networks of the goods or services provided by the Member States. The same may be ordered and any other person, which: (a) was found to have taken part in the trade in commercial law, (b) found to use parano-based services in commercial law, (c) it was found to provide, in (d) reasonably indicated by a person of the three previous cases as being involved in the production, manufacture or distribution of the goods or the provision of services provided for the use of the goods. Are produced or offered in a commercial scale.

5. The information referred to in paragraph 4 shall include, where appropriate: (a) the names and addresses of producers, manufacturers, distributors, suppliers and other previous holders of the product or service and the consignees. (b) information on the quantities produced, manufactured, manufactured, delivered, received or ordered, and for the prices or services in question for such products or services.

6. The persons referred to in Articles 401 and 402 of the Code of Political Rights shall be entitled to

They refuse to provide any of the above information.

7. Paragraphs 3 and 4 shall apply by means of other provisions, which: (a) give the di-and/or payment of information, (b) the use, in civil or criminal proceedings, of the information disclosed; On the basis of paragraphs 3 and 4, (c) govern responsibility for the use of the right of information or (d) to protect the confidentiality of information sources or the processing of personal data.

8. If the party is to be called and unjustifiably fails to provide the evidence referred to in paragraphs 1 and 2, the respective evidence of the allegation of the party requesting the disclosure or disclosure of the evidence shall be deemed to be admissible. The dose should be increased. Any unwarranted infringement of the order of the court referred to in paragraphs 1 to 3 shall be ordered to pay the costs and to a financial penalty of 60 000 to 100 000 euros.

9. As long as the person liable for information provides inaccurate information from malleable or serious information, he is responsible for the damage which he has caused.

10. The information received in accordance with this Article may not be used for criminal prosecution of the person liable for information.

Article 152 Court costs

In the cases referred to in this law, the general costs and fees necessarily include any other relevant expenditure, such as the costs of the contracts, the fees of the plenipotentiaries of lawyers, the questions of facts and technical advice. Of the parties and the costs of the discovery of the intended agents, to which the successful party may reasonably have been subjected. For the rest, the provisions of Articles 173 to 193 of the Code of Civil Procedure are applied.

Article 153 Insurance measures

1. Anyone who has a claim to remove and omit due to an attack on the subject may ask for interim measures.

2. The holder of the item may request the contractual attachment or temporary performance of the goods with the distinctive opinion in order to be able to enter or release them into the network of commercial distribution.

3. In the event of offences committed on a commercial scale and where the proprietor of the mark demonstrates the existence of circumstances liable to jeopardise the payment of the compensation he has requested by regular treatment, and If evidence is available, that his mark is contested or imminent, the competent institution may order the maintenance of the assets of the defendant, as well as the Bank's bank accounts. Of; To this end, it shall request the notification of the notification by the Commission.

48

(b) the use of the relevant information provided by the competent authorities of the Member States or the competent authorities of the Member State concerned.

4. The security measures of the previous securities may be ordered without prior hearing of the defendant, in particular where any delay would cause irreparable damage to the recipient of the present.

5. In order for the competent court to take the following measures, the applicant may ask the applicant to provide any reasonably available evidence to form the conviction that his right is offended or that his offence is imminent. In each case, paragraphs 4 to 7 of Article 154 shall apply.

6. The statement of deposit by the person against whom the application for interim measures is made does not preclude the adoption of interim measures against him.

7. Responsible for the adoption of interim measures-is the name of a court of first instance in the region in which the goods or services are located, and the territory of the territory of which the goods or services are located. Have the contested mark.

8. The holder of the item may ask for an application for interim measures against the interested parties, whose names are used by a third party for the purposes of the offence.

Article 154 Measures to protect the evidence

1. Where it is sufficiently probable that there is reasonable evidence of an offence or imminent death, and any delay may cause irreparable damage to the creditor or there is an established risk of destruction; In the case of evidence, a court-martial may order, as an insurance measure, the contractual attachment of the illegal products held by the defendant and, where appropriate, the materials and tools which constitute an instrument Or the product or proof of the offence. Instead of a conservative seizure, the court may order the redeemable inventory of these objects, as well as their photographs, the taking of samples of the products listed above, as well as relevant documents. In the above cases, the court may discuss the application without invoking a provisional injunction under Article 691 (2) of the Code of Civil Procedure.

2. Where such measures are appropriate for the applicant to be liquidated as a result of an infringement, the court shall order the measures to be taken to ensure the protection of confidential information.

3. The application of the holder of the date does not require a detailed determination of the evidence, but the determination of the evidence is sufficient.

4. In the event that the measures referred to above have been taken, the defendant shall be heard by means of a notice not later than the first working day following the execution of the provisional order,

The procedural acts constituting such a decision shall lapse.

5. The court may order the above-mentioned persons subject to the guarantee by the applicant specified in its decision or on the provisional order in order to ensure that the damage to the defendant is restored. Of these measures.

6. In the cases referred to in paragraph 1, the tribunal shall prescribe a mandatory deadline for the exercise of the main case, which may not be more than thirty days. If the deadline passes, the insurance measure shall automatically be lifted.

7. If the measures referred to above are withdrawn or ceased to apply as a result of any act or omission by the applicant, or if it is established by the applicant, that there has been no infringement or a threat to the rights of the holder of the present proceedings, It may order the applicant, at the request of the defendant, to pay him a full compensation for any loss.

Article 155 Proportionality

The arrangements, penalties and measures provided for in Articles 150 to 154 are subject to the principle of proportionality.

Article 156 Criminal provisions

1. It is called upon and paid for at least six months in prison and with a financial penalty of at least six thousand euro: (a) anyone who knowingly uses it in breach of Article 125 (3) (a) or (b), (b) whoever uses it In breach of Article 125 (3) (c), in breach of Article 125 (3), with the intention of remedying or damaging its own form, (c) anyone who knowingly puts into circulation, imports or exports products bearing a trade mark or offering services with a (d) who knowingly is one of the acts referred to in Article 125 (4) (a); B and f.

2. If the benefit sought or the damage sustained by the acts referred to in paragraph 1 is specific and is subject to a transfer to a commercial bank or to the person liable for the benefit of the acts referred to in paragraph 1, it shall be imposed on at least one or more Member States. Two years and a financial penalty of 6 000 to EUR 30 000. This provision shall be applied only on an invitation to tender with the same opinion and the identity or similarity of products.

3. Whoever uses the symbols and points referred to in the first paragraph of Article 123 (3) shall be prosecuted of its own motion and shall be subject to a financial penalty up to EUR 2 000.

4. The attempt to commit the above transactions is reduced by the sentence of the above paragraphs.

Article 157 Publication of decisions

1. Decisions of civil courts or final decisions by criminal courts relating to rights provided for in Part Three of this Act;

49

It may, at the request of the plaintiff and with expenses incurred by the complainant, order the appropriate measures to disseminate information on the decision, as well as the suspension of the decision, its full or partial publication in Whether or not in the media or on the Internet. The Court of Justice shall act in accordance with the principle of proportionality.

2. This claim shall be extinguished if the decision-making measures of the Decision are not carried out within six months of the publication of the decision.

Rule 158 Legal status of civil courts

1. The civil courts have no competence, where the Office of Sies, the Administrative Commission of the Parties and the Administrative Courts are made in this law.

2. Decisions of the Office for Official Publications of the European Communities and of the Administrative Commission of the European Communities, against which there is no appeal and the final decisions of the administrative courts, issued in this law, are compulsory for the purposes of civil law. Courts and any other authority.

CAPITAL OF RESIGNATION, FORFEITURE OF THE RIGHT,

ACQUIDITY

Article 159 Deduction from the right

1. The right to date shall be extinguished by a declaration of application by the beneficiary for all or part of the products or services for which it has been registered.

2. The resignation shall be indicated in writing to the Agency by the beneficiary of the item. It produces results only after it has been entered in the relevant database.

3. If licenses have been granted, the submission of a waiver will only be accepted if the licensee proves that the licensee has been informed of his intention to abdicate from his rights in the course.

Article 160 Reasons for deduction

1. The beneficiary deducts his rights in whole or in part:

A. .. If, within a period of five years following the entry of the mark, the beneficiary does not make a significant use of this for the products or services for which it has been registered or if it terminates the use for five consecutive years,

Other: If, as a consequence of the limitation or inactivity of the beneficiary, the course has become a shared or co-operative name of the product or service for which it is registered,

Other: If, by reason of the use of the mark by the proprietor or with his consent to the goods or services for which it has been registered,

The public, in particular as regards the nature, quality or geographical origin of the products or services, is to be misled.

2. If the ratio of discount concerns only part of the products or services for which it has been registered, the person concerned shall be declared liable only for the products or services in question.

3. No reduction of the right: a. If the holder of the signal proves that the

This use is due to a reasonable cause, b. If the holder of the signal is, within the range of

Between the end of the five-year period of use and the submission of the application for revocation, it has begun or repeated its substantial use. Indeed, the initiation or repetition of the use within a period of three months prior to the submission of the application, which does not start running earlier than the end of the five-year period of use, is not taken into account if the Preparatory actions for the initiation or recurrence of the use took place, after the beneficiary became aware of the fact that a request for revocation is likely.

4. The results of the decision to delete the date on account of the sale shall start from the date on which the decision became final.

5. The final decision to delete the item on the basis of a discount is recorded in the register and is deleted from it.

Article 161 Disability reasons

1. The mark shall be declared invalid and shall be deleted if it has been broken down in breach of the provisions of Articles 123 and 124.

2. If the reason for invalidity concerns only part of the goods or services for which it has been registered, it shall be declared invalid only for the products or services concerned.

3. The point shall not be declared invalid if the reason for refusal referred to in Article 123 (1) (b), (c) and (d) does not exist at the time when the request for deletion is lodged because of the fact that it has acquired a distinctive character as a result of its use. Of;

4. In nullity, it is also subject to national law for the person who has been accepted by the Office for Harmonisation in the Internal Market for antiquity in accordance with Articles 34 and 35 of Council Regulation (EC) No 207 /2009/EC (L78), even if it has been preceded by a Resignation from this earlier national date or the renewal of its protection.

5. The results of the decision to delete the date on grounds of nullity of the decision shall start from the date on which it became final.

6. The final decision to delete the date on grounds of nullity shall be entered in the register and shall be deleted from it.

Article 162 Proceedings for revocation or invalidity

1. The application for revocation due to a revocation or a declaration of invalidity shall be submitted by anyone who has a legal interest before the Administrative Committee.

50

2. Chambers and associations of consumers or associations may apply for revocation or invalidity only in the cases referred to in Articles 123 and 160 (1) (c).

3. It is not for the purposes of Article 124 to request a deletion for the reasons referred to in Article 124, which it had raised during the registration procedure, provided that they were found to be contrary to the provisions of the Administrative Committee of the Regions or the administrative courts.

4. The application for deletion on grounds of nullity of Article 161 shall be exercised within a period of five years from the date of registration. An application for the deletion of a deposit made contrary to the good faith or to the extent that it has been malicious is exercised throughout the period of protection of the mark.

CHAPTER G ' COLLECTIVE POINTS

Article 163 Conditions for protection

1. Cooperatives, associations of manufacturers, producers, suppliers of services or resources, which, under the law governing them, have legal capacity, as well as legal persons governed by rules of public law, may lodge a complaint. To distinguish the origin of the products or services of their members or their geographical origin or their species or quality or their properties.

(2) Where a collective mark is made up of a geographical indication, it must be provided in the statutes of the legal person that each person whose products or services come from the same geographical area meets the requirements of the Conditions of use of the syllabus may become a member of the legal person and make use of the syllabus.

3. A collective mark consisting of a geographical indication does not entitle the proprietor to prevent third parties from using such signs or singles, in particular to third parties authorised to use a geographical name. (i) a condition that these third parties use them in accordance with good practice manners.

4. The statement of a collective statement shall be accompanied by a regulation of use, which shall include the title, the seat, the purpose, the name of the legal representatives, the names of the members entitled to the use, and the terms of reference. And regulations concerning the rights and obligations of members for the use of the mark by them. A regulation of use is also required for any change in these data.

5. The exercise of the claims arising out of the registration of the collective mark is, if not otherwise stated in the statutes or regulations of use, in the beneficiary legal person.

6. For the purposes of collective agreements, a special register shall be kept, and the right to deposit and to extend such duration shall be fixed at five times the rights applicable each time for the other items.

7. The use of the syllabus becomes inviolable;

The words'collective point'. 8. All provisions apply to collective agreements

At present, if they do not conflict with the provisions of that article.

CHAPTER II-INTERNATIONAL MATTERS

Article 164 Validity of Madrid Protocol

1. The international instruments lodged in accordance with the Protocol on the Madrid Agreement concerning the international registration of matters shall be protected in accordance with the provisions of the Agreement. NO 2783/2000 (1)

2. The provisions of this law for national currencies shall also apply to international matters unless otherwise specified in this Chapter.

Article 165 Definitions

For the purposes of applying this law, the following definitions shall apply:

A. .. 'Conversion request' means the application of Article 173 of this paragraph. 'Basic Registration' and 'Basic Application', the

The application, as referred to in Article 166 (2), Paragraph 1 (b) of this law. 'Origin Office', the Office of a Council;

In the Madrid Protocol, it is necessary to record the items on behalf of the Madrid Party. D. 'International Application', the application to the International

(i) a fund for the registration of an item in the International Non-Fit. E. 'International Bureau', the International Bureau of the World -

In the case of the institution of the Intellectual Property Organisation. 'International Register' means the Register of matters kept by the International Bureau for the purposes of the Madrid Protocol. 'International Registration', the entry of an item

In the International Register. ' International Registration with which the pre - -

In the case of the Greek Territory, the international registration calling for the extension of the protection to the Greek Territory under Article 3 (1) or (2) of the Madrid Protocol. 'Executive Regulation', the Common Regulation

Adopted in accordance with Article 10 of the Protocol of Madrid, as ratified by the n. 2783/2000 (1) I. "Book of international bodies", the book referring to

Article 171 of the EC Treaty 2 of this law.

Article 166 Deposit of an application

1. The international registration of Greece shall be considered as a country of origin of the international registration, where the following conditions are met:

A. .. The applicant has a real and permanent industrial or commercial establishment or domicile in Greece or is a Greek national.

51

Other: It has a registered or registered mark in Greece.

2. The application for an international registration is filed in French or English.

Article 167 Documents of the application

An application for an international registration shall be lodged in two copies (ANNEX VI) and must be presented on the form provided for by the Implementing Regulation. It shall be signed by the depositor or his professional lawyer in accordance with the written instructions accompanying it and containing the necessary information referred to in Article 9 of the Implementing Regulation. It is also obligatory in electronic form with the personal digital disc or other electronic device (s) available to you.

Rule 168 Consideration of formal requirements

Forwarding the request

1. An application for an international registration shall be lodged with the Office for Official Publications of the European Union, which verifies that the provisions of Article 166 shall apply to this Protocol and shall indicate on this date the date of entry into force of this Protocol and the number of Of the accompanying documents.

2. The request for an international registration with the attached documents shall be forwarded to the International Bureau within a period of two months from the receipt.

Article 169 Date of international registration

The International Bureau shall record the international application. The date of international settlement shall be considered as the date on which the international application was received by the Agency, provided that within a period of two (2) months from the date of receipt the International Bureau received it in normal And complete form. If the application for an international registration is not received within the time limit, the international registration shall be issued as the date on which the application was received by the International Bureau.

Article 170 Charges

The fees due for the international registration or its renewal, as well as for any change thereof, are made directly to the International Bureau.

Article 171 Procedure for the protection of international registration

In the Greek Territory

1. For the purpose of providing the protection of an international registration in the Greek Territory, the Authority may decide to act as the Agency.

2. The international registration as and the extension declaration

An international registration in the Hellenic Territory shall be registered in a special form and shall be posted on the GSC website.

3. In the event of a national entry being replaced by an international registration with effect in Greece, the substantive rights deriving from the international date shall be run at the time of registration of the national mark.

Article 172 Review procedures

1. In the proceedings before the BCC, in accordance with Article 144, in accordance with Article 140, and for revocation or invalidity, in accordance with Article 162, the holder of an international registration, as an applicant or at the request of the above parties, In the case of the Court of Justice, the Court of Justice of the European Union, the Court of Justice of the European Court of Justice and the Court of Justice of the European Court of Justice of the European Court of Justice. The same applies to the case where the examiner calls on the applicant to submit his observations pursuant to Article 139 (2), by notifying him to the applicant, in accordance with Rule 17.1 of the Rules of Procedure. Regulation of the Protocol. On international matters, the deadline referred to in Article 139 (2) shall be set at three months.

2. If the applicant for an international registration or the holder of an international registration is not represented in the proceedings referred to in paragraph 1 by a proxy, it shall not be interpreted as meaning that the parties are present.

3. If an application is lodged against an application for international registration, the Office shall notify details of the withdrawal as a temporary refusal to the International Bureau in accordance with Article 5 of the Madrid Protocol and in Rule 17 of the Implementing Regulation.

4. If the application for an international registration is rejected, the Agency shall communicate the decision to the International Bureau in accordance with Rule 17.1 and 17.3 of the Executive Rules of the Protocol. The notification shall be accompanied by a translation into the English or French language of the relevant provisions of the Greek law providing for an appeal. The decision shall be implemented within a period of 90 days starting from the date of notification of the prior refusal to the International Bureau.

Article 173 Internationalisation proceedings at national level

1. If either the basic application or the basic registration, which is based on a declaration of international registration in Greece, ceases to be valid in the country of destination within five years from the date of the international registration, the holder of the An international settlement shall be entitled, within a period of three months from the date of its entry into force of the International Bureau, to request its conversion to a national application (ANNEX VII).

2. The provision of paragraph 1 shall apply and if the termination of power occurs after the expiry of the period referred to above, provided that the aid has been submitted to the country of origin in the country of origin.

52

Five years. 3. In case of an international registration

On a national request, the applicant shall submit a declaration to the Service of the Parties accompanied by the supporting documents referred to in paragraph 1 of Articles 135 and 136, together with a certificate from the International Bureau, indicating the extent to which the Goods or services for which the international trade was requested in Greece prior to its signature by the international register and the date on which it was signed by the International Register.

4. The declaration shall be made out in a specific form, applicable mutatis mutandis to Articles 135 and 136, and shall be divided into the relevant register.

5. The date of conversion shall be entered without prejudice, provided that the deadline referred to in Article 5 (1) has lapsed. 2c of the Madrid Protocol and no aid has been awarded. If this deadline has not expired or has already been notified provisionally, the declaration of conversion shall be examined by the Agency, pursuant to Articles 138 and 139 mutatis mutandis. If the application for an initial or subsequent period of protection of the international issue in Greece shall be brought before the Office of the Party, the Administrative Commission of the Contracting Party or the competent courts, the relevant procedure shall cease or the proceedings shall be abrogated. The submission of the request for conversion.

6. After the submission of the declaration of conversion, the international entry shall be deleted by an act of the Agency from the international notes.

7. The protection of an international registration in an application for an international registration takes place for a decade, starting either from the date of the international registration or, in the event of an international extension of international trade. In Greece, from the date of registration in the International Register of the Application for the Protection of the International Convention in Greece. In order to renew these points, the date for the submission of the request to the Agency shall be reviewed.

Rule 174 Procedure for deleting international law

1. The right conferred by the international registration is to be determined by a decision of the Administrative Committee, or of the Administrative Courts, for the reasons provided for in Articles 160 and 161. Where the decision becomes final, the Agency shall be informed by the International Bureau of a declaration stating the name of the beneficiary, the number of the international registration, the judicial authority and the procedure for loss of the right, or The decision, its entry into force, and the products or services covered by the Canon 19 of the Executive Board.

(2) The application for revocation or invalidity at international level shall be notified by the applicant to the international depositor or his representative, as shown in the International Register, with any appropriate means, including telematics; The Committee of the European Parliament, the European Parliament and the European Parliament

Before the first debate, the Ministry of Foreign Affairs, or the official party in the English or French language, has been appointed. If a lawyer or an opposition party has been appointed to El-Lad, the notification of the file shall only be made mandatory to him by a court adjudicator, without a hearing. Additional reasons shall be notified 10 days before the first discussion of the request for revocation or invalidity at international level. The same shall apply for the notification of a summoning of an oath before a court or a notary or a consul.

CHAPTER I COMMUNITY BODY

Article 175 Protection

1. The protection provided in the Community course cannot be delayed by the protection provided in the national course.

2. In the event that the antiquity of Community law has been based on a national mark, the substantive rights deriving from the registered and in force of the Community shall be brought back to the time when the national currency is divided.

Article 176 Conversion of Community legislation into national law

1. In the event of a request for a Community application, the applicant shall submit a declaration of conversion to the Agency, accompanied by the supporting documents, in the case of a Community application. Article 136 and Article 136 (1) and (2), as well as the translation of the request for conversion and associated documents in the Greek language, by a person or authority which has the right of translation in accordance with law.

2. The time-limit for submission of these documents is two months and begins with the notification of the applicant or the proprietor of the Community trademark or the attorney's power of attorney in Greece which is reportedly in the request for conversion, from the Service of Sates with a document on receipt.

3. The declaration shall be made out in a special form, the form and the content of which shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of this law in accordance with Annex VIII to this Regulation. The declaration shall be entered in the relevant register, in accordance with Articles 137, 138 and 139.

4. The protection of the date from which a request for a Community application has been made or from a conversion of a joint application to a national application shall refer to the date of filing of the Community date or the date of priority of the application or the date on which the application is made. The Court of Justice of the European Communities, the Court of Justice and the Court of Justice of the European Communities, and the Court of Justice of the European Communities. In order to renew these points, the date of the request for conversion to the Office for Harmonisation in the Internal Market shall be the date of renewal.

53

CAPITAL DEPOSITS FOREIGN DEPOSITORS

Article 177 Protection

1. The beneficiaries of their professional establishment outside Greece are protected under the provisions of this law.

2. On matters that are deposited with the International Convention on the International Convention on the Protection of the Rights of Human Rights, the Court of First Amendment No 2. 213/1975), the proof of deposit in the foreign state may be submitted within three months of the submission of the statement of the date on the date.

3. For protection in Greece it is required, furnished, to deposit in accordance with the provisions of this law.

4. The time-limit for appeal by the beneficiaries of a change to the decisions of the Office of the Parties or the IOC shall be extended by 30 days.

5. In the case of the deposit provided in the case referred to in paragraph 1 of Article 136 (1), written authorisation containing and a declaration to be made under the jurisdiction of the courts of Athens. This declaration may be replaced by a written declaration of the plenipotentiary of the applicant to the Agency.

6. Foreign language documents annexed to the deposit must be accompanied by a Greek translation made by a person or authority having the right of translation in accordance with law.

CHAPTER IA SPECIFIC, TRANSITIONAL AND FINAL PROVISIONS

Article 178 Documents

The publications provided for in this law are made on the website of the General Secretariat of the Ministry of Development of the Ministry of Development, Antitrust and Shipping.

Article 179

1. The advantages of the Danish fees for the currencies are defined as follows: a. Deposit mark 110 €. For each additional class and

Until 20 € c. Transmission of the transfer date

Community or international or division 110 € d. For each additional class

And up to € 20 e. Protection extension 90 € f. For each additional class

And up to € 20 g. Change of function or legal form

Or residence or residence 50 €. Restricted products or services 20 € Transfer of € 90. License registration 90 €

One: Record of the rights referred to in Article 129 and to Rule 133 (1) proceedings. 1 40 €

" L Forwarding of an application for a Community application 15 € Check and transfer International Request 15 € Replacement of national currency

From international 110 €. Deposit of interest-based interventions

And applications before the Administrative Commission of 70 €

(p) Discussion of legal proceedings and applications, before the Administrative Commission of 40 €

(q) Reset of the things in the first condition 110 €

(1) Issue of a copy 1 € 2. By joint decision of the Ministers for Economic Affairs and

Development, Competitiveness and Maritime may be adjusted in each case for the benefit of the Dome, as defined in the preceding paragraph.

Article 180 Travel of goods and services

The products and services for which the products are classified are classified in accordance with the International Agreement on Goods and Services of the Nice Agreement, which was ratified by Article 1 of the Agreement. OPINION OF THE COMMITTEE OF THE The date of entry into force of the applicable legal tender shall be shown in the abbreviated ANNEX IX "GOOD PRODUCTS AND SERVICES".

Article 181 Authorised provision

By decision of the Minister for Development, Competitiveness and Shipping, the following issues of the Third Party of this law are set out: (a) the number of parts of the RU, (b) the selection criteria and the provisions of the officials of the Service of the Parties; (c) the appointment of the members of the members of the Administrative Commission for the Parties and its alternates; (d) the conditions for the maintenance of the following terms of reference, which after its completion will replace the registration form; (e) the mode of deposit and control of sound and three-dimensional points and (f) any issue In the case of the application of this law.

Article 182 Transitional provisions

1. At the time of the entry into force of this Decision, cases before the Administrative Commission of the Communities and of the Administrative Jurisdictions shall be governed by the provisions of the Act.

2. Decisions to be published after the start of this law and for six months shall be subject to appeal, intervention and extrajudicial proceedings in accordance with the provisions of the Act.

3. The starting point for the deadlines applies to the provisions in force at the time when the event took place during the year.

54

4. The length of time before the date of entry into force of this law shall be calculated according to its provisions only if the period provided for therein is greater than that provided for by the products concerned. Provisions;

5. Subsequent circumstances which have not been accepted and the entry into force of this law shall be deemed to be in accordance with the conditions of admissibility.

6. The possibility of re-establishing the facts in the former situation, in accordance with Article 149, applies only to cases where the obstacle to the loss of a right or a period of time as a legal aid, in accordance with the provisions laid down in the provision, is applicable. It was concluded after the entry into force of this law.

7. The option of division is also applicable to the marks declared or registered before the entry into force of this law.

8. The possibility of submitting written consent to the administrative courts in accordance with Article 124 (4) shall also take effect upon the entry into force of this law.

9. Shares that at the time of the entry into force of this law have been declared or registered as parallel and registration or registration of another, current, valid and protected in accordance with that law. The validity of a parallel deposit or a parallel registration shall not be affected if it ceases to apply the earlier date of which it constitutes an appropriate deposit or a parallel registration, unless the earlier mark has been deleted. The reasons for Articles 123 and 124.

Article 183 repealed provisions

From the entry into force of Chapters II, I and II and Articles 179 and 181, the provisions of the Law shall be repealed. (') Regulation (EEC) No 2239/1994 (1 152), paragraph 353/1998 (A-235), Article 9 (2) (c) 20/ 27.12.1939 (1 553), and any other general or special provision which is contrary to the following chapters or relating to matters regulated by them. The repeal of the other provisions of the abovementioned law

In the case of the United States, the Court of First Chamber of the European Communities brought an action for a declaration that the Court of First Chamber of the European Communities brought an action.

CHAPTER 1 OF GREEK PRODUCTS AND SERVICES

Article 184 Sor of Greek products and services

1. An optional feature of the distinction of Greek products and services is established, the-which consists of a verbal and visual part. The issue is a single for the categories of products and services and cannot be referred to other sites. The most specific content and display of this, and any competitive tendering procedure, are determined by decision of the Department of Development, Competitiveness and Shipping.

2. The Sor is registered as an official of the Greek State, by the World Intellectual Property Organisation (WTO), in accordance with Article 6 trillion of the International Convention of Paris.

3. In accordance with the procedures, the terms and conditions set out in Articles 189 and 190, the Sor shall be requested by the institution concerned, in accordance with the procedures, conditions and conditions laid down in Articles 189 and 190 and stating that the products and services are derived from Greek origin.

Article 185 Committee of Greek Sor

Aggregation-Composition-Operation

1. In the Directorate for Trade and Industry of the General Secretariat of the General Secretariat of the Ministry of Development, Competitiveness and Maritime, it is the "Committee of the Hellenic Sor" (EAW), with a view to submitting proposals to the Minister for Development, Competitiveness and Shipping for the adoption of Regulations and the coordination of procedures for the award of Greek Products-Services. The EAW, for its relations and trade with the rest of the world, is attributed to the English language as "National National COMMITTEE OF THE HELLENIC TRADEMARK".

2. The EAW shall be constituted as follows: (a) The Secretary-General of the Commission, as President, with a

(b) Three representatives of the Directorate-General for Management of the General Secretariat of the General Secretariat of the General Secretariat of the General Secretariat of the Directorate-General for the Internal Market.

(c) Three representatives of the General Secretariat of the General Secretariat of the Directorate-General Secretariat of the General Secretariat of the General Secretariat of the General Secretariat of the General Secretariat of the General Secretariat of the General Secretariat of the General Secretariat of the Council. Of the Central Union,

(d) A representative of the National Council of Deputies;

(e) A representative of the Certification Agency; and

Agricultural Product surveillance with its Deputy. (f) A representative of the General Secretariat of the General Secretariat of the General Secretariat of the General Secretariat of the General Secretariat.

(h) a representative of the General Secretariat of the State (ELOT) with his deputy.

(i) a representative of the Ministry of Agricultural and Rural Development;

(i) a representative of the National Agency for Control; (i) a representative of the National Control Agency;

The Committee of the European Parliament, the European Parliament and the European Parliament 3. The members of the EES of the cases (e) to

They shall submit to the Commission, where appropriate, the question of their competence, after a written request from the President before 10 days, to which the matters relating to the agenda shall be drawn up. They are intended to discuss matters relating to the functioning of the Commission, general or otherwise, all members are compulsorily invited.

4. The Chairman and the other members of the Committee shall be appointed by decision of the Minister for Development, Competitiveness and Maritime Affairs. For the adoption of the decision,

55

The public services and bodies, representatives of the members of the EAW, propose their representatives. As members of the EAW, graduates of higher education with specific knowledge or experience may be selected. The same decision sets out the Secretary-General of the EAW and his deputy, who must be eligible for the Ministry of Development, Competitiveness and Shipping. The secretariat and administrative support of the EAW shall be provided by the General Secretariat of the Commission.

5. The term of office of its members shall be two years and may be renewed by a decision of the Minister for Development, Advice and Shipping. The members may be withdrawn during their term of office at the request of the institution which has made them to the Minister for Development, Competitiveness and Shipping. The agencies propose to the Minister for Development, Competitiveness and Shipping the new members for the remainder of the term of office.

6. A member of the cases referred to in paragraph 2, which has been absent without undue delay from three consecutive meetings of the EAW, although a law has been called for, in accordance with paragraph 3. For the application of this item to the other members, a prior legal call shall be made in accordance with paragraph 3. For the remainder of the term of office of the Member State, a new one shall be laid down in accordance with paragraph 4. The Minister for Development, Competitiveness and Maritime may, with a reasoned act, terminate the EAW and request the definition of a new limb in accordance with paragraph 4.

7. The EAW shall meet regularly, at least once a month, at the General Secretariat of the Commission, either at the invitation of its President or upon request of at least one third of its members.

8. The members of the EAW in the performance of their duties shall act collectively. The President shall determine the issues of the agenda as well as the speakers. Debtors' debt, as applicable, of the relevant departments, illustrative of the Ministry of Development, Competitiveness and Maritime Affairs (HR), the Ministry of the Environment, the Ministry of the Environment, the Ministry of Environment, the Ministry of Environment, Public Health and Consumer Protection, the Ministry of Environment, Public Health and Consumer Protection, the Ministry of Environment, Public Health and Consumer Protection, the Ministry of Environment, Public Health and Consumer Protection. Agricultural Development and Food (HSA), the National Food Control Agency (EFET), the Hellenic Society for Standardization (ELOT) and the General Secretariat of the State, or representatives of private bodies, as well as individual experts; Experts defined by an EAW decision.

9. The EAW is represented vis-à-vis third parties, judicial and extrajudicial, in Greece and abroad by the Minister for Economic Affairs.

10. The EAW may request any information or documents useful for the exercise of its powers as well as to call to the officials of the public services referred to in Article 14 of the Law. 2190/1994 (2) or other persons for information purposes.

11. The EAW may decide to set up a task force and working groups, or to issue a mandate in relation to the examination of the issues falling within its competence. Persons who are not members who are not members of the working party and who are from the private or public sector may participate in the permitting and working parties.

Article 14 of the Law 2190/1994 (A-28) and have prior experience and experience in the sector concerned, on the subject in question. The work of the committees and working groups is directed by members of the EAW. The studies, conclusions, recommendations and opinions of committees and working parties are submitted to the EAW.

12. Et cetera, et cetera, et cetera, et seq. Are defined in the operational regulation of the EAW, with the exception of the Code of Administrative Procedure. 2690/1999, P. 45).

Article 186 Entities of the EAW

1. The EAW shall have the following responsibilities: (a) Following a public consultation,

To the Minister for Development, Competitiveness and Shipping, the content of the regulations:

(aa) with the products and services for which the Sor, (bb) the procedures, the conditions, conditions, and

(g) the end-of-day care (g) of the bodies concerned by the Sor, check

(d) compliance with the conditions and conditions for its discharge and maintenance and impose penalties in cases of infringement, (d) the specifications to be complied with by operators;

(b) Issued in writing. (c) Examines objections in cases of non-disclosure.

(d) Enjoying and providing information on behalf of the Party of the Union, the approval of the transfer or the sanction.

The competent authorities, consumers and undertakings. E) Organizes or contributes to seminars, programmes;

The conferences, conferences, lectures or public debates, etc., for the development and dissemination of the Sor. (f) Oversees the Electronic Register of Greek Products-Services and sets out the specifications for its function. The Commission

In the case of the Inpain of the Greek Sor, and any other relevant information related to the Sor.

2. In order to carry out its responsibilities, the EGTC shall request the technical and scientific support of the public services of the public sector, ELOT, the EFET, the General State of the State, the Ministry of Development and Food, or the Ministry of Food. Environment, Energy and Climate Change, whether or not cross-sectional entities and non-residents of the country or abroad.

Article 187 Regulations for the conduct of the Greek Sor

By decision of the Minister for Development, Competitiveness and Maritime Affairs and in the case of the relevant Minister, on a proposal from the EAW, the Hellenic Sor Regulations, per category of products and services, are adopted. The products and services, for which the Sor is concerned, may obtain additional information according to their nature,

56

Their characteristics and the domesticated value added. The EAW prior to the adoption of the regulations shall hold a public consultation. The Non-Complaints Cancelation of the Greek Sistas contain at least:

(a) The body designated by the Sor per category of products and services shall carry out checks on compliance with the conditions and conditions for its withdrawal and maintenance and shall impose sanctions.

(b) The criteria, conditions for the award of the contract and the specific specifications or accompanying explanations, which may be required for a product and service, and the level of fees for the discharge, transfer, The maintenance and consolidation of the Sor.

(c) The rights and obligations of those who are expected to use the Sor.

(d) The conditions under which the use of the Sor is permitted, following a request by the person concerned to the claimant. In the case of a transfer, the patron should meet the criteria and conditions for the award of the Sute. The transfer is only valid after registration of the approval decision of the entity in the Electronic Products Registry Services-Services.

(e) the procedure for carrying out regular and exceptional cases by the operator. (f) In cases where the claimant orders the temporary or permanent withdrawal of the right of use of the Sor.

(g) The body or bodies, which may, within the framework of the provisions, cooperate with the EAW for the purpose of carrying out checks and for the application of non-aligned Regulations.

Article 188 Criteria for the award of the Sor

1. For the purposes of this law, products and services are classified in three categories: (a) natural products; b) processed natural products; and (c) other (industrial-craft industry) products and services.

2. For the purpose of the award, products and services must meet the requirements of international, Community and national provisions relating to the characteristics, labels, safety and consumer protection. In addition, they should be produced or processed in the form of domestic added value.

3. Specially for natural products (agricultural, livestock products, raw materials, raw materials), as the basic criterion for the award of the Sute, the production or rearing or the concentration, depending on the product, is defined in the Greek State.

4. In processed natural products, for the purpose of the release, a percentage of the mass of their composition or the mass of the basic raw material used to originate from Greece. The discharge regulation shall specify, for each product category, in particular the percentage of the mass of each individual component or basic material.

5. With the Regulation, exemptions from this criterion may be introduced in the following cases:

(a) for raw materials which do not exist or are not intended to be produced in the Greek Territory or in the absence of sufficient quantities;

(b) for products, the Greek nature of which is in the traditional or special way of preparing and processing them;

(c) temporary exemptions may also be introduced from the criterion, provided that a shortage is presented in a particular raw material, exceptional and exceptional occurrences such as natural disasters or bad weather. Conditions;

6. For the other (industrial-craft industry) products and services, the basic criterion is defined as the percentage of the cost of production carried out in the Greek Territory, as specified in the Regulation of law for each product, or Service; Cost of production includes costs related to the research and development of the product or service, while those relating to the promotion, visibility and transparency of the product are excluded.

Article 189 Obligations of the Inpain Body

1. The body of the Member State shall keep in particular specifications ensuring that it has the administrative structure and the technical competence and know-how for the award of the Sor and the conduct of the said product; or Service;

2. The Regulation adopted pursuant to Article 187 shall, in the determination of the institution, take special account of the criteria laid down in the same Article, the divestments received and the protocols adopted by the institution of law, as well as the experience. Of the use of products and services.

3. The work of the defect and control of the Sor-a, by category of product or service, may be raised to a single entity within the territory or per region or law. Within the framework of its responsibilities, the deceased person may request information from other audit bodies or bodies, whenever deemed appropriate and objective. Since the public consultation on the adoption of the Regulation, in accordance with Article 187, or in another way it becomes known to the EAW that the work of the institution concerned may be assigned to the same geographical region in more bodies, A comparative assessment by the EAW shall be carried out by means of a comparative assessment within a specific deadline, in order to select the applicant.

4. The EAW may carry out checks on the enforcement bodies regarding the extradition procedure of the Sor and sanctions, to make recommendations and to issue instructions. If the EAW finds that the entity does not comply with the specifications required by the Regulation or this Article, it may decide to replace it.

Article 190 Electronic register of Greek products;

Services

1. The Directorate for Trade and Industry of the General Secretariat of the General Secretariat of the European Economic and Social Committee shall be held in Luxembourg.

57

A Citroen Register of Greek Products-Services, which is registered by product category and service category of each discharge, renewal, transfer and request of temporary or permanent use of the Sor. The register shall include the company's supervisor, the type and the compulsory name of the sale, as provided for, and the category of products and services to which the Sor has been taken. The information, which is recorded in the Register, by category of product or service, and other technical and detailed information on compliance with the Registry may be specified in the register. Alerts, secure access and certification of users.

2. The registration of the data in the database of the register shall be made electronically by the claimant, who is responsible for the completeness and correctness of the data entered. Correction of data shall be allowed following a request from the recipient of the Sor, where it is invoked and adduced to the institution the correct information.

3. The section of the Register for the indexes of beneficiaries of the Sor and the sales of goods and services is public and free.

4. The Directorate for Economic and Industrial Property, in cooperation with the Directorate-General for Information of the General Secretariat of the Commission, is required to comply with the required protocols and the technical specifications in order to ensure that the Safety and the integrity of the Registry database.

Article 191 Inactive use of the right to use

Of the Greek Sor

1. The right of use of the Greek Sor is separated by the registration of the beneficiary in the Hellenic Products Registry-Services. The right to use the mark is to be used in relation to products or services.

2. The performance of the Sor shall entitle the beneficiary to: (a) to impose the Sor solely and solely on

(b) characterise the services of the services for which they have been found and in their packaging;

(c) use the Sor for the projection and use of the injection site.

Promotion of the products and services referred to above.

3. The supplier is required at the request of the recipient of the Sor to issue a certificate of registration in the Electronic Register of Greek Products-Services, which certifies the right to use the Sor for a particular product or service. And details the conditions of use in accordance with the Regulation.

Article 192 Procedure for the award of a Greek Sor

1. For the purpose of the right of use of the Sor-the person concerned shall submit a request-responsible dis -

In the event of a breach of the provisions of Article 187 (2) of Regulation (EEC) No 574/72, the Commission shall, in accordance with Article 187 (2) of Regulation (EEC) No 574/72 laying down the procedure for implementing Regulation (EEC) No 574/72, as amended by Regulation (EEC) No 574/72.

2. The request-responsible declaration contains a statement of: (a) Natural persons, the name of the person, the

Freeze and the applicant's address. (b) The products or services to which the goods are to be registered shall be subject to the conditions laid down in Article 1 (2) (a), (b) and (b) of the Regulation.

(c) Declaration that the products or services meet the requirements of the

Specifications drawn up by the Regulation in accordance with Article 187. (d) declare that, in addition to the Regulation, the products and

The services comply with the specifications laid down by the Greek, European and international standards, in particular with regard to their production, standardisation and distribution, hygiene and safety during their use and consumption. E) Declaration that the applicant Has not been convicted after

Irrevocably in the last three years for infringement of the intellectual property law, the buying-in legislation and the most specific legislation concerning the product or service in respect of which it applies to-pain of the Sor. If the name of the person concerned is requested by a personal company, this declaration shall cover, in addition to, the legal representative or the administrator, and its partners.

3. In accordance with the Rules of Procedure of Article 187, it is necessary to carry out laboratory tests on the product, which shall be required within the time limit laid down by the competent institution for the conduct of the body to add a sample of the product to the institution's offices or to the institution concerned. E-gradified to conduct laboratory tests.

4. Where, by the Regulation referred to in Article 187, an on-the-spot check is required for the production of the product or the supply of the service, it shall be carried out by officials of the company or third parties to whom it is assigned. In particular, this work and which have the appropriate knowledge of the control of the facilities and their disposal. Such an on-the-spot check shall be held in working days and hours, within a day-to-day period of 15 days following the submission of the request for a Sor.

5. Where, in accordance with the Rules of Procedure of Article 187, an input/output check is required for the use of the Sor, the institution may request the applicant for the relevant information as well as the relations with the defence.

6. For the laboratory tests, the audits of financial input/output and checks on the production or supply premises of the service shall be drawn up by the carrying out, as defined by the Regulation concerned. In the case of a person who is subject to the law of the Member State in which he or she is entitled, either to withdraw his or her right of residence or to withdraw the right of the institution or to reject the reasons for it or to set up a deadline; In which the applicant has to comply with his recommendations in order to re-examine The blood alcohol level. At the end of

58

In this case, it may be possible from the Regulation of Article 187 to provide for additional payments if new checks are necessary to verify the compliance of the applicant with the instructions of the operator.

7. The body of the Sor shall be entitled to lose any supplementary information from the person concerned in order to give him the Sor.

8. The right of use of the Sor is awarded for three years and may be renewed for two-year-olds, at the time of submission of an application by the di-and the competent authority, the last two months of each three-year period. For the renewal, the patron shall submit electronically a solemn declaration that it fulfils the conditions and conditions of the discharge in accordance with the rules in force at the time of renewal of Article 187. If, for the renewal of the application, checks are to be carried out by the claimant, he shall prescribe a period within which a sample of the product shall be added or a check shall be carried out in the register. In such cases, it may be envisaged by the Regulation of Article 185.

Article 193 Delete beneficiary from the Electronic Register

As a result of the self-righteous deletion from the Hellenic Register of Greek Products-Services: (a) the declaration of the beneficiary of the Sor in

(b) the unsolicited sentencing of the beneficiary for an ad valorem procedure;

(c) the renewal of the right of use after the entry into force of Article 192 (1);

(d) the interruption of production and disposal of the product; or

(i) the provision of the service for which the Sor has been given; (e) the interruption of its economic activity;

(f) the submission of a deletion request by the beneficiary.

Article 194 Penalties-Withdrawal of the right of appeal

Of the Greek Sor

1. The body of the body of the Sor may impose on the beneficiaries of the Sor, in the event of a breach of this law and of the Regulations issued in accordance with Article 187 and by reason of its weight and duration, (a) written recommendation with the definition of a time-limit;

(b) temporary or permanent withdrawal of the right

2. The penalties referred to in paragraph 1 shall be applied when

The check reveals that: (a) the product or service for which it was withdrawn

The SPC does not comply with the specifications and conditions set out in the Regulation adopted in accordance with the provisions of the Regulation.

Article 187 or (b) is becoming irregular or misleading;

(c) to be provided to the institution of the place of residence in the country of residence.

Misleading or false information. 3. In case of temporary withdrawal, the entity

It may require the beneficiary to adhere to specific measures in order to remove the withdrawal. In the event of a final revocation, the institution shall decide on the action to be taken on the products already carried out in respect of the products already in use by the institution and must be made known to the general public by any appropriate means, the revocation and remission of the goods. Electronic non-food. In particular, the entity may order the removal and destruction of the products from products which do not comply with the specifications laid down by the law and the Regulations referred to in Article 187.

4. If Sor is used by a non-beneficiary, without excluding any criminal liability, the General Secretariat of the Commission shall: (a) impose administrative fines, the amount of which shall be

Shall amount from EUR 3 000 to 300 000, depending on the weight, the duration of the infringement, and the quantity and value of the products/services sold or supplied, b) order the removal and destruction of the goods;

(c) order the cessation of use of the product by means of products which have been produced and branched out, and if it is not possible to destroy the products,

Promotion of products and services, d) makes it known, with all appropriate means

Common, illegal use of Sor. 5. The institution and the Secretary-General of the European Union, for

In the cases referred to in paragraph 4, prior to the imposition of penalties, they shall be obliged to invite the auditee to express his views.

Rule 195 Recommendations

1. According to the decisions of the bodies concerned, the deletion and transfer of the Sor, and the imposition of penalties in accordance with paragraphs 1 to 3 of Article 194, may be brought before the EAW within a period of thirty (30). The day, starting from the notification of the decision to the beneficiary/controlled person, or in the case of third parties, is the registration of the decision in the Electronic Register. The objection shall be lodged either in the Secretariat of the EAW in the General Secretariat of the Commission or to the body of law, who shall forward the objection to the EAW within four days. The EAW is required to give a decision within two months of its receipt.

2. The submission of a complaint to the EAW suspends the enforcement of the decisions of the bodies with which sanctions are imposed. Where the decision of the institution is ordered to remove and destroy the Sute or the products bearing the Sor, the President of the RU may order, after a request from the institution of the law or of any person with a legal interest or of its own motion, Until the adoption of a final decision by the EAW:

59

(a) temporary storage of the goods or products at the premises of the institution or third party. In this case, the EAW may, by adopting its decision on the objection to the objection of holding a guardian, b) prohibit the sale and movement of products.

(c) the information to be provided by the public on behalf of the consumer;

If the use of the Sor is possible, the objection is considered in these cases.

RUs as a priority. 3. When examining the objection from the EAW -

The Committee of the European People's Committee on Social Affairs and the Committee on Social Affairs and

4. Appeals against decisions of the EAW may be brought before the Administrative Court of Athens within a period of sixty days from the date of notification of the objection under the provisions of the Administrative Code. Dishonry.

Article 196 Publication of decisions

The operations of the EAW, with the exception of those referred to in Article 195, shall be posted on its website or, if not available, on the website of the General Secretariat for Trade.

UNUSUAL QUADRANT IMMOVABLE PROPERTY

Article 197 Meaning of terms

1. For the purposes of applying the provisions of the fourth paragraph (Articles 197 to 204), the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(a) Real estate agent is the natural or legal person providing real estate services.

(b) The Service Department is the suggestion of opportunities or mediation for the conclusion of contracts relating specifically to contracts, in particular contracts for the sale, exchange, financial management, creation of a business or a real estate agent.

(c) A member of the Real Estate Agents is the natural person who, in the course of his period, assists the real estate agent in the execution of this work, except for the aggregation of contracts on behalf of the intermediary.

2. The provision of real estate services by a legal person requires cumulatively:

(a) The provision of services to be provided for in the statute for a legal person; and

(b) the conditions governing the exercise of the estate of a real estate agent, as set out in Article 198, shall apply to at least one of the natural persons who represent the legal person. The above conditions must also apply to the head of the branch of each branch of the legal person.

3. For matters not regulated by this law, the provisions of Articles 703-707 of the Civil Code are applicable.

Article 198 Conditions for the exercise of the blood vessel

1. For the exercise of the institution of the institution, the following shall be required to apply to the natural person concerned or, in the case of a legal person, to the persons referred to in Article 197 (b) of Article 197, the following: Conditions:

A) To be a Greek citizen or a citizen of a Member State of the European Union or of a Member State of the European Economic Area (EEA). The citizen of the country is required to have a residence permit and a residence permit in Greece or a residence permit for an independent economic activity in accordance with the law. NO 3386/2005 (1 212).

(b) Not to have been convicted of fellowship or for weavers for the offences of theft, embezzling, opting, embezzling, forgery or abuse of emulsions, infidelity, perjury, fraudulent bankruptcy, embezzling lenders, usury (c) Not having been subjected to a total or partial withdrawal of the law; c) Not having been subject to total or partial withdrawal

Or auxiliary court proceedings (AC1666-1688). (d) to have a high school diploma or a school diploma;

The immigration. 2. The connection of the conditions referred to in paragraph 1

It shall be demonstrated by the following documents: (a) Identity or passport, in the case of El;

A citizen or a citizen of a Member State of the European Union or of a Member State of the European Union, or, if it is a citizen of a third country, a residence permit and work permit in Greece or a residence permit for independent activity; b) Responsible A statement that he has not been convicted of

Matters referred to in paragraph 1 (b). (c) A certificate stating that it has not been submitted

(d) Acknowledgement of the registration of the doctor in relation to the

(i) Article 199 and a solemn declaration by the institution which assists, from which the length of service of the institution as an institution is derived. E) A high-school diploma or school equal to the other;

Immigration? 3. Immovable property broker recognised

From a Member State of the EU or a Member State of the European Union and established in it, which wishes to be registered in Greece, through the establishment of a branch, office or other establishment, a registration of the register or other competent authority is required. The authority or the professional organisation, in accordance with the legislation of its country of establishment. The latter shall bear the title assigned to it in the country of its main event.

4. The above documents and certificates shall be submitted by the person concerned to the competent institution, which, following a check on their completeness, shall record the registration of the reserve and the General Secretariat of the Registry (GET). Without prejudice to paragraph 7.

5. The pre-listed conditions should be paid on a permanent basis and controlled by the competent institution. To this end, real estate agents are required to inform the competent institution, within the meaning of Article 3 (1) of the Directive.

60

In a month following the cessation of the conditions required for registration in accordance with paragraph 1. If one of these conditions is absent, the intermediary shall be removed from the Secretary-General and the Chamber of Commerce.

6. It is prohibited to exercise the Ombudsman's staff and the entry to the G.E.M.S. to those who are acronyms have been subject to disciplinary action in respect of the right to exercise the right of initiative or temporary withdrawal for as long as it applies. This is the case, or the time-off, of the prohibition on the exercise of the profession, for as long as that is the case.

7. Brokers recognized by a Member State or Member State of the EU Member State and established in the context of the cross-border provision of occasional services in Greece, as defined in Article 197, Have an obligation to register with the Court of Justice if they fulfil the requirements of the State of origin for the exercise of special acts.

Article 199 Register of Real Estate Agents

1. Establish Register of Causes of Real Estate Agents in the local chambers, which are under-charge to register the Causes of Real Estate Agents. The starting time of the trial period is the date of registration in the register.

2. For the purposes of registration, the conditions in the case of subparagraphs (b) and (c) of Article 198 shall be required for the person concerned.

3. In order to be registered as a Member of the Real Estate Agents in the Chamber, the person concerned shall submit to the competent authority responsible for the official declaration referred to in Article 8 of the Law. (') 1599/1986 (1 75), to which:

(a) that he has not been convicted or suspected of being a villain or of theft, embezzling, embezzling or embezzling, forgery or embezzling, infidelity, perjury, fraudulent bankruptcy, loan-sharking, The issue of an uncovered cheque or one of the offences relating to the currency,

(b) that it has not been subjected to a total or partial, custodial or subsidiary legal order;

(c) he holds a high-school diploma or an equivalent foreign title; and

(d) the elements of the intermediary, with which it is to cooperate. A solemn declaration by the media shall also be submitted, indicating the commitment of their work.

4. The Real Estate Agents are insured in advance in the Free Trade Organisation (O.A.U.).

Article 200 Submission

1. The property contract shall be drawn up in writing. For the purpose of filling the document type, it is sufficient to change mortgage letters, signed tele-emitters, and electronic mail messages.

To be used. 2. The contract must: (a) include the elements of the contracts

However, it is not possible to take account of the fact that the Commission has not yet taken a decision on the basis of the Commission's decision. In the case of a trans-frontier supply of special services, the register and the competent authority or organisation in which the property is registered, in accordance with the law of the country of establishment, shall be indicated.

Mediation or a hint of opportunity, the type of contract that is to be concluded, as well as the amount or percentage of the special agreement, which is free trading and is not subject to any legal limits.

The use of general terms of transactions in the malnutrition contract shall be governed by the provisions of Article 2 of the Law. NO 2251/1994 (191).

3. If not otherwise specified, the duration of the contract is twelve (12) months, with the right of extension for six (6) months after the principal written declaration of the principal. After its expiry, a new contract may be concluded between the same parties. If the duration of the contract is greater than the above mentioned, any participant has the right to denounce it after 12 months of age. The results of the complaint are returned after three (3) months.

4. Exclusive contracts are permitted under which the principal does not have the right to instruct the same content in another Member State, nor do he or a third party on behalf of his/her own account for the purposes of the search. As long as the contract is in force, the debtor has the obligation to take action to implement the mandate. Exemptions from the non-activity of third parties for the purpose of the order shall be possible only if they concern tuberculosis or legal persons who are explicitly listed in the contract. The exclusive right shall not have a duration of more than eight (8) months, with the right to extend for four (4) months thereafter, after a written declaration by the principal, after expiry of which a new contract may be concluded. If the main contract was drawn up in the course of the operation, it shall be deemed to have been drawn up by the suggestion or mediation of the sole broker, unless the main contract has been drawn up by any of the expressly mentioned in the contract. Convention on the protection of the environment and the protection of the environment and the protection of the environment and the environment. In the latter case, the intermediary has a claim to recover all the costs incurred for the promotion of the immovable property, no longer a reasonable compensation, which cannot be subject to 1/3 of the agreed price, without The amount to be greater than the half of the agreed remuneration. If the main contract was drawn up within the three-month period from the end of the time-limit, and in the meantime, the principal has given a direct order to another agent, then the (first) to the (first) closed slate is due only if it is demonstrated that the The contract is due to its own actions.

5. Real estate agent has the right to claim the property

61

Agreed upon when the main contract was drawn up, provided that it has the same ombudsman to the contract or has indicated the opportunity to conclude it by the kind of the main contract that was finally prepared for the property. If more than one person in cooperation has intervened or intervened, only one time is due once, paid by the principal to one of them, against whom and only have the right to turn the others and, in the event of As a result of a lack of agreement between them, it is distributed among the midwives at the rate of participation in the training of the contract. If more than one person, to whom the principal has supplied different orders, has successively indicated the same opportunity, he is entitled to claim a reward only that he has given the opportunity. If the rate of contribution of each agent cannot be determined in the course of the contract, then it is distributed among the members by equal parts, the largest of the prices agreed by the principal with its different commands. In the event of a rebuilding of immovable property with a benefit, the intermediary shall be entitled to claim full remuneration with the training of the contract staff, unless otherwise agreed.

6. If a different contract is concluded for the same property from the contract provided for in the contract, the contract finally concluded shall be terminated as a result of the intermediary of the intermediary.

7. In the contract, it must be stated explicitly if the intermediary can act for the antiSemitic of his principal. If, despite the absence of the above agreement, the intermediary is compatible with the other, the principal is entitled to refuse the payment of the agreed payment or to claim the return of the payment already paid.

8. In every major contract on immovable property, the-which is drawn up by an advisory document, is hereby incorporated as the contents of a solemn declaration of Article 8 of the Law. 1599/1986, of contracts for brokerage or immovable property in its training and in a positive case the components of the intermediary, the number of LAGs and the number of tax payers, as well as the amount or percentage of the specialties; A)

9. Participants in a property contract shall not be obliged to pay a fee to persons who have offered services without fulfilling the conditions laid down in Article 198 and paragraphs 1, 2 and 3 of this Article.

10. The principal is required to announce the establishment of the main contract at least once a day before it is drawn up, otherwise it is responsible for the restoration of any restitution of the intermediary for the non-gree notice.

11. The proceedings brought by the institution against the applicant in a request for a special agreement shall be notified to the Board of Directors of the Internal Revenue Service, otherwise the debate is inadmissible.

Article 201 Obligations of real estate

Real estate agents must: (a) inform, prior to the conclusion of the main

Order, their principals and candidates for each other, in respect of the properties of the immovable property of the office, and of any actual springs which have accrued to their knowledge. (b) They shall be informed prior to its conclusion A contract

(c) to protect the interests of the individual in the event of a change, in which there is a dual mandate (a mandate from the other part) or another personal or personal interest of the same person, other than that of the agreed payment; Professional secrecy and

Not to disclose to third parties any personal and financial information of their originators, other than those which are necessary for the preparation of the contract, with the exception of the provisions of the Law. NO 3691/2008 (166)

Article 202 Criminal penalties

Any person acting in a special act or acting as an intermediary for civil contracts, without having to comply with the conditions laid down in Article 198 (1) and without having been registered with the Secretary of State, the term of imprisonment of six (6) months up to two (2) years or with a financial penalty from five thousand (5,000) to a maximum of thousands (EUR 30 000) or both sentences.

Article 203 Disciplinary Board-disciplinary measures

1. By decision of the Chief of Staff for the Professionals of Athens, Piraeus, Thessaloniki and Rodopi and its Vice-President, for the rest of the country, a disciplinary board, exercising disciplinary authority, is set up. In real estate property. (a) A first instance, as the President, appointed in accordance with the procedure laid down in Article 3 (1) of the Treaty.

(b) The Head of Division of the Directorate or Division of the Directorate-General for the Internal Market.

(c) A member of the Board of Directors of each individual Board of Directors;

A building from the home sector, with at least five years' experience, if there is no branch of real estate, an intermediary with at least five years of experience, who has a professional seat in the same legal area and proposed. As a member of the trade union body of the same branch, it is a member. Debts of the European Parliament and of the Council

In the case of the Registry of the Court of A member of the staff member shall carry out an official of the official's office.

Having regard to the Treaty establishing the European Economic Community, and in particular Article 3 thereof, All of the above are defined by alternates

Of the 2. The expenditure of the Disciplinary Board and the

The budget of the Committee shall be borne by its members and shall be determined by a decision of its Management Committee.

(a) Any breach of obligation arising out of the obligation to

Articles 197 to 204 of this Regulation.

62

(b) Any action by malice or relief detrimental to the professional form of non-residential civil contracts. (c) Any breach of the terms of the mandate

Received by the intermediary from the principal, the party to the award of a non-financial or advance payment, as well as the defence of a refund if the intermediary does not fulfil its obligations under the contract.

4. Disciplinary proceedings before the Board of Disciplinary Board shall be held by the President of the Chamber, following a complaint by anyone who has a legal interest or of the President of the relevant professional body or of its own motion. If there are grounds for disciplinary action, the exercise of prosecution is mandatory.

5. Disciplinary penalties are: (a) Written reprimand; b) Proposed by two thousand (EUR 2 000) to -

(c) Provisional deprivation of the right to exercise

(d) Attach protection and temporary withdrawal of the medicinal product.

(e) Permanently deprivation of the right to exercise the right to exercise the right to exercise

(i) if he/she is subject to the criminal offences referred to in Article 198 (b).

6. The Board of Disciplinary Board, for the purposes of its decision, may invite witnesses to be examined, to damage the lodging of documents, to order the conduct or autopsy carried out and to request the assistance of each public authority. The Registrar shall be invited to account for a reasonable period of time and shall have the right to submit his or her plea in writing and to be present before the Disciplinary Board by a lawyer or represented by a lawyer appointed by a simple majority. Written authorization. If the person in question is unknown by name, the Disciplinary Board shall draw the call for an apology to the site of the invitation to tender for one (1) month, and then give a decision in that regard. At the same site and for the same period of time, it shall be necessary to draw up or any other relevant documents.

7. The decisions of the Disciplinary Board are forwarded to the Chamber and communicated both to the 'gallery', through the relevant Chamber, as well as to the General Secretariat and to the other chambers of the country.

Article 204 Final and transitional provisions

1. The active agents, who are registered in the chambers concerned until the publication of the current law, retain their status as the Real Estate Agents and have the obligation to comply with the provisions of this Regulation. (i) the provisions of paragraphs 1 and 2 of Article 198.

2. The publication of this law repeals: (a) b. 248/1993 (1 108), with the exception of para. 1

(b) any other provision contrary to the provisions of Article 2 thereof, which shall remain in force until the beginning of the full operation of the General Secretariat;

This is Marian.

3. In the first application of the provisions of Articles 197 to 204 of this law, the decisions referred to in Article 203 (1) and (2) shall be adopted within three months of the entry into force of this law.

PART-TIME RULES FOR SHIPPING, PORTS

AND FISHERIES

Article 205 National programme for the collection of fisheries data

1. The responsibility for the collection of primary biological, technical, environmental and socio-economic data relating to the fisheries sector in the framework of a multi-annual national programme and the preparation and submission formulations (i) proposals at all stages of the National Programme for the collection of fisheries data, as well as the creation, maintenance, safe storage in an electronic database, as defined and described in Regulation (EC) No 1049/2001; Council Regulation (EC) No 199/2008 of 25 February 2008 on the establishment of a Community framework for the collection, management and use of data in the fisheries sector and on the scientific opinions on the common fisheries policy Politics " belongs to the Institute of Research (INALI) of the Hellenic Agricultural Organization-DIMITRA.

2. For the execution of the programme, the Institute for Fisheries Research of the Hellenic Agricultural Organisation-DIMITRA is required to do so with the Hellenic Centre for Marine Research (ELCCTH).

3. From the annual budget of the Ministry of Development, Competitiveness and Maritime, it undertakes to advance at the beginning of each year the total expenditure earmarked for this purpose by the programme for this purpose. The account of the Institute of Fisheries Research (INALV) of the Hellenic Agricultural Organization-DIMH-TPA, which shall transmit to the Hellenic Centre for Research (ELKIA) the part of the grant allocated to it under the annual appeal; The planned work programme submitted in the context of the obligations of the country concerned Service of the European Commission following a recommendation from the Directorate-General for Fisheries and the approval of the Ministry of Development, Competitiveness and Shipping.

4. The Institute for Fisheries Research (INALV) of the Greek Agricultural Organization-DIMITRA and the Hellenic Research Centre (ELKIA) are required to take the necessary steps to ensure Community financial assistance. (a) the programme for the implementation of the national programme for the implementation of national programmes, in accordance with the rules laid down in Regulation (EC) No 2377/80 for the implementation of national programmes for the implementation of national programmes; Council Regulation (EC) No 861/2006 of 22 May 2006 laying down Community financial measures for the implementation of the common fisheries policy and in the area of the Law of the Sea (E EL 160, 14.6.2006) as regards expenditure, (i) the Member States;

63

(i) members to collect and manage basic fisheries data.

5. The Ministry of Development, Competitiveness and Shipping retains ownership and responsibility to dispose of all primary and processed, historical and aggregated data of the National Fisheries Data Collection Programme.

6. By joint decision of the Ministers for Economic, A-Development, Competitiveness and Shipping, Education, Lifelong Learning and Religion and Rural Development and Food define the details of the present.

Article 206 Recommendation for Control Services

1. It is recommended that the Directorate-General for Fisheries of the Directorate-General for Fisheries of the Directorate-General for Fisheries of the Ministry of Development, Competitiveness and Shipping is set up under the Directorate-General for Fisheries of the Directorate-General for Fisheries. Aerosols with a view to carrying out checks and inspections on imported fishery products from third countries in the context of the implementation of the fisheries legislation.

2. With presidential decrees issued by the Ministries of Administrative Reform and Electoral Governance, Economic and Development, Competitiveness and Shipping, other Special Reserved Services may be recommended. 'Fishery Control Products' which operate in other places of entry of fishery products from third countries.

3. Presidential decree issued with a proposal of the Ministers for Administrative Reform and Electric Governance, Economic and Development, A-Decrease and Shipping define the organization, structure and staffing of the above Services as well as any other relevant issues.

4. Fishologists in the IP and TE of the various sectors (for the Directorate-General for Fisheries, the Digiologian IP4 and Techniques of Ichthyrology-Fisheries TE5 and for other operators, the respective branches, as they refer to their respective bodies), As well as the staff of other specialties serving in the Directorate-General for Fisheries and the Special Disabled Services of the General Secretariat for Maritime Affairs of the Ministry of Development, Competitiveness and Maritime Affairs, Fisheries Services of the Regional Unions and Regional Administration Fisheries Services of the decentralised Administration and of the Self-administration and engaged in checks and inspections of the activities of the fishery and fishery products of the fishery and importation of them, by artificial aquatic production In accordance with Article 3 (2) of Regulation (EC) No 3191/ 1999, the Commission shall submit to the Council a proposal for a Council Regulation (EC) amending Council Regulation (EC) No 31911999 laying down detailed rules for the application of Regulation (EC) No 32541999 (OJ L 393, p. 1). Public health and safety at work, provided that they are carried out by service providers.

Article 207 Amendment of provisions for the Commission Planning

(v) the development of new technologies. 2932/2001)

1. The par. The second part of Amendment No 3 of the second paragraph of Article 9 ), as amended by Regulation (EC) No 2932/2001 (1 145), as added to the Annex. Article 35 of the EC Treaty 3153/2003 (A΄ 153), is replaced by the following:

' 3. For the purposes of drawing up the positive opinion or the negative decision on the preliminary determination of the Environmental Requirements, all the legal instruments provided for in Article 3 (2). A special case of the p. 4014/2011, the opinion of the Committee on Development and Development is required. If it is not selected by the sub-entity, the process of issuing the PSURs dossier, for the adoption of an Environmental Terms of Environmental Approval, which is provided for in Article 3 (3). 2 b and 4 par. 3g of n. Regulation (EC) No 4014/2011 requires a consistent opinion of the Committee for the Design and Development of Lee, on the Study of Environmental Effects. This opinion shall replace the opinions of the competent services referred to in Article 14 (1). 2 of n. Regulation (EC) No 2971/2001 and Article 3 (2). In the process of the Pre-Arctic Determination of Environmental Requirements, a second indent. The deadlines provided for in Articles 3 and 4 of the Law The provisions of Regulation (EEC) No 4014/2011 are, as regards the provision of a consistent opinion from the ESA, indicative. '

2. Article 19 of n. 2932/2001 (Α145), as amended by Articles 35 and 44 of the Law. Paragraph 6 (6) is added as follows:

' 6. The decisions of the Committee for Planning and Development, with the exception of the decisions of paragraph 3, shall be published in the Official Journal of the European Communities. '

3. The regulatory decisions of the Committee on Development and Development of the Section of Tenth One-of the n. 2932/2001, not published in the Official Journal of the European Communities until the publication of this law, shall be ratified by a decision of the Ministry of Development, Competitiveness and Maritime, published in the Official Journal of the Government. These decisions are amended by a decision of the Committee on Development and Development, which is published in the Official Journal of the Government.

4. In par. 9 of the article of the first article of the article. (EC) No 2932/2001 is added as follows:

(c) Repairs of local character and maintenance work in the areas of competence of the AU shall be implemented in accordance with the provisions laid down by a decision of the Board of Directors, after receipt of the Project Directorate, which shall be notified to the Board of Directors. The following conditions are met in the Directorate-General for Directors of the General Secretariat of the General Secretariat of the General Secretariat of the General Secretariat of the General Secretariat of the General Secretariat of the General Secretariat.

The restoration of damage, damage or damage to the safety of workers and users caused by habitual use in the implementation of fundamental activities of the li-one or the li-cal establishment (loading and unloading) (v) the introduction of heavy goods vehicles;

64

(a) or, in exceptional circumstances (conditions, impact of ships, etc.), such as in particular cases (convulsions), such as damaged or damaged goods, and pre-peers, anode precipitates, equipments, etc. Need to be identified, local failures to shielding external acts (short-term), and (bb) do not modify them in any way.

(c) the budget expenditure budget for the expenditure of the Member States in accordance with the provisions of the Financial Regulation;

No more than EUR 100,000,00; more than VAT; and (d) are inextricably linked to the smooth and safe;

(i) the operation of the lignite or the lenient installation. For the start-up of repairs-re-enter -

The competent authorities of the Member State concerned shall require the competent authorities of the competent authorities of the competent authorities. '

Article 208 Conclusion of provisions relating to projects.

After par. Article 2 of the second paragraph of Article 2 of the Paragraph 3a (3a) of Regulation (EEC) No 2688/1999 is hereby added:

' 3a. Repairs of local character and maintenance tasks in the area of competence of the F.L.P. SA are executed in accordance with the relevant provisions, by decision of the Board of Governors of the LP, following a recommendation from the Project Directorate, (a) the purpose of the maintenance of existing equipment is to ensure that the following conditions are met: (a) the purpose of maintaining an existing equipment is to be notified to the Secretariat of the General Secretariat of the General Secretariat of the General Secretariat.

The restoration of damage, damage or damage to the safety of workers and users caused by habitual use in the implementation of fundamental activities of the li-one or the li-cal establishment (loading or unloading). (a) and the circulation of heavy vehicles, de-embarkation, normal weather phenomena, etc.) or by emergency situations (ships'impact, ships' impact, etc.), such as, in particular, subduding (caves), nature of damage or damage to cramps, and Pre-vectors, seat-offs, equipments which need to be replaced, local Shielding failures; (b) not in any way modify them in any way; (b) non-shielding failures;

(c) the budgetary cost of the payment of the expenditure incurred by the Member States;

No more than EUR 100,000,00; more than VAT; and (d) are inextricably linked to the smooth and safe;

(i) the operation of the lignite or the lenient installation. For the start-up of repairs-re-enter -

The competent authorities of the Member State concerned shall require the competent authorities of the competent authorities of the competent authorities. '

Article 209 Conclusion of provisions relating to projects.

2. After par. The Committee of the Rules of 2688/1999, as replaced by Article 32 of the Law. 3153

2003 (1 153), paragraph 3a is added as follows: 3a. Repairs-with local character and

Maintenance activities in the area of competence of the OTHS SA are carried out in accordance with the relevant provisions, by decision of the Board of Directors of O.L.T. SA following a recommendation from the Directorate for Works, which is notified to the Directorate The following conditions are met: (a) the purpose of the maintenance of existing equipment is to ensure that the following conditions are met:

The restoration of damage, damage or damage to the safety of workers and users caused by habitual use in the implementation of fundamental activities of the li-one or the li-cal establishment (loading or unloading). (a) and the circulation of heavy vehicles, de-embarkation, normal weather phenomena, etc.) or by emergency situations (ships'impact, ships' impact, etc.), such as, in particular, subduding (caves), nature of damage or damage to cramps, and Pre-vectors, seat-offs, equipments which need to be replaced, local Shielding failures; (b) not in any way modify them in any way; (b) non-shielding failures;

(c) the budgetary cost of the payment of the expenditure incurred by the Member States;

No more than EUR 100,000,00; more than VAT; and (d) are inextricably linked to the smooth and safe;

(i) the operation of the lignite or the lenient installation. For the start-up of repairs-re-enter -

The competent authorities of the Member State concerned shall require the competent authorities of the competent authorities of the competent authorities. '

Article 210 Conclusion of provisions on railway projects

(n. 2971/2001)

Article 18 of the Law Paragraphs 4 and 5 are added as follows: 2971/2001 (1 285)

' 4. Repairs-with local character and maintenance work in existing and li-integrated installations are carried out in accordance with the provisions laid down in the decision of the General Secretariat of the Council of Ministers. Ministry of A-Development, Competitiveness and Maritime Affairs, referred to in paragraph 2, following the submission of a request by the management body and the transfer of one or the licensy establishment, provided that the following are cumulative: (a) the purpose of maintaining an existing equipment;

The restoration of damage, damage or damage to the safety of workers and users caused by habitual use in the implementation of fundamental activities of the li-one or the li-cal establishment (loading or unloading). (a) and the circulation of heavy vehicles, de-embarkation, normal weather phenomena, etc.) or by emergency situations (ships'impact, ships' impact, etc.), such as, in particular, subduding (caves), nature of damage or damage to cramps, and Pre-commuters, seat-offs, equipment requiring a -

65

(b) do not change in any way to the extent that they are not modified in any way, or if they are not modified in any way.

(c) the budgetary cost of the payment of the expenditure incurred by the Member States;

No more than EUR 100,000,00; more than VAT; and (d) are inextricably linked to the smooth and safe;

(i) the operation of the lignite or the lenient installation. For the start-up of repairs-re-enter -

This paragraph shall require the police authority of the competent authority of the competent authority referred to in paragraph 3.

5. Decision of the General Secretariat of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the Ministry of Development, Addendum and Shipping, by way of derogation from paragraph 2, shall also be implemented in existing lignated or semi-natural installations. (a) Equipment and operations aimed at the disposal of local character (s) in accordance with the provisions of this Regulation;

(ii) the creation of a substandard, small area of facilities for the service of passengers and workers, such as water coolers, shadovers, its chemical-altets, A.T.M. Banks, machine tools, equipment and labelling for (b) The installation of safety systems with a target

Compliance with the requirements of the International Ship and Port Facility Security Code (International Ship and Port Facility Security). Council Regulation (EC) No 3622/2007 (A284), the Schengen Agreement, the Schengen Agreement (EC) No 725/2004, the European Directive 2005/65 on the improvement of the safety of ships, the port facilities and the laying-up of similar measures and years of planning A - Lee Mental Installations (S.A.L.E.) elaborated on the basis of the Liability Assessment Study (A.L.I.E.), such as mobile fences, e-state of control guards, placement and surveillance of starches, protectors And other minor developments with which they are not modified, or The current geometric characteristics of the lymph nodes or the lymphatic events are altered and their function does not interfere.

For the purpose of carrying out the work of this document, the competent authority of the competent authority of the competent law of the Member States shall be required to do so. '

Article 211 Placing of protective nets

The installation by the management bodies of the protective nets (floating barriers), the provisions of paragraph 23/2000 (18) for the protection of coasts and marine bathing waters (containment and restraint systems) Water catchment areas, located outside NATURA 2000 areas, may be used for seasonal use with the permission of the competent authority of the competent authority, without any closure to the pygma.

Article 212 Amendment of Article 13 of b.w. 14/1939

The case with the par. (2) Article 13 (2) (2) (2) (2), (2), (2), (2), (2), (2), (2), (2), (2), 1 of Article 4 of Law 158/1969 (1 63) is replaced by the following:

(e) Implementation of a project or a general commitment or a general commitment of a total amount of EUR 500 for each expenditure and up to an annual total cost of EUR 3 000. '

Article 213 Maritime sector of the Fund

1. Paragraph 1 of Article 27 of the Law. 3863/2010 (1 115) is replaced by the following:

' 1. From 1.4.2012 the supervision of the Hellenic Navy (N.A.T.), of the Territory of the Territory of Naval (K.E.A.D.), of the Capital of Unemployment-A-strong Naval (K.A.A.D.), of the Prefecture of the United States of America, of the United States of America, of the United States of America. The Non-Proportionment of the Enlightenment of Merchant Shipping (IFRIC), of the Hestia of Naval (E.N.), of the Special Family Crew Account (E.L.O.R.E.), of the Capital of West (K.D.) and of the Territory of Staff Insurance Office for Official Publications of the European Union (TEAFC), held by the Ministry of Labour and Social Security. The competence and the, post-clearance recovery of the

(i) accounting, management of the specific accounts "Maritime Education Chapter" (K.N.E.) and "Chapter of the Office" (CCS) is carried out as of 1.4.2012 by the Directorate for Maritime Training of the General Secretariat of the Marine and of the Navigator Service. Of the Secretary-General of the Ministry of Development, the Ministry of Development, Competitiveness and Maritime Affairs. By a joint decision of the Development Ministers, Ada -

The Committee of the Committee of the Environment, Public Health and Consumer Affairs and the Committee on the Environment, Public Health and Consumer Protection, and the Committee on the Environment, Public Health and Consumer Protection, and the Committee on the Environment, Public Health and Consumer Protection and the Committee on Economic and Monetary Affairs and Industrial Policy.

2. Paragraph (b) of Article 3a of Regulation (EEC) No 792/1978, as inserted by Article 1 of the Law. Decision No 1085/1980, as follows:

'(b) From the total' actual maritime service 'on ships of a tonnage of more than 10 °, at least five years' actual maritime service ' shall be carried out over a period of not more than three years. '

3. Tables I and II set out in Annex A to Article 32 of the Law. 2166/1993 (1 137) and relate to the amount of the one-off benefit granted by the FTE-EN and TRIPEN respectively, to their insured persons, it is replaced by the Tables contained in ANNEX X of this law and are the basic tables On which the surcharge of the lump sum awarded as the entry into force of this law is calculated or to be allocated to the future.

66

Article 214 Amendment of provisions concerning marine standards

Article 205 of the EEC Treaty 3816/1958 ('32 '), as amended by Article 1 (2) of Regulation (EEC) No 38161958. 15 of n. Regulation (EEC) No 1711/1987, as follows:

' Article 205 They shall be pre-existing on board the ship and the fare and

(i) the following requirements shall be made only: (a) the navigability related to the navigation;

At the same time, the Court of Justice of the European Communities, the Court of Justice of the European Communities, referred to the Court for a preliminary ruling two questions on the interpretation of Article 3 (1) of Council Regulation (EC) No 1726/1999 (OJ L 145, 5.6.1999, p. 1). European Maritime Labour Office in favour of the Capital of Unemployment and Sickness Funds (K.A.D.), (b) on the basis of a work experience, are required;

(c) the costs and benefits of the seagoing assistance, as well as of the master and the crew as well as from the ship's side of the ship to the last one;

(d) due to the collision or impact of vessels;

Vessels, passenger and cargo are sent to vessels. The provisions shall precede the case. '

Article 215 Exemption of Unworks.

From the obligation to pay a special levy

In par. Article 29 of the EC Treaty 3986/2011 (1 152), as amended by: Article 38 (5) of the Law The following subparagraph is added: 4024/2011 (1 226), the following subparagraph is added:

' From the obligation to pay a special levy, the long-term unemployed seafarers who are registered in the lists of offers to be registered for the Office of the Maritime Labour Office (LFS), to whom the Include the relevant lists of members of the Association of Lee Members operating as its annexes, as well as those receiving an unemployment benefit from the said institution, e-as at the time of attestation they do not have any real income. '

Article 216 Housing of the General Secretariat of the Aegean and

Island Policy

At the end of the case, her par. Article 3 of the Law The following is added to 3130/2003 (A-76):

"The above also apply to the General Secretariat of the General Secretariat of the Aegean and the Island of Greece."

Article 217 Costs for the defence and civil education policy of the General Secretariat of the Marine and General Secretariat of the Ministry of Education and the General Secretariat

Policy, Ministry of Development, Competitiveness and Shipping

(Parliament adopted the resolution) Article 53 of the EC Treaty 2935/2001 (Α162) is replaced by the following:

' The costs of defence and policy for the treatment of staff referred to in the preceding subparagraph shall be determined by a presidential decree on the proposal of the Minister for Development, Competitiveness and Maritime Affairs. Until the adoption of this Presidential decree, the provisions of (1) 2007 (1 11), as is the case at a time, are applied accordingly. '

Article 218 Repeal of H.E. with the Committee of the Regions

MARITIME TRAINING INSTITUTE. '.

From the publication of the present law, the company is abrogated with the "QUALITY OF INSTRUCTURE INSTRUCTION INSTRUCTURE". In the case of the Court of Justice of the European Communities, the Court of Justice of the European Communities, the Court of Justice of the European Communities, is supervised by the Ministry of Development, Defence and Shipping, and the provisions of Articles 1 to 7 of the Law. Regulation (EC) No 3490/2006 (A΄ 206), which provides for the establishment, competence, organs and other matters governing its overall operation. The Greek public will be subject to the rights and obligations of the repealed company.

Article 219 Institute of Merchant Marine History

The par. Article 83 (4) of Regulation (EEC) No 792/1978 (2), replaced by paragraph 4 of Article 83 of Regulation (EEC) No 792/1978. Article 39 of the EC Treaty The following shall be substituted for 2008/1992 (Part 16):

' 4. The opposite of the printed forms, which shall be determined each time by decision of the Governing Council, approved by the supervising Minister. A further 10 % (10 %), of which 50 % (50 %), is charged in favour of the Institute of Public Maritime History, which is the subject of an additional levy of 10 % (10 %). It is located in Piraeus and was established by Article 32 of the Law. 2638/1998 and fifty percent (50 %) is attributed to the Maritime Museum of Greece."

Article 220 Procurement procedures of public service

1. Article 8 of n. 2932/2001 (1 145), as a result of the replacement of paragraph 5 of this article in Article 6 of the Law. Having regard to the Treaty establishing the European Economic Community, and in particular Article 27 thereof, Having regard to the Treaty establishing the European Economic Community, and in particular Article 113 thereof,

67

Having regard to the Treaty on European Union, 3153/2003 (1 153), paragraph 3 of Article 19 of the Law. 3409/2005 (A-273), as follows:

' Article 8 Procurement procedures of public service

1. If no declaration is made for the registration of a vessel in accordance with the provisions of Article 4 (3) and (5), as is the case at any time or any of the notifications which have been submitted, do not satisfy the requirements of those provisions or do not satisfy the requirements of Article 4. In the interests of continuity and regularity of the network of passenger transport, the full service of the transport project, the quality and the quality of services provided in such cases, the Minister May conclude a contract or contracts for public service contracts of three to five years' duration For the exclusive service of a specific line or line.

2. The Ministry, by 30 April of each year at the latest, with an invitation to be published in the Official Journal of the European Communities, shall be posted to the website of the Ministry on the Internet and published in a summary, including Having regard to the Treaty establishing the European Economic Community, and in particular Article 100a of the Treaty establishing the European Economic Community, and in particular Article 100a thereof, On the basis of the conclusions of the Committee of the European Parliament, the Council and the European Parliament, the Council and the Commission, shall be responsible for the implementation of this programme.

3. The invitation shall specify the deadline for the expression of interest, the schedule or lines, the procedure, the institution and criteria for the application of the interests concerned, the required characteristics of the ship or vessels, any obligations for the event, For the duration of the contract, the duration of the contract, the obligations, obligations, conditions ensuring that regular schedules and transport safety are carried out, the changes to the terms of the contract, or (i) a guarantee with a guarantee, the reasons for a partial or total impact, the gradual phasing-out of The duration of the contract for the performance of the contract to the guarantor, the penalties for infringements of the shipowner's obligations and the freight forwarder.

4. The terms of the call for the conclusion of a contract of public service, the terms of the contract signed between the Minister and the shipowner, determine how to conclude, as well as the specific legal framework. (b) the provision of services and arrangements for the provision of such services.

5. In the event that the procedure of the preceding paragraphs has been complied with, no proposals have been submitted or the proposals submitted do not meet the requirements of the invitation to paragraph 3 and no statements have been made. In accordance with paragraph 5 of Article 4, which satisfy the needs of the tilt or line for which the invitation is concerned, it shall be opened, following an opinion by the Council of A-Tank Transport Council (SAA), a tender procedure;

To conclude a contract or contract award contracts of up to twelve (12) years, anti-Semitic.

6. The invitation to tender shall be invited by the shipowners, who themselves and their vessels shall have the conditions laid down in Article 3. The notice shall contain, on the basis of the information referred to in paragraph 3, all the essential elements set out in the provisions laid down for tenders in public tenders and tenders as defined in paragraph 2. The age of the vessel at the end of the 10-year period may not exceed twenty (20) year, as a result of a service delegation.

7. The terms of the contract notice for the contract for the contract award contract signed between the Minister for Development, Antitrust and Shipping and the shipowner, decide on the terms of the contract; Having regard to the Treaty establishing the European Economic Community, and in particular the specific legal framework for its implementation and the arrangements for the provision of such services.

8. An announcement shall be sent to the shipowner for the award of the competition. Without prejudice to the provision of Article 5 (1), Two of them. Two of them. Regulation (EEC) No 3886/2010 (first 173) is considered to be related to the announcement of the award, and is therefore conditional on the positive conclusion of the list provided for in paragraph 7 of Article 19 (19) d. 774/1980 (A-189) pre-contractual agreements The Court of Auditors, the Court of Auditors and the Court of Auditors, the Court of Auditors, the Court of Auditors, the Court of Auditors, the Court of Auditors, the Court of Auditors, the Court of Auditors and the Court of Auditors. The owner of the contraa shall be required to sign the contract in the time specified in the notice of award or in a separate document sent to him by the owner of the contract. A condition of the deposit of the relevant guarantee letter. The document of the contract is only evidence of a character. If the rights or some of them, which had been submitted for participation in the competition have expired at the time of the award, the shipowner, following an invitation to the competent authority, is obliged to take a decision before the Court of First A new franchisor, which will be in force at the time of the award.

9. For the period until the completion of the procedure of the competition (initial or repetitive) and the signature of the relevant contract document, the Minister for Development, Competitiveness and Shipping or authorised by him A body responsible for the service of transport needs, directly by signing a contract for a contract of public service, without the maintenance of a tendering procedure and by way of derogation from any other provision, For a ship which complies with the conditions laid down by the law, in respect of The dose should be increased. In this case, the Court of Auditors shall act in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 1 of Article 6 of the Treaty. NO 3755/2009 (52). If control by -

68

If the contract is not concluded, the contract shall be paid to the contraaor, which corresponds to the arrangements which he had already performed during the period up to the notification to the Ministry of the Act of the Clough or of his decision. On a case-by-case basis, the Court of Auditors shall, where appropriate, have been concluded until then, if the other conditions are included.

10. By decision of the Minister for Development, Competitiveness and Maritime Affairs, following a unanimous opinion of the Ferry Public Transport Council, the participation of public service contracts concluded with-by the conduct of a short-term tender, may Be extended, before their expiry, with the same either as a lump sum or other, for a period of up to four (4) months as a whole.

11. In the event of any failure to comply with the obligation of the owner of the shipowner or the defences of such execution for any reason, either in the course of either regular or forward-going arrangements or by any form of contract If, for reasons of social, economic and territorial cohesion or of the coverage of urgent transport, the Minister for Development, Competitiveness and Shipping can, even before the end of the year, be regarded as a public service. Declaration by the shipowner, delegating directly to the contract award procedure In the case of a public service, I am not subject to a tendering procedure and a derogation from any other provision, the conduct of the rails to a shipowner another vessel, which satisfies the conditions laid down by the law, in respect of non-member ship. The duration of the contract in this case is fixed at the latest by the beginning of the time-frame with a regular (forward or out-of-date) assessment, otherwise until the conclusion of an exclusive service contract (i) and in the event that such contracts are not concluded until the tender notice, the-when the provision of paragraph 9 has been applied. The principal is that of the initial contract concluded on the basis of a tender procedure, while in the other cases it is defined after an agreed opinion of the SSA. The provisions of the second and third subparagraphs of paragraph 9 shall apply in that case.

12. The article is applicable and on the lines served by a contract of public service.

13. In the contracts of public service, the provisions of paragraph 118/2007 (1 150), as is the case each time, are implemented as complementary and only on matters which are not regulated by the provisions of this Article, the terms of the invitation or Resulting in the case, as appropriate, and the terms of the contract. '

14. The provisions of Article 8 of the Law. Having regard to Council Regulation (EC) No 2932/2001 (1 145), as amended by this Article, are applicable to contracts for the award of public service contracts, which are concluded either directly or by means of invitations or notices issued and published after the initiation of the procedure. Of this Article, with the exception of the provisions of paragraphs 11 and 12, which apply to contracts concluded at any time. Council Regulation (EC)

Directly or following invitations to tender issued and published before the entry into force of this Article shall be governed by those conditions, the terms of the invitation or invitation, as appropriate, and the provisions of the Article. Eighth of n. 2932/2001 (1 145), in the version in force prior to this Article.

Article 221 Extension of completion time

The contractual obligation

The provision referred to in Article 17 of the Law 3887/2010 (A ' 174) a two-year extension of time for the fulfilment of the Contractor's contractual obligation to replace the contractual vessel with another higher-fray, and the duration of the contract, may be made by decision of the Secretary of State for Development, A Competitiveness and Maritime Affairs and following an opinion from the Liaison Committee (SAA), to be extended for a further three years from the end of the two-year period and, however, not beyond 31 December 2017, on request Of the contraaor, submitted before the expiry of the two-year period, and the same The guarantee letter of good execution, provided for in the contract, for a period equal to the length of the extension. This provision shall also apply to contracts concluded after the entry into force of Article 17 of the Law. Regulation (EEC) No 3887/2010 and until the entry into force of this Article and have not been resolved by then in any way.

Article 222 Complete liberalization of navigable waterways

Articles 1 to 4 of the Law Regulation (EEC) No 3872/2010 (1 148) is replaced by:

" Article 1 Conditions

1. The right to execute resources provided, in accordance with Article 165 (2). 3 (b) of the Code of Conduct for Maritime Law, which was ratified by the article of Law 187/1973 (A261), in ships with a Community-wide and important European Economic Area (E.O.C.), is also provided for ships with third-country countries, Provided that the ships, which carry out the voyages, carry a capacity of more than 49 passengers and carry out a circular journey, between the Greek Greek and Greek and foreign and foreign nationals, with exclusive rights. The purpose of the sea recreation and tour of passengers against a single ticket (fare); and In the case of the permanent disembarkation of the occupants of the passengers. The duration of the trip is at least forty eight (48) hours. Also, the di-key is also provided in professional lifeboats with a transport capacity of at least 49 passengers.

2. The derogations provided for in Articles 2 and 3 of Council Regulation (EEC) No 122/1995 (1 75) from the designated areas to travel, as well as the conditions of security provided for in paragraph 23/1999 (A' 17),

69

That each time they apply, they shall also apply to vessels of third-country nationals carrying out navigating voyages in accordance with paragraph 1.

3. The shipowner or company which receives the ships referred to in paragraph 1 shall be liable for the recovery and payment of the fee provided for in paragraph 2B of Article 6 of the Law. (MILLION ECU)

Article 2 Complete

1. For the members of the crew, it is in accordance with the Greek law of assurance in the N.A.T., the interpretation of Article 1 shall take account of the provisions of Article 24 of the Law. Amendment No 3409/2005, as amended, applies. This paragraph shall also apply to vessels with a Community-wide and important European Economic Area (E.O.C.).

2. The employment of foreign seafarers on board, is regulated exclusively by the current provisions of the ship's point of view, as well as collective and/or individual contracts, regulated by the law of the ship and the ship. Country of origin of the seamen.

3. Foreign sailors, who are employed on board, are not charged with contributions to the NAT or any other Greek Insurance Fund and do not require the right to an insurance cover or another from these offices.

4. The shipowner or the company which receives the ships referred to in Article 1 (1) shall not be charged with contributions to any Greek Insurance Fund or by any other insurance or social charge for the purposes of Article 1 (1). The use of foreign seafarers.

Article 3 Penalties

Infringements of the provisions of this law and of the provisions of the legislation applicable to the performance of travellers, shall be imposed by the competent authorities of the Member States, the penalties provided for in the legislation provided for therein, and in particular Articles 42, 44, 45, 157 and 180 of the IMO Code of Conduct. '

Article 223 Supply of oil tankers of the Navigator Service

In par. Point 7 of Article 1 of n. 2286/1995 (1 19), as added to the para. Point 7 of Article 8 of. The following third paragraph is 2741/1999 (1 199):

' The procedure for the appointment of suppliers for the provision of petroleum products and a visa for the regularity of their prices, the navigators of the General Secretariat for the General Secretariat of the General Secretariat of the Ministry of Development, A-competition and Shipping, carried out by the competent Directorate of Procurement and Building Facilities of the General Secretariat of the Ministry of Maritime Affairs. The conduct of these competitions shall be:

The provisions of Articles 40 to 42 (d) 173/1990 (A) and (b) shall be applied in accordance with the same procedure. NO 2286/1995 (19). '

Article 224 Control of Control Control

E-portional vessels

1. For the purposes of the Services of the Official Journal of the European Union, which operates on a four-hour basis, a special working hours of the staff of the General Secretariat of the General Secretariat of the General Secretariat shall be established.

2. With the decision of the Minister for Development, Competitiveness and Shipping, they are regulated in terms of timetables, prisons and personnel licences in the preceding paragraph, as well as any other details. For the purposes of compensation for night work and for work on the Sabbath, on Sundays and public holidays, the relevant provisions shall apply.

Article 225 Student Training of AHN.

And to Greek ships

The case b of par. Article 20 of the EC Treaty 2638/1998 (1 204) is replaced by the following:

" Students and students of the United States Navy (EN), first and second maritime training periods that do not find employment for the performance of the practice in ships with Greek or foreign vessels. In the case of the United States Navy (NAT), they may be identified in ships with an important Member State of the European Union or a third country, non-compliance with the NAT, provided that such vessels will be in a logistical manner. In the one of the Greek axiomatic Navy (E.N.) of corresponding speciality. In the event that the following ships do not serve a Greek Honourable Member of the United States Navy, in exceptional circumstances, it is permissible to ensure that the communication of the student with the training officer in the field of training is guaranteed. English language. By decision of the Minister for Development, Competition -

The Committee of the Committee of the Environment, Public Health and Social Affairs and the Committee on the Environment, Public Health and Social Affairs and the Committee on the Environment, Public Health and Public Health and the Committee on the Environment, Public Health and Energy Trained on ships in Greek territory. '

Article 226 Extension of time limits

For projects referred to in par. Article 14 of the Law Having regard to Council Regulation (EC) No 2971/2001 (1 187) and executed until the publication of this law without a licence or a pass by the Court of Justice, NITD and O.T.A.C., as referred to in paragraphs 9 and 10 of Article 27 of the same application; To be submitted until 31.12.2013, subject to the conditions set out in that paragraph for its adoption.

70

Article 227 Replacement of par. Article 14 9

Of n. 2971/2001

The par. Article 14 of the Law Regulation (EC) No 2971/2001, as amended by: 9 with paragraph 7 of Article 14 of the Law. EUR 4002/2011 is replaced by the following:

' Cleaning-up of operating vehicles as envisaged by the study of the construction of the sewage treatment plants necessitated by losses of cargo-landed material but also other causes Accumulation of ferrous materials, impurities, etc. resulting from natural processes or evolve through natural processes, are permitted by decision of the General Secretariat of the Department of Development, Competitiveness and Maritime Policy of the Ministry of Development, Competitiveness and Maritime Affairs Which is issued at the request of the person concerned. A police licence is required for the commencement of the work by the competent legal authority of the region. The relevant licence shall also specify the manner in which the material which is to be discharged from the cleaning of the sea shall be determined. Licences for the manufacture and use of fixed-term contracts shall also apply to all the above uses. '

PART OF OTHER PROVISIONS

Article 228 Modification of provisions on technical requirements

And the translation activities

1. Article 1 of n. (') 3982/2011 (A143) is replaced by the following:

' The purpose of Articles 1 to 16 shall be to establish the conditions and conditions necessary for the pursuit of specific professional activities referred to in Article 3 and the requirements relating to the exercise of such activities. Activities relating to the establishment, implementation, operation and control of establishments which are carried out as professional activities. ';

2. The par. Article 2 of Article 2 of the Law 3982/2011 is replaced by the following:

' 3. 'Professional activities' means projects: (a) development of electrical and mechanical engineering; (b) monitoring of these studies; (c) implementation of the action; d) supervision and control of good practice; The installation, (e) surveillance, repair and maintenance, (f) handling equipment of the installation, (g) provision of technical services and the actual operation of installations. '

3. Article 2 of n. ECU 3982/2011 is added as follows:

' 5. Level of Professional Activity ": is the level which characterises the requirements for the pursuit of professional activities of (a), (b), (d) and (3) of Article 2 in a single installation and defined by (i) the extent, the scope, technological status and complexity of this professional activity;

Of the The Professional Activity Level specifies the professional qualification requirements for the performance of these professional activities. Differentiation of these requirements determines the number of levels of activity in a particular installation. The Professional Activity Level is an integer, which takes the values: 1, 2, 3, and 4, where the number 1 corresponds to the highest requirements."

4. The case (a) of par. Article 3 of the Law 3982/2011 is replaced by the following:

' Categories concerning the elaboration of the electrical and mechanical engineering studies, the supervision of the implementation of these studies, the implementation of the facilities, the supervision and control of the operation of the facilities, the Their surveillance, repair and maintenance, the handling of their equipment and actual installations. These installations concern: (aa) installations in industrial and craft industries, bb) with mineral and mineral extraction facilities, (c) installations for the extraction of crude oil and natural gas (d) production facilities and distribution facilities Electricity, gas and vapour, eu) electrical and mechanical engineering facilities for buildings, i.e. electrical grids and associated conditions, plumbing, cooling installations, gas and gas combustion conditions (g) other electro-logical installations, (g) other electrical installations (h) facilities for collection, processing and water supply; (ii) waste processing facilities; (ii) facilities for collection, processing and disposal of waste and materials; and materials and materials; Installations for the storage of hazardous materials, as well as the freezing or maintenance of vulnerable products. '

5. After article 4 of n. The following is added to 3982/2011:

' Article 4A Requirements for the establishment, extension, operation

And control of installations

1. The establishment, extension, operation and control of installations referred to in Article 3 (1) (a) of Article 3 shall be required in accordance with the level of professional activity or requirements for Issue of an installation or operating licence, in accordance with the provisions of Article 19, the development of electrical and mechanical engineering studies of an installation, the supervision and control of the performance of such studies, the supervision and control of the good functioning of the facility; Because of the circumstances and the actual installations on the premises.

2. Presidential decree issued in advance of the Minister for Development, Competitiveness and Shipping and the case-law of the competent authorities: (a) Establish such facilities and horizons;

(b) The requirements for drawing up the programmes are set out in the following:

Matchmaking and sound studies of a non-member state;

71

(c) Identifying the professional qualifications required for the performance of such studies, supervision and control of good operation for each installation and the facts of the case.

(d) The competent bodies of the regions shall be designated by the competent bodies of the Member States in accordance with the provisions of Article 3 (1) of the Treaty.

In accordance with Article 5 (1), the procedure and the supporting documents required for the exercise, renewal or extension of the authorisation to pursue professional activities referred to in the first subparagraph of Article 5 (1); (i) the pursuit of the activities in question, where the relevant conditions are met; (e) The matching of the licences applied for;

They shall be issued at the time of the adoption of this law and relating to the exercise of the professional activities referred to in the preceding subparagraph, in the case of professional licences or certificates of notice issued in accordance with this law. (f) The subject-matter of the underlying conditions, the

Referred to in Article 5 (11), as well as the case where appropriate. G) Any other relevant questions. ' 6. Article 16 of the Law 3982/2011 is replaced by

The following:

' Article 16 Repealed provisions

1. With the adoption of the presidential decrees referred to in Article 4 (4) and Article 13 (3), the provisions of the text shall be repealed, including the provisions of the Constitution and the Ministerial Decisions. Issued under the authority of the n. 6422/1934 (1 412), which otherwise set the requirements for the provision of professional activities for the professional activities of the (g), (f) and (g) of Article 2 (3) in the part concerning these issues.

2. With the adoption of the presidential decrees referred to in paragraph 2 of Article 4A, the provisions of the text shall be adopted, including the presidential decrees and decisions adopted in accordance with Article 4 (2) thereof. Financing of the budget. Article 2 (3) of Article 2 (3) of Article 2 (3) of Regulation (EEC) No 6422/1934, which regulates the matters relating to the licensing of professional activities in the case of professional activities, under Article 2 (3) and (3) of Article 2, with the exception of Article 1 (1) of the Law. 6422/1934 maintained in force. '

7. The par. Article 17 of the EC Treaty 3982/2011 is replaced by the following:

' 14. Applicant Authority: The Directorate for Development of the Regional ity concerned in accordance with the n. Regulation (EEC) No 3852/2010 (' ' 87) and in point 78/2006 (' ' 80), the Development and Coordination of the Ministry of Development, Competitiveness and Shipping in accordance with Law No 96/1973 (1 172), the Directorate for Petroleum Conservation, in accordance with paragraph 381/1989 ('168'), the local toll for transport and other activities, and their associations and their associations

According to the n. 2081/1992 (1 154) and the Greek Chamber of Commerce Greece in accordance with the presidential decree of 27.11/14.12.1926 (1 430). '

8. Paragraphs 3, 4, 5 of Article 24 of the Law. 3982/2011 is replaced by the following:

' 3. The Directorate for Development and Coordination of the General Secretariat of the Industry, the Directorate for Safety and Health at the General Secretariat of the General Secretariat of the Directorate-General for Regional Development, the Directorate for Regional Development, the chambers of commerce and industry, the Directorate-General for Regional Policy, the Directorate-General for Regional Policy and the Committee of the Regions. Technical Chamber of Greece shall be required on an electronic interface and in a mandatory integrated computerised system, in the framework of the licence and in electronic form the submission of applications, their electronic movement Between the relevant departments and their final processing and compliance Total license file.

4. The General Secretariat of the Industry, the General Secretariat for Energy and Climate Change and all the containers for the application referred to in paragraph 1 shall be assigned to a website, with a view to the updating of the undertakings concerned. In accordance with the procedures, the required supporting documents and the administrative acts and opinions required for the authorisation of the activities and activities.

5. By a joint decision of the Ministers of Internal Affairs and Development, Competitiveness and Maritime are defined as the specifications to be met by the selected People's Service Centres, how they operate, how it works. Completion of the information system in which the Directorate for Development and Coordination of the Directorate-General for Industry, Directorate-General for Energy, Directorate-General for Energy, Directorate-General for Energy, Directorate-General for Energy, Directorate-General for Energy, Directorate-General for Energy, Directorate-General for Energy, Directorate-General for Energy Development of the regional integrations, the Chambers of Commerce and the Technical Research Centre Greece and the way applications are handled within it. '

9. The last paragraph of par. Article 29 of the EC Treaty Shall be repealed and paragraph 7 of the same Article shall be replaced by the following:

' 7. The above precursor is a resource of the relevant region or of the Ministry of Development, Competitiveness and Maritime, or the Ministry of Surface, Energy and Climate Change, as described, and collected in accordance with the provisions. Of the Court of Justice of the Court of Justice. '

10. Article 29 of the Law. 3982/2011 is added paragraph 9 as follows:

' 9. When the Authorising Authority is the Directorate A-Development and Coordination of the Ministry of Development, Competitiveness and Maritime or the Directorate for Research of Petroleum products of the Ministry of Surface, Energy and Climate Change, operations That article shall be issued by the Minister concerned. '

11. The decisions to grant installation and operation permits issued by the organs of the Central Administration of the Ministry of Environment, Energy and Climate Change, during the period from 17.6.2011 until the entry into force of the Of this law, it shall be deemed to have been validly issued '.

12. In par. Article 43 of the EC Treaty Regulation (EEC) No 3982/2011 is hereby added as follows:

(i) Livestock farming activities, in particular through

72

Heat-growing crops, as well as support or support for their operation, where their products are processed within the Business Park from activities that are subject to the second part of this law. '

13. Before par. Article 64 of the EC Treaty The following sentence shall be added: 'From the entry into force of the existing law, the following shall be repealed:'.

14. Article 52 of the Law. New paragraph 11 is added as follows:

' 11. The contribution to property of real estate owners located at the Business Park Limits in accordance with the provisions of this law within the Region of Attica shall be calculated in the territory of the property, as determined by the act of application; (i) an adjustment to the 10 % (10 %) of the α-xia which is at the time of the adoption of the application. For the rest, the present Article shall apply. '

15. The second paragraph of paragraph 1. Article 56 of the EC Treaty 3982/2011 is replaced by the following:

"By decision of the Ministers for Economic and Monetary Affairs, Competitiveness and Shipping, the relevant procedure, the terms and conditions of participation therein, the method of determining and financing the project and any other relevant issues".

Article 229 Modernisation of professional laboratories;

Breweries operations

1. At the end of par. Article 16 of the EC Treaty The following indent shall be added 3325/2005 (' ' 68):

' (d) For professional laboratories and units, irrespective of the degree of nuisance which is established within the Organized Undertakings of Manufacturing and Business Activities as defined in paragraph 1. Article 41 of the EC Treaty Regulation (EEC) No 3982/2011 (' 143) allows modernisation in accordance with the specific conditions for the determination of the holder without any other definition. '

2. The breweries are allowed to produce and impair free spirit drinks as well as the water supply of water intended for human consumption, provided that they are equipped with suitable facilities and equipment for each activity to maintain its own self-determination. (a) the use of the common line for the embezzling of lizard, lizard products, and (b) the use of the common line for the imitation of products; and (b) the use of the common line for the emollization of products; Free alcohol and water alcohol, take place at a different time. Such projects may also be carried out in the case of factories operating under the system of tax warehouses. 2960/2001 and the resulting free alcohol products to be stored within them.

Article 230 Thems of the "National Accreditation System (E.P.S.) SA" And the liquidation of subsidiaries of subsidiaries

"National Agency for Small and Medium-sized Enterprises and Handicraft S.A."."

1. Subparagraphs a, b, c and d of paragraph 2

Article 16 of n. 3066/2002 (A-252), is replaced by:

' (a) The Board of Directors shall consist of five (5) members, defined by a joint decision of the Ministers for Economic and Development, Competitiveness and Maritime Affairs, which are:

(1) The President, who is also the President of the National Accreditation Board.

(2) The Managing Director. (3) A representative of the General Secretariat of the General Secretariat.

Handiwork of the Ministry of Development, Competitiveness and Shipping.

(4) A representative of the Business and Industry Association, with experience in the company's activities.

(5) A representative of the Hellenic Association of Approved Inspectors-Certification or a representative of the Hellenic Laboratory of Laboratories, which are appointed alternately in each term. B) The members of the Board of Directors are appointed for a five-year term, with

The possibility of renewal. The Executive Board shall be composed of executive, non-executive and independent executive members. The provisions of Articles 3 (1) and 4 (1) and (2) of the Law Regulation (EC) No 3016/2002 (A110) shall apply mutatis mutandis. The Vice-President and the Secretary-General of the Board shall be appointed by the Management Board at its first meeting. As a Secretary of the Board of Directors, a member of the Board of Directors or a Legal Adviser of the company. (c) The President, the Chief Executive and the Members

The Board of Directors of the company must be graduates of a Higher Education Institution or a foreign national, to have a documented experience on accreditation or quality accreditation or laboratory tests or certification. And to know very well the English or French or German languages. The status of President and Managing Director may occur in the same person. In the event of identification of the two properties in the same person, a member of the Board of Directors shall be a elected representative of the workers. (d) The reimbursement of the President, Vice-President,

The Governing Council, the members of the Executive Board and of the Board of Directors shall be determined by a decision of the Inter-Ministerial Committee for the Parties to the European Union, in accordance with the provisions of the Statute of the Council of Ministers. This is not the case, Mr President. 3429/2005 (314). '

2. At the end of par. Point 5 of Article 16 of n. New verses are added as follows: 4038/2012 (Part 14)

' The liquidators may be natural or legal persons and are not prosecuted, not subject to personal detention, nor do they have any civil or other individual liability for debts of the liquidators to the public, or institutions Social A-error irrespective of the time of attestation. '

3. The par. Point 14 of Article 16 of n. 4038/2011 is replaced by:

" By decision of the Minister for Development, Competitiveness and Shipping, it is possible to set up every single detail and procedure for the performance of the liquidations, the payments of liquidators, the closing of the close operational costs of the Liquidated in the event of their cover from the liquidation proceeds and any other relevant issue for the application;

73

In the application of this Article. The decision referred to in the preceding subparagraph shall also be compatible with the Ministry of Finance, provided that expenditure is incurred at the expense of the State Budget. '

Article 231 Modification of provisions for installation

The Committee of the European (3526/2007)

The par. Article 5 of the Law Regulation (EEC) No 3526/2007 ('), as amended by Article 15 of the Law 3853/2010, object as follows:

' 1. The installation of a search may be either self-contained and independent in the form of a small group of food products or supermarkets, separated, in this case, by permanent construction. If this facility is a mixed list of food products or an overmarket of food, it may be located in or out of the-or the hypermarket for food as a self-contained and independent space. The site of the establishment of a search for

It shall take: the storage of intermediate products of bakers, a preparation for the preparation of these products for the purpose of baking, the furnace room, the site of the intermediate products of bakers, after they have been cooked, at the temperature of the environment and Packaging. These spaces shall not be allowed to form part of a basement or compartment. If the firing termination facility is this -

A final and independent deposit is required to have a locker and a latrine, with its predecessor and bath of workers, with the surface and specifications defined, in each case, by the provisions of the Rules of Procedure. And the underlying health provisions. A decision of the Secretary of State for Development, Competitiveness and Maritime is set up to inform the public from the point of view of the provision of such intermediate products (bake off).

Article 232 Restrictive obligations SA and H.P.E. for the publication of acts and data

1. Where to Mr. Law 2190/1920 and to n. 3190/1955 prior to publication in other forms, other than the FEC/TAO-EIA and the General Secretariat, it may be replaced by a suspension of the financial transactions and data on the website of the company, provided that the latter has been registered In the Merida of Divine. For the purpose of posting the above acts and elements on the company's website, the relevant Registry shall be informed without delay. Time limits associated with publication in other forms other than FEC/TAO-EIA and General Secretariat are deemed to be initiated or initiated by the day the company announced in the register of posting on the website.

2. If the company does not have a website or has not divided it into its Merida, the publications of the preceding paragraph shall be published, in addition to the PEC/TAO-EIA and the General Secretariat, and in one of the daily financial markets of pan-European traffic.

Article 233 Setting-up of the Competition Committee

(n. The Court of Justice of the European Court of Justice of the European Union 3912/2011)

1. The par. Article 39 of the EC Treaty 3959/2011 (1 93) is hereby replaced by the following:

' 5. Without prejudice to the criminal penalties provided for in Article 44, it shall be imposed by a decision of the Competition Committee in undertakings, undertakings or those who, in any way, provide or impede the investigations of the undertakings concerned. 1, 2 and 3, as well as undertakings, associations of undertakings or those who refuse to do so in the investigations, to show the books, data and other documents and to dance copies or to break them, At least fifteen (15,000) euro with a maximum of 1 % of its turnover Of the previous use, as calculated in accordance with Article 10 in each of the persons and for each infringement. In assessing the protection, in particular, taking into account the seriousness of the case, the value of the acts and their impact on the outcome of the investigation. '

2. Article 44 of the Law. 3959/2011 added paragraph 7 as follows:

' 7. With a minimum of six (6) months in prison: a) Anyone who is obstructing or making difficulties with any other person;

(b) Anyone who denies or impedes the provision of the provisions of this law shall carry out investigations into the application of the provisions of this law in accordance with Article 39 of the Rules of Procedure, in particular through the provision of signs or concealment.

Article 38 information. (c) Anyone who provides, in breach of the provisions

Articles 38 and 39, knowingly, false information or concealing evidence. (d) Anyone who refuses, though he has been called upon to do so;

In accordance with Article 39 (1), (2) and (3) of Article 39, an official of the Competition Committee or other authority responsible for the control of an institution, to make a deposit or stand before it in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 1 (c) 39; and whoever, during his/her possession, knowingly testifies false or refuses or hides the truth."

3. The par. Article 50 of the EC Treaty 3959/2011 is replaced by the following:

' 4. By decision of the Ministers for Economic Affairs and Development, Competitiveness and Maritime, which is published by 1 July 2012, the revenue of the State Budget shall be made up to 80 % of the accumulated surplus of the Competition Committee; In accordance with the information available on 31 December 2011. For the calculation of the surplus, the amount entered in the budget code of the Commission for the purchase of a building shall be calculated.

Article 234 Amendments to Articles 99 et seq.

Of the bankruptcy code

1. At the end of par. Article 99 of the EC Treaty 3588

74

2007 (1 153), as this article was replaced by Article 12 of the Law. The following subparagraph is added: 4013/2011 (1 204):

The new consolidation process for the same debtor is not permitted if there is no past five years after the validation of an earlier resolution agreement, except in the case of an agreement ratified in accordance with Article 106b. '

2. At the end of par. Article 100 of the EC Treaty Regulation (EEC) No 3588/2007, as amended by Article 12 of the Law. Having regard to Council Regulation (EEC) No 4013/2011, the following subparagraph shall be added: 'The debate may be attended by the workers' representative '.

3. The par. Article 101 of the EC Treaty Regulation (EC) No 3588/2007, as amended by Article 12 of Law No 3588/2007, was added to Article 12 of the Law. 4013/2011, replaced by the following:

' 1. The bankruptcy court, in so far as it provides that the achievement of the agreement is possible, that there are any expectations of the success of the proposed remedy and that the collective satisfaction of creditors does not harm the collective satisfaction of the creditors, as defined in the article. 99 para. 2, decides on the opening of the resolution procedure for a period of not more than two (2) months after the decision has been delivered and, where appropriate, an ombudsman, in accordance with Article 102. The President of the Bankruptcy Court may act on a request from the debtor, the ombudsman or creditor to extend that period for one (1) even. '

4. After the first paragraph of par. Article 102 of the EC Treaty Regulation (EC) No 3588/2007, as amended by Article 12 of Law No 3588/2007, was replaced by Article 12 of the Law. 4013/2011, the following subparagraph is added:

' The preceding subparagraph may be applied anally and at the request of a creditor, if the Ombudsman does not exist, or the Ombudsman does not inform the court, although he is satisfied that the conditions of the Court of Justice are fulfilled. Revocation. '

5. At the end of par. Article 103 of the EC Treaty Regulation (EEC) No 3588/2007, as amended by Article 12 of the Law. The following subparagraph is added to 4013/2011:

' The tribunal may order the necessary positions to be maintained until the recovery plan is confirmed or rejected. '

6. The par. Article 103 of the EC Treaty Regulation (EC) No 3588/2007, as amended by Article 12 of Law No 3588/2007, was added to Article 12 of the Law. 4013/2011, replaced by the following:

' 5. Exceptions may be made to the precautionary measures in the previous annexes if there is a significant social reason, such as for example, in order to be paid into creditor amounts for the purpose of this diet or their family. Or to satisfy other persons' maintenance requirements. Requirements for employees shall not be taken by the preventive measures unless the institution extends the suspension of paragraph 1 and these requirements for a great reason and for a given time specifically referred to in the Decision. '

7. Article 103 of the Law. Regulation (EC) No 3588/2007, as amended by Article 12 of the Law, has been replaced by Article 12 of the Law. A new paragraph 7 is added as follows:

' 7. Preventive measures ordered in accordance with this Article or any provisional order that has been issued shall cease to apply after two (2) months after the reorganisation process has been opened in accordance with

Article 101 ' 8. The deadline of six (6) months indicated

In point 1 of paragraph 1 of Article 106e of the n. Regulation (EC) No 3588/2007, added by Article 12 of n. Regulation (EC) No 4013/2011 is amended as a deadline of three (3) non-Member States.

9. In par. Article 106e of the EC Treaty Regulation (EC) No 3588/2007, added by Article 12 of n. 4013/2011, the following is added as follows:

' i Payment of supplementary amounts to be paid out in the event of an improvement in the financial position of the debtor. The agreement should define precisely the conditions for the payment of these amounts. '

10. The par. Article 106e of the EC Treaty Regulation (EC) No 3588/2007, added by Article 12 of n. 4013/2011, replacing it as follows:

' 3. The non-compliance with the reorganisation agreement by the debtor may be regarded as a resolutionof the reorganisation agreement or as a reason for its termination. The other shall apply the rights of each creditor in the ordinary law in cases where the obligations of the obligor that are incurred or comply with the agreement, as well as the most recent or incomplete fulfilment, shall apply. In the case of complaints or complaints, including complaints or complaints. '

11. Article 106f of the. Regulation (EEC) No 3588/2007, added to Article 12 of the Law. 4013/2011, add new paragraph 6:

' 6. For the purposes of the discussion of the application, a trial period shall be determined by means of its submission. '

12. Article 106h of the. Regulation (EC) No 3588/2007, as amended by Article 12 of Law No 3588/2007, was added to Article 12 of the Law. (a) Article 106h (3) shall be replaced by the following:

As follows: ' 3. With the ratification of the Agreement: (a) The prohibition or the impediment shall be automatically lifted.

The issue of cheques which had been imposed on the debtor before the start of the consolidation process.

(b) The prosecution of the pleadings of the blank cheque and those referred to in Article 25 of the Law shall be suspended. Regulation (EEC) No 1882/1990 (2), as well as the delay in the payment of debts owed to the parties, provided that the above transactions have been completed prior to the submission of the application under Article 100. The suspension shall not be subject to the period laid down in Article 113 (3) of the Penal Code and shall be valid for as long as the fulfilment of its obligations arising from the consolidation agreement is envisaged. Under the condition of the long-term fulfilment of the agreements.

(c) a new paragraph 4 is added, which shall be:

' 4. In the event of full and long-term fulfillment of the obligations of the debtor arising from the consolidation agreement, the offences referred to in paragraph 3 of this paragraph shall be eliminated. '

(d) Paragraph 4 is referred to in paragraph 5. 13. The provisions of the Sixth Chapter of the Conditions of

The Code, as amended by the present law, shall apply to resolution procedures which have been

75

Is already started at the start of the application. The deadline of two (2) months of paragraph 1

Article 101 of the Code, such as that paragraph is replaced by the present law, does not occur before the expiry of a period of one month from the date of entry into force of this law, except in the case of the four (4) months provided for in the Code. In the case of paragraph 1, it shall be supplemented earlier.

Article 235 Transfer of the General Secretariat for Consumer Affairs to the Ministry of Development, Competitiveness

And Marine

As from 1.6.2012: (a) All the responsibilities, positions and staff;

The General Secretariat for Consumer Affairs (e.g. 197/1997, A-156, in conjunction with Article 2 (d) 185/2009), transferred to the Ministry of Labour and Social Security in accordance with paragraph 1 of Article 2 (1) (b) Where in Article 9 of the Law No 96/2010 (1 170) is hereby transferred to the Ministry of Defence, Competitiveness and Shipping. Regulation (EEC) No 3892/2010 (1 189)

The Ministry of Labour and Social Affairs (Ministry of Development, Competitiveness and Maritime Affairs) (c) The General Secretariat for Consumer Affairs

In its work the following services of the General Secretariat of the Ministry of Development of the Ministry of Development, Antitrust and Shipping, in accordance with the provisions governing: aa) The Office of Legal Adviser and bb) The Office of the President of the Court of Auditors (d) The expenditure of the General Secretariat for Consumer Affairs

(e) The General Secretariat of Consumer Affairs is hereby appointed, cleared and suspended by the Board of Directors of the Ministry of Development of the Ministry of Development, A-Competition and Shipping. E) The General Secretariat for Consumer Affairs is hereby established.

The activities of the Ministry of Development, Advice and Shipping in the field of consumer protection and exercise the responsibilities of the Ministry of Development, Competitiveness and Maritime as beneficiary of actions in this area, in the context of The National Strategic Reference Framework (NSRF) within the meaning of paragraph 1. Article 1 (5) of the Law 3614/2007. A-from 1.6.2012, the General Secretariat of Consumer Affairs is in charge of the rights and obligations arising from the implementation of the activities of the General Secretariat of the Consumer for which the Special Committee has been designated. The European Social Fund (ESF) of the Ministry of Labour and Social Security. (f) In par. Article 1 (2) of the Law 3297/2004 (')

259), as amended and in force with effect. Article 16 of the EC Treaty 4013/2011 (1 204), the phrase "from the Minister of Labour and Social Security" is replaced by "from the Minister of Development, A-Decatency and Shipping".

Article 236 Administrative penalties for purchasing infringements

1. Article 3 of the Law 3668/2008 (1 115) is replaced by the following:

" Article 3 Procedure for the imposition of fines

1. A forecast of up to three thousand (3,000) euro provided for in Articles 1 and 2 of that law shall be made by the competent control bodies when the infringement is established.

2. If the provisions of the preceding paragraph exceed the amount of EUR 3 000 (EUR 3 000), it shall be taken by a decision of the Director of the service to which the audit bodies responsible for the infringement are subject. The audit bodies are required to submit, within five (5) working days from the date on which the complaint has been established, the relevant reports on the institutions responsible for enforcing the protection. The decision to impose fines shall be issued within a time limit of 10 (10) by the submission of the report and shall be notified to the offender without delay.

3. The administrative fines are imposed independently of any criminal prosecution. '

2. Article 8 of the Law EUR 3668/2008 is replaced by the following:

" Article 8 Administrative and judicial decision control

Application of the law

1. The decision to impose administrative fines for the actions referred to in Articles 1 and 2 of this law is subject to an eleventh appeal within a period of thirty (30) days from the day of its notification.

2. The admissible appeal shall be brought before the General Secretariat of the Central Bank in the context of which the infringement was established, provided that the finding was made by an audit body of the central or decentralised Administration. The institution which imposed the draft law must forward to the competent Secretary-General of the Central Bank a decision on this matter within a period of fifteen (15) days after the review of the action. The decision on appeal shall be issued within a time-limit of forty-five (45) from its exercise.

3. If the infringement has been established by an audit body of the Region or supervised by the institution, the admissible appeal shall be brought before the Head of the Region of the Region of which the infringement was established. The decision of the Chief Executive Officer on appeal shall be issued within a time-limit of forty-five (45) days following the application of the action, following an opinion from the Regional Committee for Regional Policy.

4. The Commission of the preceding paragraph shall be consulted and shall deliver its opinion within thirty (30) days of the application and

76

After having previously called in writing, at least five (5) working days before its meeting, the interested party to present its views. If the Commission does not adopt its decision within the time limit, the decision of the Regional Director shall be adopted without the opinion of the Commission.

5. The decision of the institution referred to in paragraphs 2 and 3 shall be brought before the competent Administrative Court of the Court of First Instance within the time limit laid down in Article 66 of the Code of Administrative Law. The admissibility of the application shall be subject to payment of an amount equal to 20 % of the applicable requirements. '

3. After Article 8 of the Law Article 8a (1) of Regulation (EEC) No 3668/2008 shall be added as follows:

' Article 8a

1. Subject to the provisions of Articles 5 (1) and 7 (10) of the Law. 2323/1995 (A145) to those who infringe the market provisions adopted pursuant to Articles 1, 1a, 2 and 35 of the Purchase Code, in addition to penal sanctions provided for in Article 30 (15) of that Code, In the case of the infringement, the Court of Justice of the European Union, the Court of Justice and the Court of Justice of the European Court of Justice and the Court of Justice of the European Court of Justice and the Court of Justice of the European Court of Justice and the Court of Justice of the European Court of Justice and the Court of Justice of the European Court of Justice.

2. Articles 3 and 8 shall apply to the imposition of fines of the preceding paragraph.

3. By decision of the Minister for Development, Competitiveness and Maritime Affairs, it shall determine, in particular, the level of protection imposed for each of the infringements or the category of infringements of paragraph 1, within the limits laid down therein; and It is possible to adjust any specific issue relating to the project.

4. The amounts of the fines referred to in paragraph 1 shall be collected in accordance with the provisions of the ICRC. (v. 356/1974, '90) and may be adjusted by a joint decision of the Ministers for Economic and Development, Competitiveness and Maritime Affairs'.

4. In n. (a) After the first subparagraph of paragraph 2 (a), the following amendments shall be made:

Article 9 of the Law Having regard to Council Regulation (EC) No 3728/2008 is hereby added as follows: " Especially in the case of the case, the competence of the Control Directorate for the imposition of fines shall be without prejudice to the respective competence of the Costing and Market Research Facility in accordance with the (b) After the first subparagraph of paragraph 2 of Article 10 (2) of this Act, the second subparagraph of Article 10 (2) (b). Article 10 2

Of n. Having regard to the Treaty establishing the European Economic Community, as amended by Regulation (EC) No 3728/2008, the following subparagraph shall be added as follows: ' The competent authorities shall be required to impose fines, in the event of the infringement, in breach of provisions in accordance with the legislation laid down in that legislation. '

Article 237 Merger of non-member companies O.K.A.A. SA

With ET.AN.A.E.

1. The antony company with the company " Company A -

Fisheries-ET.AN.AN.AA. Non-commercial and Industrial " with a register No 1016 /01NT/V/ 86/530 which is supervised by the Ministries of Competitiveness and Maritime and Rural Development and Food merges with absorption From the antony company with the association "of the Athens Management Central Market" (O.K. A. A. A. A. S. A. SA) with a register No 41867 /06 /B/98/45, supervised by the same Ministers.

2. The merger will be carried out by way of derogation from paragraphs 68-79a of Mr N. 2190/20 "Corporate Companies" and other relevant legislation with accounting of assets and liabilities as shown in the balance sheet. Merger control of the merged companies with the date of 30.11.2011.

3. The entirety of the assets and liabilities of the acquiring company, as shown in 31.1.2012, a report on the assessment of the value of the acquiring company of the Certified Accountants, Messrs. And Stairu Saloustu, which was made in accordance with Articles 1 to 5 of the Law. (1) Opinion on the proposal for a Council Regulation (EEC) amending Regulation (EEC) No 2166/1993 (1 137)

4. The share capital of the acquiring company of EUR 33.800.000,00 will be increased due to the confusion in the amount of the company's equity capital of EUR 146.500,00 EUR 400,00 by capitalisation of its reserves. A-by-parent company, while at the same time 113 new denominations of the absorbance, nominal value of EUR 1 300.00 each, will be given to the company being acquired so that its share capital is absorbed after the acquiring company. Total merger of the merger to be EUR 33.946.900,00 divided into 26.113 Nominal shares, nominal value of EUR 1 300,00.

5. The General Assembly of the acquiring company will be convened after the publication of this law in order to amend the "chapter on capital" article 3 of the company and any other relevant article required.

6. From 1.12.2011, all the transactions of the acquiring company are deemed to be carried out for the accounts of the acquiring company and the amounts of such funds are transferred with a consolidated subscription to its books.

7. The ownership and any other rights of the whole of the movable and immovable property of the company being acquired shall, after the whole of the merger, automatically, without the use of any type, act, or In the absorbing company OKA.A. S.A., without prejudice to the text of the relevant legislation, inheritance and legacy, which has the exclusive use and management of its assets. Removing and merging with a carrier, but also the responsibility for the protection; and The management of the file.

8. From the publication of this law, the FOD SA has been replaced by all the rights, obligations and legal relationships of the company, which is terminated without following a winding-up.

9. The transfer of the absorbed company is carried out by universal succession and court proceedings.

77

They continue to be self-employed by the absorbing company.

10. For the merger of the above companies, the provisions of Articles 1 to 5 of the Law are applied in respect of tax exemptions and facilities. THE COURT OF

11. Existing real estate services of the acquiring company are released within three months of the publication of this law.

12. The objectives of the acquiring company, as derived from Article 4 of its Statute (s), & H.P.E. 2062/7.10.2009), awarded by the publication of this law in the absorbing company of O.C.A.A. S.A.

13. As regards the staff of the merging companies, the provisions of Article 66 (2) of the Law shall apply. In addition, the provisions of Article 34 (6) and (7) of the EC Treaty. 4024/2011 (1 226).

14. The provisions laid down in the text of the Merger Regulation shall be deemed to be fulfilled by the publication of this law and the absorbed ET.AN.A.L. is deleted from the Registry.

15. The Management Board of the Participating Board shall be empowered to take all necessary steps to complete the merger.

Article 238 Amendment to the provisions of the Law of the European Union

Council of the European Union 4013/2011)

1. Article 2 of n. 4013/2011 (1 204) the following amendment is made:

The first subparagraph of paragraph 2 (b) shall be replaced by the following: " bb. It shall monitor and evaluate the collection, processing and publication in the Central Electronic Register of Non-Contracting Data from the Contracting Authorities and the competent public authorities in accordance with Article 11. '

2 a. In par. Article 4 of the Law The following subparagraph shall be added: 4013/2011.

' By decision of the Minister for Development, Competitiveness and Maritime Affairs and following a recommendation by the President, up to three of the full and exclusive members of the Committee may be appointed for this purpose in suspension of an exercise. Of any unpaid civil servants' function. ' Other: The par. Article 4 of the Law 4013/2011 diss -

Exists as follows: ' 3. The appropriations for the operation of the Authority

They are under the same code in the budget of the Ministry of Development, Competitiveness and Shipping. The financial management issues are regulated by the financial management regulation drawn up by the Authority and adopted by a presidential decree issued by the Minister for Economic Affairs. Until the adoption of this presidential decree, the staff and operational expenditure of the Authority will be borne by the budget appropriations of the Ministry of Development of Competitiveness.

And Shipping and supported by it. The Authority for its participation in the Investment Programme, in European or co-funded programmes, such as in the National Strategic Reference Framework (E-FMC) 2007-2013, may be funded through the collective project decision (SAE) of Ministry of A-Development, Competitiveness and Shipping. For the purpose of meeting the operational needs of the Authority on contracts subject to this law and concluded after the entry into force of the Authority, a total of 0,10 % is charged which is calculated on the basis of the value, except VAT, of the original; and Any supplementary contract. The amount of the reservation shall be retained by the contracting authority on the first payment in the name and on behalf of the Authority and shall be deposited with a special bank account managed by the Authority in accordance with the requirements of the Authority. Financial management regulation. These amounts fully cover the operating costs of the Inv. By a joint decision of the Ministers for Development, Competitiveness and Maritime Affairs and Economic and Financial Affairs, a recommendation from the Authority may be set out in respect of the time, method and procedure for the booking of such funds. The revenue accruing in this way in the year 2011 may be transferred and revenue from the Authority in 2012 by joint decision of the Minister for Economic Affairs and the Minister for Development, Competitiveness and Shipping.

3. Article 5 of the Law Paragraphs 4 and 5 are added as follows: 4013/2011 (A-204)

' 4. The par. Article 30 of the EC Treaty 2324/1995 applies to members of the Authority regularly and by-payment as well as to the staff of the Authority.

5. The members of the Authority shall regularly and deputise, and the staff of the Authority shall not be prosecuted and shall not be drawn up for an opinion in the performance of their duties, unless they have acted in full or in full or in breach of the confidentiality of the Authority. Information and particulars, which have been brought to their attention in the performance of their duties or have infringed the confidentiality of Article 26 of the Code of Conduct for civil servants and civil servants of the European Communities. (n. THE COMMISSION ADOPTED:

4. In par. Article 8 of the Law 4013/2011, the indent (b) is deleted and (c) is replaced by the following:

' (c) Exercises disciplinary authority over the staff of the Authority. '

5. Article 9 of the Law. 4013/2011 added paragraph 6 as follows:

' 6. (a) It is recommended that the Authority, which exercises the following responsibilities: (aa) supervises the Authority's services and coordination;

Living and directing their operations, (bb) is the administrative head of staff

(c) exercise the powers of the President, which

They shall be made by decision of the latter. Until the appointment of the Director-General or if he is missing, the powers provided for in sub-cases (aa) and (bb) shall be exercised by the President of the Authority.

78

(b) A qualification in the position of the General Directorate-General is a post-graduate qualification in a knowledge-based area related to the subject of the Authority and for at least one year's experience. (c) The Director-General shall be fully and fully qualified by the Authority and published by the Authority and published in at least two or more Member States. Exclusive -

The Committee of the Rules of Procedure, the Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Rules of Procedure, the Committee of the The term of office of the Director-General may be interrupted before the end of the term for reasons relating to defence or to the accomplishment of his duties, by an act of the President, issued following a specific reasoned decision by the Authority. Candidates for the position of the Director-General of

The Court of Justice of the European Court of Justice and the Court of Justice of the European Court of Justice of the Court of Justice of the European Court of Justice and the Court of Justice of the European Court of Justice (') OJ NO 2362/1995 (1 247). The Director-General shall be selected by the Authority and shall be appointed by decision of the President, at bedtime of the provisions of PPS, as is the case at any time. For selection, a committee consisting of a decision consisting of the President of the Authority, a member of the Committee, and a member of the SAB, is recommended to the Selection Board. If the Director-General comes from an institution of the

Public sector, after the expiry and the renewal of its term of office, by a joint decision of the Ministers for Public Reform and Electronic Governance, Economic, Development, Competitiveness and Maritime Affairs and, as appropriate, In the case of a Member State, it shall return, after the submission of an application, to the institution of origin and shall assume an empty organisational position in relation to its position in the same position or, if such a position does not exist, it shall assume its position with the same relationship. The same category and industry as that of the same profession, which is similar to that of the same industry. Judgment. Its service in the position of the Director-General of the Authority is a real public service for all the consequences and is taken into account for the further degree and salary progression as a prior experience in a post-management position. (f) The remuneration of the Director-General shall be determined

A joint decision by the Ministers for Economic and Development, Competitiveness and Maritime Affairs.

Article 239 Central conclusion and implementation of services contracts

From the General Secretariat of the European Union

1. In the Chamber of Deputies of the Political Affairs Directorate of the Directorate-General for Public Relations of the General Secretariat of the General Secretariat for the Development of Competitiveness and Shipping, the responsibilities of the case are carried out. Article 12 of Council Regulation (EEC) No 138/1993 (Part I 55) as provided for in point (b) of paragraph 1 of Article 35 (d), 346/1998 (A΄ 230), except for collection and dispatch to the European Union of statistics

(i) public service contracts, which are carried out by the Planning and Information Offices of the Directorate-General.

2. The conclusion and execution of public service contracts within the meaning of paragraph 60/2007 (A ' 64) may be central when carried out by the Ministry of Development of Competitiveness and Maritime (General Secretariat of the Commission) or Decentralised, when carried out by any other body of the public sector as defined in Article 1b. 2362/1995 (7247).

3. With a presidential decree, issued by a proposal by the Ministers for Economic and Development Competitiveness and Maritime Affairs, a Council Regulation is hereby approved under which procedures for the conclusion and enforcement of public contracts are regulated. (a) the conditions, conditions for performing the tendering procedure for the provision of services, the procedural steps, the criteria for participation, (b) the most specific conditions; Participation, the criteria for accounting and any other preconditions or procedural steps up to A notice on the award or the direct award of the service, the responsibility of the institution (provider) after the final receipt of the service, (c) the conditions for the payment of the service, the type, the amount, the obligors and each other; (d) the time limits, conditions and conditions for the exercise of an interest-bearing application; (e) the amount of the advance on the contractual value, the maturity of the accounts; Various forms of payment and any other issue concerning the payment of the contract (f) the deadlines set out in the relevant procedures, the setting up of the collective bodies involved in the conclusion and implementation of the contracts for the benefit of the entities concerned, the way in which the dispute is to be administered; Are to be found to the full extent of the service, financial movements (pros, forfeiture of a criminal clause or guarantee, etc., excluded in whole or in part, etc.), any other administrative penalty in the non-fulfilling of the duties. Their obligations and any other issues necessary for the implementation of this Article. Until the version of the above Regulation is applicable in proportion to the reference period (d. 118/2007) (1 150) or the Regulations to be used by entities or bodies as appropriate.

4. From the Ministry for the Development of Competitiveness and Maritime (General Secretariat of the Commission), contracts are concluded and performed, which is to be borne by the regular budget, the budget earmarked for this budget. And accounts, the budget of public investment, as well as any decentralised public contract for the provision of services within the meaning of paragraph 2, if adopted by a joint decision of the Competitiveness Development Ministers; and Maritime and in the case of a competent minister. This competence is exercised by the Department of Medical Engineering and Equipment of the Faculty of Medicine Directorate;

79

Electronic Equipment and Individual Organ Equipment, which are included in the Medical Engineering, Equipment and Service, and the Department of Medical Equipment, Service and Service of Services, respectively, are included.

5. Without prejudice to paragraph 6, by a joint decision of the Ministers for the Development of Competitiveness and Maritime and of the case of the relevant competent authority, the option for the conclusion and enforcement of public service contracts shall be provided. To meet the needs of several public sector bodies as defined in Article 1b of the Law. 2362/1995.

6. The provisions of the above paragraphs shall be exempted from the provisions of this paragraph.

7. The first subparagraph of paragraph 1 of Article 56 (d. 60/2007 (1st 64) is replaced by the following:

' In order to make it possible to assess the effectiveness of the application of this Regulation, the Ministry for Competitiveness and Maritime Policy shall, by 31 October of each year at the latest, separate statistics on the European Commission. In accordance with Article 57, the contracting authorities shall, in accordance with Article 57, have concluded agreements concluded during the preceding year. '

8. The par. Point 6 of Article 10 of the Law 3886/2010 (first 173) is replaced by the following:

' 6. The Ministry, within the meaning of this Article, shall be understood as the Ministry of Infrastructure, Transport and Networks for the procurement of public works, and the Ministry for the Development of Competitiveness and Maritime Affairs for the procurement of public funds; and No, no, no.

Article 240 Rates for the E.T.E.U. SA and M.O.D. SA

1. The second subparagraph of paragraph 1. The Committee of the Committee of the European 3912/2011 (1 17) is replaced by the following:

' A decision shall specify the specialities and qualifications of the above positions. With the proclamation of the Board of Directors, they will be further specified by the Board of Directors of the Board of Directors: (a) the specific qualifications and (b) the basic or postgraduate qualification required for each post to be filled in accordance with its individual operational needs. The case in question is checked by the High Council of Personnel Selection (ADI).

The selection procedure shall be carried out by a tripartite committee composed of a member of the ASEP, as a precursor, and two members designated by the Board of Directors, appointed by their alternates with the decision of the Minister for Development, Competition and Shipping. The members of the ASEP are defined by its full extent.

The contract notice is issued by the Board of Directors of the Board of Directors and determines the number and qualifications of the posts to be covered, as well as the necessary qualifications and published in the Official Journal of the Government.

Its inclusion in at least two parts of the Flowers. The notice shall be sent before it is published to the SNP, which shall be required to check it in terms of legality within 10 days. If the deadline of ten (10) days is present, the opinion of the SNC is to be consulted. The relative pina (s) of the successful candidates are sent to the EMP for the purposes of legal certainty and ratification. In the case of most successful candidates from the posts in question, a relevant table of experts is drawn up for one year from the ratification of the tables by the SNC. The validity of the table may be extended for an additional year by decision of the Minister for Economic Affairs, Competitiveness and Shipping. By means of the provisions of the provisions of the PYS, (1 280), Article 11 of the Law. 3833/2010 (1st 40) and paragraphs 20 and 21 of the ninth paragraph of Article 9. In accordance with the provisions of Regulation (EEC) No 4057/2012 ('54), the relevant provisions on recruitment of persons falling under special or protected categories shall not apply to the recruitment procedures in this paragraph.

If the positions of responsibility laid down by the Rules of Procedure cannot be covered by the rules laid down in paragraph 3, their payment shall be made by the Board of Directors of the Board of Directors. Without prejudice to the provisions of Article 11 (2) (c), (2) (c), (2) (c), (2) (c), (2) (c) of the 3833/2010 (A-40) and Articles 20 and 21 of the ninth paragraph of Article 9. 4057/2012 (' ' 54), the recruitment is made by a decision of the Board of Directors with a contract of working time directly on the issue of responsibility, following a recommendation from the Committee of Directors to be set up by a consultant of the SAB, defined by His full extent, by the Chairman of the Board of Directors and the Director-General of the ETUC. The recruitment shall be made in one of the positions referred to in the first subparagraph.

The choice of legal advisers, covering at least two of the positions recommended in the first subparagraph, is made by the Board of Directors of the ETUC, following a recommendation by the Staff Selection Panel (with the participation as President of the SAB). In accordance with the provisions of Article 11 (1), 1 paragraph above n. (EEC) No 1649/1986 (1 149) and the provisions of Article 11 of the EC Treaty, and the provisions of Article 11 thereof. 3833/2010 (1 40) and Article 1 (20) and (21) thereof. Following an invitation to tender and after an interview with the applicant, all candidates who have the necessary qualifications are invited. The fulfilment of any obligations laid down by the public accounting officer shall not impede the progress of the procedure for the publication of posts. '

2. The third paragraph of Article 19 of the Law Having regard to the Treaty establishing the European Economic Community, and in particular Article 17 thereof, 4013/2011 (1 204) is replaced by the following:

"In addition, the company is excluded from the organization of the Organization of Development Programme" M.O.D. SA ". And the antony company with the onus of the National Laboratory of Entrepreneurship and Development S.A. (E. DE. SA), without prejudice to the provisions of Article 2 of the Law. Regulation (EC) No 3899/2010, which are also applicable to workers in it '.

80

3. At the end of Article 1 (4) of the v. 3912/2011 (A17) prior to the period, the phrase "which is supported by the General Secretariat of Industry" is added.

Article 241 Setting-up for private investment

(n. 3299/2004)

1. A. Investment projects for the production of electricity from solar energy submitted up to 29.1.2010 at the Ministry of Development of Competitiveness and Shipping, either on a single or a cumulative request and completed before the publication of the present In accordance with the provisions of the Law, they shall be considered. Regulation (EEC) No 3299/2004, without the proviso of paragraph (a) of the Treaty. Article 5 (1) of that law shall, without prejudice to the provisions of Article 5 (1) of that law, be subject to an examination procedure or have been adopted for failure to fulfil its obligations as a result of the above-mentioned condition. The drawing-up of the investment projects is based on the approach of the practical link with the PPC. Other: By decision of the Minister for Development, Competition

In the case of the United Kingdom and the United Kingdom, the Member States of the European Union, the Member States of the European Union and the Member States of the European Union and the Member States of the European Union, and the Member States of the European Union, shall adopt the following measures: (iii) the use of the equipment and their additional characteristics.

2. For investment projects for the production of solar energy that have been completed before the publication of this law as established by the introduction of the practical link with the PPC and for other investment projects submitted for They're in the v. 3299/2004, without simultaneous submissions and special supporting documents provided for in the relevant regulatory decisions, if these documents were adopted subsequently, but the reason for their adoption had been submitted to the competent authorities; In the case of services prior to the application of the application, regardless of whether they are issued, they are in a process of decision-making or rejection decisions have been adopted on the grounds of the early submission of these documents. (i) investment projects for which the obligation to take account of these justifications has been removed retroactively by amending the institutional framework.

3. The review of the investment projects referred to in paragraphs 1 and 2 requires the submission of a request to the interested parties within three (3) months after the entry into force of this law.

4. A. Decisions of revocation and recovery of aid, as well as decisions to comply with judicial decisions, for investment projects which have been or will be subject to the provisions of the Law. Article 7 (1) of Regulation (EEC) No 3299/2004 and Law 2601/1998 and 1892/1990 shall be adopted in accordance with Article 7 (15) of the opinion of the Joint Committee. 3299/2004. The Secretary-General may refer to the Opinion of the Secretary-General.

Commission, decisions to amend, complete and start productive investment when it considers it necessary. For this purpose, the operation of the

Committee of the Committees referred to in paragraph 15 of Article 7 of the Law. 3299/2004. These Committees, members of which may not exceed 11 (11), shall be reconstituted by decision of the German Government within three months of the publication of the letter.

5. The deadline for drawing up investment projects under the provisions of the Law is extended by one (1). 2601/1998 (Art. 81) and 3299/2004, whether or not the original or a proposal for completion has been met. Such extension shall be granted beyond that provided for in Article 18 (5) of the Law. 4013/2011, which also applies to investment projects of n. 2601/1998.

6. In the event of a lack of liquidity of the obligor, the Symposium may be repaid for the payment of debt owed to it by a refund of the law of 1892/1990 (A΄ 101), 2601/1998 (A΄ 81), 3299/2004 (A΄ 261) and 3908/2011 (1 8), The transfer of the obligor or other assets of the debtor, without trade.

The value of the transferred assets shall be valued at the expense of the obligor, of two auditors-accountants or, as the case may be, by two auditors of the Issuers of Chartered Auditors, which should not have any reliance on the Due to it. This value shall be fully repaid by the certificates, otherwise any resulting liabilities shall be secured by other assets of the debtor or by guarantees of third parties.

The transfer and assignment of the items in this article, which is exempted from any direct or indirect tax, including the tax to be transferred, income tax or goodwill, by late registration and by any other tax, Finally, a contribution or a contribution to the benefit of the public or third parties shall be made in accordance with the provisions laid down therein.

The rights of the securities and salaries or salaries of mortgages and non-wage earners, which are limited to one fifth (1/ 5) of those specified each time, may not be more than five hundred (500) euro where applicable And shall be borne by the transferor. The remuneration of a lawyer, with the exception of the deductible contributions for insurance and pension funds, may not exceed a maximum of 500 (EUR 1 500), including VAT.

The decision of the Ministers for Economic and Development, Competitiveness and Maritime Affairs sets out how the lack of cash liquidity of the obligor is determined, the acceptance process by the Board of Governors of the transfer instead of payment and each other. Related issues.

7. The sub-indent (a) of paragraph 1 of Article 3 (1) a sub-indent (aa) of n. 3908/2011 (1 8) is amended as

81

Then: ' The construction, extension, modernisation and modernisation of the

The Committee of the Environment, Public Administration and the Committee on the Environment, Public Administration and the Committee of the Environment, Public These costs may not exceed 60 % of the total eligible costs of the investment project. In the case of small and medium-sized enterprises, the above percentage is increased by 10 %. '

8. The par. Point 8 of Article 5 of n. 3908/2011 amends-is as follows:

' The aid granted to each operator of the present law, including aid to a partner or associated undertaking, such as these concepts are identified in the Annex to the EC Treaty. No 800/2008 of the Commission of 6 August 2008 cumulatively over a period of four years the limit of 10 million euro (10.000.000) euro for a single enterprise and of 20 million euro (EUR 20 million) for the total Of the associated or connected undertakings and for investment projects carried out within the same region. Especially for the category of investment projects General Entrepreneurship, the amounts quoted are double ".

9. Article 7 (3) of the Law 3908/2011 is defined as follows:

' 3. The total amount of aid for the two-monthly tax exemptions for the two-month period for the investment projects in Article 6 of this Article is fixed up to three times the total amount of the total allocation for each year. The Committee of the European Parliament, the European Parliament and the Economic and Financial Committee

10. Article 8 (7) (d) 3908/2011 is amended as follows:

' 7. Taking into account the current economic situation, the obligation to grant approval from the investment entity during the submission phase of the investment project proposal is suspended for two (2) years from its publication. At present at the Court of Appeal of the Government, which may be extended by a decision of the Development, Competitiveness and Maritime Minister. In the case where the financial scheme of the

The investment plan is planned for a long-term loan and the investment entity does not submit the relevant approval at the time of the submission of the proposal, the investment project is assessed, as foreseen in the proposal. EUR 652/20.4.2011), with a reference rate of the applicable average market rate to the previous month from the month of submission of the proposal. The above mentioned interest rate is equal to the average interest rate for business loans without a fixed maturity, as published in Pina-ka 1 (Table 1: Average interest rates on new deposits and loans in euro) in the official monthly press release Of the Bank of Greece (Press Release: Bank for deposits and loans). In these cases the loan must have a -

In the case of a non-financial institution or financial institution before the adoption of the decision, which may not be extended for a period of time.

Period beyond six months after the adoption of the ori-stoic effect table. The investment project is not reassessed. In those cases where the institution of the

In order to ensure that it does not receive a loan for the financing of its implementation, it must get to know it in writing to the Office before the adoption of the decision and to update the documents necessary to substantiate it. (i) coverage of the same contribution. In this case, the claim is not changed and the institution's ability to cover the same participation is controlled by the institution. The investment loan may also be taken into account.

Ntalac. The above-mentioned terms apply both to the General -

And in particular the special schemes of 3908/2011, unless otherwise stated in the ministerial decisions to proclaim them. '

11. Article 11 of the Law The following shall be added as follows 3908/2011:

' 8. Investment projects submitted under one of the six-monthly invitations shall collect and fulfil the formal and substantive conditions and conditions of entry as defined in the provisions of n. 3908/2011 (ΦEK 8/A/1.2.2011) and in point 33/2011 (ΦEK 83 /A/14.4.2011), but are not frozen due to exhaustion of the relevant available resources of the period, then the right to submit to the next cycle of submissions without the sub-fee shall be given. Article 9 (2) of the Law Council Regulation (EC) No 3908/2011 on the payment of a financial contribution (broken down). The above provision applies provided that the cost of the investment project does not change. In parallel with the preparation and publication of the final classification table of each cycle, it shall be drawn up by the service and table of the predominant positions, which hold the above-mentioned right of resettlement. '

12. Article 11 of the Law The following shall be added as follows 3908/2011:

' 9. The deadlines for the assessment of the investment projects referred to in Article 4 of the first paragraph 33/2011 " Procedure for evaluation and control of the investment projects subject to the n. 3908/2011 "(ΦEK 83 /A/14.4.2011) are defined as exclusive".

13. Article 11 of the Law The following shall be added as follows 3908/2011 as follows:

' 10. For the sake of transparency and publicity, the Directorate-General for Private Investment in the Ministry of Development, Competitiveness and Maritime Affairs shall be published without delay on the basis of Article 1 (5) of the first paragraph of Article 1 of this Decision (FEK). 83/A/14-4-2011) data on investments made under Law 3299/2004 and 3908/2011 and related to the flow of investments. Details relating to the dates for the submission of applications, applications and the arrangements for checks and the completion of the investments and the date on which the conditions are met shall be published in the cases where the conditions are met. Total-chronic liabilities'.

82

14. The last sentence of Article 12 (5) of the Law 3908/2011 is amended as follows:

' The losses of members of the Register of Supervisors and Auditors of Articles 7 and 11 respectively of Presidential Decree No 33/2011 (A΄ 83) are laid down by a joint decision of the Ministers for Development, Competitiveness and Maritime, in accordance with the provisions in force concerning The conditions and maximum limits of remuneration at the public and shall be borne by the Official Investment Programme. '

15. A new Article 14B is added to the n. 3908/2011 as a-cost:

" Article 14b Conditions and procedures for amending

And economic Objectives

A natural and economic change of nature may be submitted once throughout the implementation of the Investment Plan. The institution of the investment does not submit a request for a decision.

(i) when changes in the natural and economic impact are made changes between categories of actions, provided that these changes in their total will not exceed 10 % of the budget. In the event of a change in the natural and financial situation

If a change in the rate exceeds the percentage above, the institution of the investment shall submit an amendment to the Agency. These requests are examined by the Agency, and

May be accepted in accordance with the following conditions: (a) no deviation from conditions and criteria

Which have been the subject of the evaluation and assessment of the investment project (e.g., expenditure of innovation, created jobs), (b) not to remove an energy category

(c) not to exceed the limits of the provisions laid down in the judgment under appeal (the inclusion of a new category);

Categories of expenditure as defined by the n. 3908/2011 and each time its modifications. As a result of an amendment, it is not possible to do so.

Furthermore, it should be ensured that: (a) the initial objectives continue to be served

(b) conditions and conditions continue to be met by the investment and maintained by the end of the investment;

(c) there is no increase in the grant of the contract notice;

The Committee of the European Parliament, the Economic and Financial Committee and the Committee of the The amendment shall be submitted by the licensee;

The aid to the Office, through the SPC, accompanied by an explanation of its purpose, as well as relevant offers, projections, which justify the changes in the world. The Agency examines the substance of its substance and a -

Speculates for partial or total acceptance or rejection within an exclusive period of one (1) month after its submission and receipt. In the event that the Agency accepts the request

In addition, the Council adopted a Regulation amending Regulation (EEC) No 1675/1993 laying down provisions for implementing Regulation (EEC) No 165hereby amended. Otherwise, it shall inform the investor of the acceptance of his request and give reasons for its decision. In the event of a change in the history or the seat

Of the undertaking, either during the implementation of the investment project, or after completion of the investment, the beneficiary of the aid shall be obliged to inform the undertaking prior to the completion of the investment. This obligation shall apply for a period of five years from the completion of the investment. '

16. At the end of article 6 of n. 3908/2011 shall be added as follows:

"By decision of the Minister for Development, Competitiveness and Shipping, the deadline for submitting applications for the General Investment Plan may be extended."

Article 242 Amendment of the provisions of the National Strategic Reference Framework (ESDP). NO 3614/2007)

1. At the end of Article 2 (n). Having regard to Council Regulation (EC) No 3614/2007 (A΄ 267), the following paragraph shall be added as follows: 'and shall keep an information system of cumulation of State aid for the monitoring of compliance with State aid rules'.

2. In the case of Article 5 (3) of the Law. The phrase ', as well as the present law' shall be inserted after 'n ° 3156/2003'.

3. Article 25 of the Law 3614/2007 added rather than-graphs 10, 11 and 12 as follows:

' 10. A. .. In the case of cofinanced public works contracts, the possibility of an advance payment shall be made in accordance with the provisions of Article 51 of the Treaty. 3669/2008 ('116) '. In the co-financed procurement contracts

Projects which have been opened until 15.3.2012 without providing for an advance payment to the notice may be granted to the contraaor by way of derogation from the provisions of paragraph 1 of Article 51 of the declaration. 3669/2008, which cannot be subject to 10 % (10 %) of the total amount of the contract (without revisions and VAT), as against a letter of guarantee.

11. For the co-financed projects, which are the beneficiaries of the Symposium, the NIFs, the O.T.A.s., the associations or undertakings of the O.T.A.D., the non-attached to the public funds of the public sector, is to be included in the amount which Is granted by the Public Investment Programme (EIF) and the amount of the non-eligible amount for co-financing of VAT. This possibility is a condition for the financing of the operation and is included in the accession decision and the Acceptance Agreement. The VAT paid to the above beneficiaries by the Hellenic Republic and the participating Member States shall be approved or returned in accordance with the provisions of the Agreement.

83

The provisions of this Regulation shall constitute a debt to the public, which is cleared after completion and is repaid by the beneficiary to the revenue of the ICRC, or is agreed with corresponding financial resources from its national resources. -P.S. .. The same clearing obligation shall also be subject to any pre-financing of the PAR for non-eligible VAT amounts of the above entities from the year 2011 onwards. With a joint decision of the Ministers for Economic and Development, Competitiveness and Maritime, the procedures for the implementation of this publication, the financing procedure, the manner of each and every relevant issue.

12. By joint decision of the Ministers for Economic Affairs, A-Development, Competitiveness and Maritime Affairs and the competent Minister responsible may be assigned to the European Commission in the context of the National and/or Community Contributions to the European Commission in the context of Centralised management within the meaning of Article 53a of the Regulation (OJ L 248, 16.9.2002, p. 1) as amended and valid for the creation of the Guarantee Fund and/or Loans for projects carried out in the Greek Territory. '

4. (a) par. Article 14 of the EC Treaty EUR 3614/2007 (A-267) is replaced by the following:

' 3. The advances and intermediate payments of beneficiaries for the implementation of the operations financed by the NSRF, the Operational Programme for Fisheries and the Rural Development Programme shall not be seized; They are subject to no withholding of any kind and shall not comply with any debts of the beneficiary to the Greek public or to the insurance offices. In this case, the general provisions on tax and insurance for the treatment of waste, without the condition of the withholding tax, remain in force. Final payments of the above beneficiaries, after

The completion of the project may be confiscated, agreed, withheld or rendered on behalf of the beneficiary and shall be paid in accordance with the obligation to provide evidence of tax and insurance of any kind. The payment order shall be made in accordance with the provisions of this Regulation.

A payment approval measure explicitly states that this aid is affected by the arrangements set out in this Article and if the payment relates to an advance, intermediate or final payment. They shall be exempt from the obligation to apply, and

(aa) direct aid to which the aid is granted in respect of the payment, receipt of proof of receipt of the payment,

Are paid on the basis of an area, animals or production, and specific support measures for the European Agricultural Guarantee Fund (EAGF) granted in full by the European Union, (b) aid under the measures of the European Union;

Agricultural Fund for Rural Development (EAFRD), to which the aid is paid on the basis of animal or production aid and aid under the measures of the European

The Fisheries Fund (EFF), which is not an undertaking. '

(b) The provision of paragraph (a) shall also apply to the calls for aid which have been issued at the time of entry into force of this law and require the provision of proof of tax and insurance against liability in order to pay the costs. Aid to the beneficiary, as well as to the related invitations issued thereafter. As from the date of entry into force of the law, any general or special provision regulating the matters referred to in this paragraph shall be deleted.

5. After the first paragraph of par. Article 6 of the Law The following paragraphs are added: ' Specially for co-financed projects and programmes of the NSRF 2007-2013, the above-mentioned version of this Decision is not required, but the determination of the above-mentioned elements is not required. Referred to in Article 7 of the Law. 3614/2007 accession decision. In the case of research projects, actions and programmes financed by international or European or private resources of the body or with private funds, the determination of the above data shall be made on the basis of the Minister overseeing him. The competent institution shall conclude the contract. '

6. In the context of co-financed operations of the EU-2013-2013 intended to support and support the professional careers of young people, support for young people and the acquisition of professional experience, professional guidance; (iii) the development of new innovation and entrepreneurship and, more generally, contribute to the intellectual, economic and social development and development of young people within the meaning of Article 13 (1). Of n. Regulation (EEC) No 3896/2010 (1 207) may be granted by the beneficiaries of the co-financed operations to pupils in secondary education, holders of a high-school diploma, students and students, graduates of AEDs and graduates. Vocational training, as well as researchers. The grants shall be borne exclusively by the budget of the individual co-financed act, with the resources of the Central Accounts Office. By joint decision of the Ministers of Education, Lifelong

Learning and Religion and Development, Competitiveness and Shipping set out the terms and conditions of the grants, the criteria and the selection process of the scholarships, the level of the awarded scholarships and any other necessary Issue for the application of this paragraph.

7. In co-funded traineeships or athletics, trainees and trainees during the course of training or traineeships shall be insured in the case of an accident in the event of an accident occurring in the event of an accident occurring in the event of an accident. The execution of the immortality or exercise and of their exercise. The insurance contributions provided for in the preceding subparagraph shall be fixed at 1 % of the annual salary of the 12 insurance class of the IKA and shall be borne by the beneficiary of the project financed. Insurance contributions for such insurance shall be charged to the budget of the relevant co-financed operation and shall be borne by the Central Bank Account.

84

The provisions of paragraph 1. Article 60 (3) of Council Regulation (EEC) No 1846/1951 (1 179) shall apply mutatis mutandis to the host institution of the trainee or trainee, for the work of the trainee or apprentice.

Article 243 Matches of Digital Convergence matters

1. The par. Article 32 of the EC Treaty Regulation (EC) No 3492/2006 (1 210) is replaced by the following:

' 2. The objectives of the Special Secretariat for Digital Design, other than those specified in paragraph 1 of Article 4 of the Law. It is also the formulation of suggestions, as well as the design, implementation, implementation and management of projects and actions for all issues relating to the country's digital strategy and for the promotion of information technology; and Of digital technologies in all sectors of economic and social activity in the country. '

2. After Article 24 of the Law A new Article 24A is inserted as follows:

Article 24A Relevance and declination of radio frequency bands to support the public service

Rural broadband networks in assisted areas

Of the Greek Territory

1. For the purposes of this Article the following definitions shall apply: Public Agricultural Rural Networks (Networks):

Public infrastructure for broadband electronic communications networks limited to Infrastructure and the development of which is co-financed by the European Union. Project: The project to develop the rural areas

Broadband networks implemented under the specific terms of the above scheme. Management: The technical, operational and commercial

Management of the Network during the period of its operation. D. Network Manager: Special Purpose Company

Entrusted with the management of the Network, in accordance with the specific conditions and legal framework governing the project, and its subsequent operation. E. Contracting Authority: The public authority which is not

For the award of the contract for the implementation of the BTs, as well as any other concession of the management. F; Subsequent areas: characterised by:

As 'white' areas in the relevant areas of aid, in accordance with the specific provisions of the EU Communication. (2009/C 235/04), that these areas are identified by the Contracting Authority.

2. The provisions of this Article shall apply to-only and only for the remaining radio frequency bands of the Networks to be implemented within the framework of the project, and for any subsequent postponements or extensions. Other:

3. Radio frequency bands 3670 MHz-3700 MHz and 3770 MHz-3800 MHz shall be assigned to the Contracting Authority for 25 years for the sole purpose of providing electronic communications services only for the most convenient areas, through the Networks. The right to use for these zones (hereinafter referred to as 'the right') shall be granted to the selected Network Manager of the Network without any special consideration and against the obligations it has undertaken with the Network of the Network, for as long as He shall exercise the management tasks entrusted to him. No other administrative act, other than the final and final assignment of the relevant management tasks by the Contracting Authority, is required for the purpose of the administration of the Network. The delegation of relevant management tasks by the Contracting Authority shall be set up by the Contracting Authority and the technical and operational use of the RF's radio frequencies, and a consistent opinion of EETT.

4. The right to use the radio frequencies allocated to an Administrator shall be revoked at the same time as for any reason to interrupt your current management contract. A reasoned decision of the Contracting Authority may withdraw the original duly granted and during the management period if it is established that these frequencies are not used in whole or in part. Part, for the operation of the Networks and the provision of the services concerned. In the event of the finding of an infringement of the text by reference to the use of radio frequencies, in particular in the event of serious misconduct, the Contracting Authority may withdraw the right after the entry into force of EETT. In the event of the award of the Court by the Contracting Authority to the Managing Director of two (2) years from the date of entry into force of this Decision, the commitment and release of the radio frequencies in accordance with the present date shall cease to apply.

5. The right shall not be transferred or paid by the Network Manager to third parties.

6. The right relates to the use of a radio spectrum solely for the purpose of assigning access to the final user or to the ultimate access to the local access equipment of the end-user, established within a Recreated settlement. The radio-spectrum should be used restrictively within the assisted areas of the Hellenic Republic, which are covered by the Networks as explicitly defined by the Contracting Authority. The right is not intended for the development of core networks. Where the Management of Networks is entrusted to more than one Administrators who perform their tasks in discrete geographic locations, the granting of the right referred to in the preceding subparagraph shall be carried out. To each operator exclusively for its geographical area of competence.

7. EETT shall be responsible for the verification of the technical and operational conditions for the application of the geographical limitation of the rights of use of radio frequencies to the Operators, in accordance with paragraph 3, as well as for the determination of the use of radio frequencies.

85

Infringements provided for in paragraph 4 of this Regulation. With regard to the issues of use and the frequency of the remaining radio frequency bands, the provisions of the v. No 3431/2006, in particular Article 63 thereof, as applicable.

8. The Network Manager is required to comply with the National Regulations and the Legal Department of the Registry. Decision 2008 /411/EC of the European Communities of 21 May 2008, as applicable.

9. The Network Manager shall not be exempt from any other authorisations and approvals provided for in existing provisions. ';

Article 244 Employment of the

After Article 7 of Decree 1037/1971 (A), Article 7a is inserted as follows:

' Article 7a

Without prejudice to other provisions of the present law, retail sales offices are permitted after the end of the legal working hours of their working hours for 30 minutes of a working day of a working person and until In the case of three working days only for the cash and book settlement, under the condition that the store is closed and customers are unhelpful. These workers, at the time of their employment, come to work 30 minutes later than the standard start of their working hours. In the case of staff and working hours and staff working hours submitted to the competent services, the name of the worker shall be clearly indicated, the area of which he/she is employed, as well as the dates on which the worker is employed. And hours during the employment process. The administrative and penal sanctions provided for in the legislation and relating to the working time of the statutes, the working hours and the submission of staff and work programmes, shall be applied where appropriate. The provisions of this Article shall be infringed.

Article 245 Staff of the staff of the Mati of Greece

Representation in the OECD

1. (a) The last three verses of par. Article 40 (1) of Regulation No 178/2000 is replaced by the following: " Three (3) positions with private-law work of a certain time, i.e. one (1) office of a bailiff, one (1) cleaning position and one (1) driver's seat "Car." (b) In Article 43 of the 178/2000, the

Paragraph 5, as follows: Three (3) staff posts with a working relationship;

(1) place of residence in another Member State (1)

Bailiff, one (1) place of specialty cleaners and one (1) vehicle driver speciality position. '

2. In order to cover the positions referred to in paragraph 1, they shall be taken on-the-spot, non-residents of the State, where the above-mentioned Services are established, as well as the local language.

3. Intake requires a joint decision of the Development, Competitiveness and Maritime and Economy Ministers, following a recommendation from the head of each department. A decision shall determine the amount of the anti-pay of the proceedings and shall take account of local working conditions. Without prejudice to the provisions of the PYS (2 280) and Article 11 of the Law. 3833/2010 (A-40), the recruitment is carried out by a private-law contract of three (3) years, which is drawn up by the day-to-day service of each service and which can be updated, subject to compliance with these provisions. This renewal requires a prior joint decision of the Ministers for Development, Competitiveness and Maritime Affairs and Finance, following a report by the Office of the Office. For the rest, the provisions of Article 149 (3) and (4) of the Law shall apply mutatis mutandis. REGULATION (EEC) NO 3566/2007 (117)

Article 246 Members of the Economic Chamber of Greece

1. Article 4 of N11100/1980 (1 295) is added paragraphs 4 and 5 as follows:

' 4. The reserve assets of the Greek Economic Commission of Greece shall be lodged on an account or by an institution of a bank or by an institution operating in Greece, in accordance with a reasoned decision of the Greek Government. A key management of the AIF with a view to achieving a-correct management of these and higher performance potential '.

' 5. The AIF can with a decision of the Central Divivion, adopted by a decision of the Minister for Economic Affairs, Competitiveness and Shipping, to make the purchase of real estate for the accommodation of the Central Office and the District of the Parties; In accordance with the provisions of paragraph d. 715/1979, as applicable. The market price is paid from the resources of the EU or from subsidies from public funds. '

2. Decision of the Minister for Development, Competitiveness and Shipping approved the Code of Conduct for Accountants of Technology, established by the Central Administration of the European Union, and includes the professional ethics of Technical and administrative penalties against the exception of those rules.

Article 247 Other provisions

1. Regular civil service staff, NITD, OTA a 'and a' grade b, NIFRS, business of head

86

Of the first and the Second. No 3429/2005 (ref. 314) and independent authorities shall not be considered to be overstaffed or subject to a negative assessment of the fact of the use of the rights of secondment or of a legal authorisation.

2. Special decentralised Fisheries Services at the Department of Maritime Affairs, which were transferred to the Ministry of Maritime Affairs, Islands and Fisheries under the second paragraph of Article 2 (2) of Law 127/2010 (A΄ 214) and are already Services Of the Ministry of Development, Competitiveness and Maritime Affairs (Article 4 of the Law 65/2011, 1st 147), are also the following: (a) state fish stocks, (b) the Cyprus Group of Cyprus-Hel-Farm Ar -

(c) the Laboratory of Fishery Technology and Ear;

To be used. 3. The Agricultural and Livestock Fund (Article 12)

Par. 2 of n. Regulation (EEC) No 3889/2010, (1 182) continues, until the establishment of an equivalent body in the General Secretariat of the Marine Department of the Ministry of Development, Competitiveness and Shipping, to cover the costs and operational needs of all Services Fisheries which were transferred from the Ministry of Rural Development and Food to it or were subsequently established, including the control services recommended in accordance with Article 206, to the extent of the resources of the Fund. From fishing.

4. The provisions of paragraphs 2 and 3 may be amended by a presidential decree issued in accordance with Article 20 of the Law. OPINION OF THE COMMITTEE OF THE

5. The last paragraph of Article 4 (a) of Article 4 (1). Regulation (EEC) No 2081/1992 (1 154) is replaced by the following:

' The budgets of the chambers, other than those relating to the salaries of their staff, shall not be approved if they do not refer to an indication by a bank showing the amounts corresponding to the amounts involved. In the case of the previous closed financial year or a specific financial settlement with a consistent opinion of the SNC, the General Secretariat of the Association of Industry and Exporters or other professional organisations. '

6. The last paragraph of Article 5 (6). No 2081/1992 is replaced by the following:

' The budgets of the chambers, other than those relating to the remuneration of their staff, shall not be approved if they are not to be remunerated by a bank indication showing the amount corresponding to the above. How-to the previous closed financial year or a special economic settlement with a consistent opinion of the EU. '

7. In the case of (a) in paragraph 2 of Article 4 (d. 397/1988 (A ' 185), 6 shall be added as follows:

' 6. The date for the promotion of the institution of the Private Capital Company, as well as the issue of trade and the provision of instructions to the local competent authorities for the implementation of the relevant legislation. '

8. It is dated March 23, 2012, which was shaken by the Ministry of Development of Antiquities and Shipping-The Maritime Group (master of the project), the museum with the "Union of Greek Shipowners" (financial) and the The Commission has also adopted a proposal for a European Parliament and Council Directive on the protection of workers from the risks related to exposure to medicinal products. OYE. (erga), which reads as follows:

87

88

89

90

91

92

93

94

95

Article 248 Repealed provisions

From the entry into force of this law, the following shall apply:

1. The case (c) of par. Article 17 of the EC Treaty 3982/2011.

2. Article 18 of the Law 3325/2005. 3. The par. Article 29 of the EC Treaty 3377/2005 (V202),

As replaced by Article 15 of the n. NO 3557/2007 (100)

4. The par. Article 15 of the EC Treaty 3419/2005 5. Article 4 (1), (2) and (3)

5 of n. 3668/2008 6. Items 3 and 4 added by Article 45

Paragraph 7c of n. Regulation (EEC) No 3943/2011 and Article 18 (6) thereof. 3614/2007.

7. The case z of par. Article 40 (2) of Regulation No 178/2000.

8. Article 24 of the Law Regulation (EC) No 2941/2001 (1 201) under the heading 'Sales below costs'.

PART-SEVENTH PERSONAL COMMERCIAL COMPANIES

HEAD OF THE PARTNERSHIP AND COOPERATION

SECTION FIRST MEETING OF COMPANY

Article 249 Concept applicable provisions

1. The pace is the company with a legal personality-which is intended for a commercial purpose and for its debts, while all partners are also liable to be aperiori-in and out of them.

2. As long as there is no specific regulation in this Regulation, the civil code for the company, with the exception of the provisions of Articles 758 and 761 of the Civil Code, is applied to the company.

Article 250 Company law

1. The authority of the corporate entity shall be formed either by the name of one or more partners, or by the subject matter of the undertaking, or by other agreements with the addition of the words'the regulated sector', either in writing or by the 'WTO'.

2. In the event of withdrawal of a partner, the only part of which is contained in the company, the consent of that shareholder or his/her successors shall be required for the purpose of ordering the operation.

Article 251 Budgetary procedure

1. The pace of business is registered in the General E-Commercial Registry (GET) with the convening of all the subjects. Elements that are registered are, in fact -

The name and address of the partners, the partnership, the seat and the purpose of the company, and its representative. Any change in these data shall be recorded in the General Secretariat.

2. From the entry to the General Secretariat, the regulatory body acquires legal personality.

3. If the company starts its commercial activity before the entry in the General Secretariat, the provisions of this Chapter shall also apply to it. The non-registered office of the General Secretariat of the Court of Justice of the European Communities, which carries out commercial activity, is capable of legal and legal capacity.

SECTION SECOND RELATIONS BETWEEN

Article 252 The corporate contract

The relationship between the partners is determined by the partnership agreement. In these relations, the partners are reminded of each other.

Rule 253 Taking decisions

1. Decisions are taken by agreement between all partners.

2. If majority decision-making has been agreed, the majority shall be calculated on the basis of the number of partners.

Article 254 Management

1. It is a right and obligation to manage all partners, unless otherwise stated in the corporate contract.

2. As long as management is exercised by all or more partners and is not otherwise provided for in the corporate contract, each managing partner may act. If one of the other partners is opposed to the action before it is implemented, the administrator must not terminate it.

3. The management authority shall assume all normal management functions of the company. In the case of disputes which are outside the normal procedure, the agreement of all partners is required.

4. The administrator has an obligation to provide information on the course of corporate affairs as well as accountability.

Article 255 Profit and loss

At the end of the financial year the company shall be drawn up, showing the profits or losses of the company. In the corporate contract it may be expected that profits are distributed before the end of the financial year on the basis of a provisional account. Unless otherwise agreed, the partners are participating in profits and losses at their rate of participation.

96

Article 256 Transmission of corporate participation

Corporate participation shall be transferred in whole or in part, provided that all the partners are provided for in the corporate contract.

SECTION THREE RELATIONS OUTWARDS

Article 257 Powers of representation

1. Each partner has authority to represent the company, unless otherwise stated in the corporate contract.

2. In the event of representation by more than-feeders, it is sufficient that the director of the company will come to one of them.

3. The representative power extends to all judicial and extrajudicial acts that fall within the scope of the company's objective. If an act is passed in excess of the purpose of the company, this excess may be proposed only if the third party knew it or would have known it. Restrictions on the representative trade with the corporate contract or the decision of the parties shall not be presented to third parties.

Article 258 Liability of partners

1. Agreement on limitation or exclusion of the members of the partners referred to in Article 249 (1) shall not apply to third parties.

2. The partner who originates in the performance of a corporate charge, may put forward positions that are not listed in his/her face only if they could be viewed by the company.

3. The partner entering the company is responsible for unlimited and unlimited liability before entering the company's debts. A contrary agreement shall not apply to third parties.

SECTION SQUARE SOLUTION OF THE COMPANY AND EXIT OF THE COMPANY

Article 259 Solution of the company

1. The pace of business is resolved: (a) over time, (b) by decision of the partners, (c) with its declaration of bankruptcy and (d) a decision after a request for a partner, if there is a great reason. The corporate contract may be provided for and

Other reasons for the company's solution. 2. The application is determined by the names of the originals.

The company's headquarters in the exercise of jurisdiction.

Article 260 Events bringing the partner out

1. Death, bankruptcy and submission to court

A partner's performance will lead to an exit from the company, unless otherwise provided for in the current contract.

2. The corporate contract may provide for other events involving the exit of the partner.

Article 261 Voluntary partner exit

1. The partner may make a statement to the company and other partners to leave the company, unless otherwise provided in the partnership agreement.

2. In the open-ended company the value of the contribution is paid to the outgoing partner at the end of the financial year.

3. In the company a certain time the payment of a party to the outgoing partner depends on the connection of a great speech. If the court referred to in Article 259 (2) considers that there is no great reason, the partner shall not be eligible for payment of the value of his contribution.

Article 262 Partner exit caused

From the creditor's individual

If the enforcement against the shareholder property by an individual lender is unsuccessful, the debtor may ask the court of paragraph 2 of Article 259 to exit the partner and determine the value of his contribution.

Article 263 Exclusion of partners

If, in the face of a partner who would justify the solution of the company in accordance with paragraph 1 of Article 259, the name of a court-martial may, at the request of the other partners, be avenged at the time of In the case of voluntary jurisdiction, instead of the termination of the agreement, the Court should order the partner to be excluded.

Article 264 Jurisdiction and obligations

And exclusive partners

1. In the event of an exit or exclusion of a member of the partner, his or her company attributes the items he had to use.

2. Unless otherwise provided for in the contract, the outbound or the excluded partner, without prejudice to the second subparagraph of Article 261 (3), has a claim against the company to pay the full value of the contract. Of; In the event of an agreement between the partners on the value of participation, the value to be paid shall be determined by the court referred to in Article 259 (2) in the procedure of voluntary jurisdiction.

3. If corporate property is not sufficient to cover the debts of the company, the outbound or exclusive partner is obliged to cover them as part of its contribution to the losses.

97

Article 265 Member of the deceased partner

1. In case of continuation of the company with the individual partner of a deceased partner, each beneficiary may depend on whether or not he/she will take the position of a limited partner. If the partners do not accept the proposal, the beneficiary may leave the company.

2. The above rights may be exercised by the clergy within a period of thirty days from the acceptance of the heir or the loss of the right to be granted. If the beneficiary is not-or-or limited-capable of exercising the above-mentioned rights, the deadline shall start from the appointment of his legal representative.

3. In the corporate contract it may be stipulated that if the beneficiary receives the status of a limited partner, its participation rate in the profits will be different from that of the beneficiary.

Article 266 Continuation of the company

In the event of bankruptcy of the company, a decision by all the partners may be continued after the reorganisation plan has been ratified or after its bankruptcy.

Article 267 Single-member company

If one or more partners leave for any reason and remains only one partner, the company is resolved, if within two months, the entry of a new partner will not be published in the General Secretariat.

SECTION FIFTH DISCHARGE-LIMITATION PERIOD

Article 268 liquidation stage

1. If, in the case of a company's solution, the partners have not agreed otherwise, the winding-up of the company shall follow.

2. The names and residence of the liquidators are written to the Hellenic Republic. The same applies to any case of a replacement liquidator.

3. The liquidators sign in partnership with the addition of the words'in liquidation'.

4. At the beginning and completion of the liquidation, the liquidators shall draw up a balance sheet.

5. After the completion of the liquidation, the company is written by the Hellenic Ministry of Finance. The books and documents of the company shall be delivered to one of the partners or to a third party. In the event of disagreement, the partner or the third party is designated by the name of the company's case-law in accordance with the procedure of the insurance measures.

Article 269 Recording

1. In the case of a company's solution the claims and

The partners for corporate debts shall be barred after a period of five years from registration of the company's winding-up of the company, unless the claim against the company is subject to a shorter limitation period.

2. If the creditor's claim against the company is to be determined after the registration of its solution to the Registry, the limitation period shall start at the time when the claim is made.

3. The two previous provisions are applied in the event of an exit or exclusion of a partner from the company.

SECTION ECTO

Article 270 Urban company with legal personality

1. The provisions of this Chapter, with the exception of that of par. Article 251 applies equally to the civil society with legal personality.

2. The special provisions for professional companies continue to apply.

CAPITAL B) A HETEROGENEITY

SECTION FIRST GENERAL PROVISIONS

Article 271 Concept Applicable provisions applicable

1. The firm is the company with legal personality, which pursues a commercial purpose and for whose debts at least one of the partners is responsible for limited (limited partner), while at least one of the partners Is responsible for (a) limited (the business partner).

2. Since there is no specific regulation in this case, the limited company applies the provisions for the setting-up of a company.

Article 272 Company law

1. The association of the limited company is formed either by the name of one or more of the partner institutions, or by the object of the undertaking, or by other indications, by adding the words'to an orrical company', in writing or by EU-Russia summit.

2. If, in the case of a limited partnership, the limited partnership is limited, this has as its unlimited liability, unless the third party that transacted with the company knew that it was a-an orchid partner. Article 250 (2) shall apply in this case.

Article 273 Public finances

The limited company is registered in the OPM. Data to be entered, except for reference to -

98

In accordance with paragraph 1 of Article 251, it is, in fact, the residence and value of the contribution of the partner countries. Each change in these data shall be entered in the General Secretariat.

SECTION SECOND LEGAL POSITION HETERO

Article 274 Management of corporate affairs

1. The limited partner does not participate in the management of the corporate affairs or the decision-making process unless otherwise stated in the corporate contract.

2. The limited partner does not have the right to object to an act acting by another partner, unless the act exceeds the normal management. In the latter case, the administrator must not make such an act.

Article 275 A control right

The limited partner has the right to audit the company accounts and books of the company, with the exception of the company's forecasting party.

Article 276 Competition rules

The limited partner shall not be able to act for the account or on behalf of third-party transactions related to the subject of the company, except for the provision of the provision in the corporate contract.

Article 277 Profit and loss

The provisions of Article 255 also apply to the limited partner. The limited partner agrees to the company's losses up to the amount of its contribution, unless its participation is provided for by its participation in a larger financial amount.

Article 278 Power of representation

1. The limited partner does not have the power to represent the company.

2. The corporate contract may be entrusted to a partner-appointed partner of the company. For each act of representation by a heteroregulatory partner, it is the same as the norm, unless the third party dealing with it knew that it is a-an orgy partner.

Article 279 Liability of a limited partner

1. The limited partner, who has paid the company his contribution, is not responsible for the company's debts. Otherwise, he shall be liable personally to the amount of his contribution.

2. The incoming partner shall be responsible for the pre-entry of the debt, in accordance with paragraph 1.

3. Reverse agreement on the responsibility of the partner country as defined in this Article shall not apply to third parties.

Article 280 Liability of a limited partner prior to registration

Of the company

In the event of an opening of the company prior to its registration in the OPEC, each limited partner shall be responsible for the debts established as the norm, unless the third parties knew that it participated in the company as such. A limited partner. The same applies if the limited partnership entered the company after its inception, but prior to its registration to the Hellenic Republic.

SECTION 3

Article 281 Company solution

1. In the event of exit, exclusion or death of the individual partner, the limited partnership shall be resolved unless a modification of the corporate contract, which must be entered within two months in the General Secretariat, is one of the limited partnerships. In the case of the partner countries, the partner country is a partner, or if the partner enters into a partner as the pace. Article 259 shall apply.

2. If after the winding-up of the limited company is liquidated, the liquidator functions and the limited partner, unless otherwise provided for in the corporate contract.

SECTION SQUARE

Article 282 Converting a limited partnership to an unregulated company

1. In the event of exit, blockade or death of the individual heteroorphic partner, the limited partnership continues as the norm.

2. The limited partnership can be transferred to the pace of decision of the partners.

Article 283 Conversion of a limited liability company

To an unregulated or unilateral company

1. Limited liability company can be easily diverted to the pace or limited company with the unanimous decision of the partners.

2. From the wording of the formality, the limited liability company is composed in the form of an orrican or a heteroorrhythmality. Prior to completion of the financial formalities referred to in the preceding subparagraph, the conversion shall not produce results. The conversion shall not result in discontinuance of trials.

99

SECTION FIFTH

Article 284 Self-regulatory holding company

1. The limited partnership is the one-regulated company in which the company is in volved with shares. Each company corresponds to one or more shares.

2. The term of the limited partnership is formed either by the name of one or more of the group of partners or by the object of the operation or by other indications by the addition of the words' limited company v. However, it is not possible to assess whether or not the value of the medicinal product is used.

3. At the limited partnership, Article 50a of the Law shall apply. 3190/1955 (A91) for limited liability, and to the rest of the laws in force in the non-company, to the extent that they are compatible with the provisions of this Article and the nature of the company.

4. The relationship between the trading partners and the limited partners or third parties, as well as the management of the company, shall be determined in accordance with the rules of the regulatory company. The tasks and responsibilities of the negotiating partners as diameters are regulated by the provisions on non-discrimination.

5. If the statutes are not otherwise specified, the rights of the members of the party to the general meeting shall be proportional to the number of shares held.

6. Unless otherwise specified, the statutes may only be amended following the consent of the partner-regulated partners.

HEAD OF THE PARENT COMPANY

Article 285 Concept of a company afans

1. With the contract of the parent company, one of the partners (an apparent partner) ceases to other partners (silent partners) the right to participate in the results of one or more commercial operations or with a commercial undertaking, which carries out In his/her name, but to the public interest of the partners.

2. The silent company has no legal personality and is not listed in the Hellenic Republic. The terms of the agreement shall only be demonstrated by a written agreement of the Parties. For this agreement, the provision in paragraph 2 of Article 393 (2) shall apply.

3. The company shall apply the provisions of the Civil Code to the company, except those which are not compatible with the nature of the company.

Article 286 Imports of a silent partner

The silent partner pays his contribution to the new partner. The subject-matter of the transfer levy -

Shall apply to the partner in question, in whole or in part, or produced by use.

Article 287 Relations with third parties

Third parties acquire rights and are charged only against the other partners.

Article 288 Management of the silent company

1. The management of the parent company is managed by the managing partner.

2. The acquirer from the management of the company belongs to the new partner.

Article 289 Earnings and losses

1. The silent partner shall participate in the profits of the company at the rate or amount agreed in the corporate contract, otherwise Article 763 of the Civil Code applies.

2. Unless otherwise stated, the silent partner has the same percentage as the profits. It may be agreed that its participation in the losses does not exceed the value of its contribution.

3. At the end of each calendar year or in the time they have agreed to the parties, as well as in the case of a winding-up of the company, the apparent partner has an obligation to answer and pay the corresponding gains to the silent partner. It is not excluded that the payment of profits to the silent partner and during the calendar year, in particular as a result of the drawing of an operation or an operation, may be agreed.

4. The silent partner is not required to repay the profits made to earlier uses due to losses of subsequent uses.

Article 290 Rights of the silent partner to control

The partnership shall define the rights of the silent partner in relation to the operations or the undertaking which is the subject of the company. The right referred to in Article 755 of the Civil Code only applies to books and letters of the non-participating partner in relation to the above operations or to the undertaking.

Article 291 Solution and liquidation of the silent company

1. The silent company is solved in the cases provided by the Civil Code. The solution will be cleared.

2. The liquidation of the silent partnership shall be carried out by the participating partner. It consists in the return to the silent partner of the value of his contribution, reduced as a result of his losses. The use of the silent partner's case shall be refunded.

100

3. The liquidator shall have an obligation at the end of each of the calendar months to provide information to the silent partner for the development of the work of the report, with a report of the causes which have been associated with it.

Article 292 Bankruptcy of the partner

1. In the event of bankruptcy of the partner, the silent partner may make themselves known as the creditor for the contribution paid and the balance of profits, resulting from the management of the afuntarian company.

2. If the silent partner did not pay his contribution, he must pay it to the bankruptcy, to the extent necessary to cover his own losses. Payment of the contribution made to work or to the use of a decree is not required.

HEAD OF CONSORTIUM

Article 293 Applicable provisions

1. The consortium is a company without legal personality. As long as it is registered in the Hellenic Republic, it acquires, as a union of persons, competent-law and bankruptcy.

2. In the consortium set up with a view to the coordination of the activities of its members, the provisions for the civil company shall be applied accordingly. The consortium agreement may provide that for the obligations of the consortium vis-à-vis third parties, members of the joint venture will be responsible for the joint venture.

3. As long as the Consortium is engaged in a commercial activity, it is mandatory in the General Secretariat of the European Communities and the provisions for the setting-up of the company are applied to it accordingly.

4. The above provisions also apply to the specific regulated consortia, unless otherwise specified in the special arrangement.

Article 294 Transitional provisions

1. This law applies to companies, which at the time of its entry into force are not liquidated or bankrupt.

2. The provisions of Articles 18-28, 38, 39, 47-50 and 64 of the Trade Law are hereby repealed.

3. The adjusted or unilateral trade companies operating at the time of the entry into force of the existing law shall be obliged to enter the relevant corporate contract in the course of the month in accordance with paragraph 1. Article 251.

PART-EIGHTH PROVISIONS OF THE MINISTERS FOR ECONOMIC AFFAIRS AND OTHER PROVISIONS

CAPITAL A MUTUAL ASSISTANCE FOR THE COLLECTION

THE REQUIREMENTS

Article 295 (Article 1 of Directive 2010 /24/EU)

1. Chapter I of the n. 1402/1983, as amended by Chapter I of n. Regulation (EEC) No 3052/2002 (1 221) and replaced by Chapter IV of the Treaty. 3943/2011 (AB) is repealed with effect from 1 January 2012.

2. Council Directive 2010 /24/EU on the mutual assistance for the recovery of claims, which is applicable from 1 January 2012, shall be incorporated into national law with the provisions of this Chapter.

3. The provisions of this Chapter relate to the recovery of claims from Greece which were born in another Member State of the European Union and refer to a debtor residing in Greece, and the recovery of claims from other Member States. Member States of the European Union, which were born in Greece and relate to a debtor residing in another Member State.

Article 296 (Article 2 of Directive 2010 /24/EU)

1. The provisions of the preceding Article shall apply to all claims relating to: (a) all taxes and duties;

They shall be submitted by the Member States or their territorial or bilateral subdivisions, including local authorities, or for their account, or for an account of the Union; (b) repayments, take-up and other measures in the field;

The total or partial financing system of the European Agricultural Guidance and Guarantee Fund (EAGGF) and the European Agricultural Fund for Rural Development (EAFRD), including amounts to be collected in relation to (c) the levies and other fees provided for in the Regulation;

The framework of the common market organisation for the sugar sector.

2. The scope of this Chapter contains: (a) administrative penalties, fines, charges and increases;

In respect of claims for which a mutual assistance may be requested in accordance with paragraph 1, imposed by the competent administrative authorities for the levying of the relevant taxes or duties or to carry out relevant administrative Investigations or enforced by administrative or judicial bodies in accordance with the relevant administrative authorities;

101

(b) fees for certificates and related documents issued under administrative procedures relating to taxes and charges; (c) interest and expenditure relating to the claims;

For which a mutual assistance in accordance with paragraph 1 or points (a) or (b) of this paragraph may be requested.

3. The provisions of this Chapter shall not apply to: (a) compulsory social security contributions;

(b) issuing charges not mentioned in the programme to the Member State or to the institution of the Member State or to the institutions of social security;

(c) due to a contractual nature, such as supply

(d) criminal penalties imposed in the context of criminal proceedings;

Criminal prosecution or other criminal sanctions which are not covered by paragraph 2 (a).

Article 297 (Article 3 of Directive 2010 /24/EU)

For the purposes of this Chapter: a) 'applicant authority': a central liaison office,

A liaison office or liaison office of the el-le or other Member State of the European Union, which shall reply to a request for assistance for the recovery of claims as referred to in Article 296 (Article 2 of the Directive); Interface;

(i) natural person; (ii) a legal person; (ii) a legal person; (iii) if it is provided for by the applicable person; (ii) a person; (ii) a person; (ii) a legal person; (iii) where provided for in the applicable law; Legislation,

A union of persons recognised as a legal capacity, without having the legal status of a legal person; or

(iv) any other legal form of any kind and form, whether it has legal personality or not, which has its ownership or manages assets which, including the income derived therefrom, Be subject to a tax covered by this Chapter; (d) 'by electronic means' means the use of electronic equipment;

(e) The common platform on the basis of the conclusions of the European Parliament and the Council of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Parliament, of the European Parliament, of the European Parliament and of the Council

The common communication network (CCN), which has been developed by the Union to ensure all transfers by electronic means between the competent customs and tax authorities.

Article 298 (Article 5 of Directive 2010 /24/EU)

1. At the request of the applicant authority, the requested authority shall provide any information it may have;

May refer to the applicant authority for its recovery in accordance with Article 296 (Article 2 of the Directive). For the purpose of providing such information,

The attributing authority to conduct any administrative enquiries necessary for the gathering of information.

2. The requested authority shall not be obliged to transmit information: a) which would not be able to obtain for it;

(b) which would reveal a commercial, industrial or commercial exchange of similar claims arising in the Member State;

(c) disclosure would be likely to be confidential;

Save the security or object to the public order of the Member State of the beneficiary.

3. Paragraph 2, in a case, does not consider it to allow the requested authority of a Member State to refuse to provide information only because the owner of such information is a bank, another financial institution, A delegated representative or a person acting in his capacity as an agent or an administrator or because the information relates to proprietary interest.

4. The requested authority shall inform the requesting authority of the reasons for its opposition to the satisfaction of the request for information.

Article 299 (Article 6 of Directive 2010 /24/EU)

Where a refund of taxes or duties other than the added value relates to a person who is resident or resident in another Member State, the Member State returning may inform the Member State of establishment or permanent residence permit. The forthcoming return.

Article 300 (Article 7 of Directive 2010 /24/EU)

1. By agreement between the applicant authority and the recipient authority and in accordance with the arrangements adopted by the requested authority, officials from the applicant authority may, for the purpose of promoting mutual assistance Under the provisions of this Chapter: (a) be present at the offices in which they perform

(b) be present in the administrative investigations by the administrative authorities of the Member State;

(c) to provide assistance to the competent authorities in the territory of the Member State concerned;

(i) the Member State (s) of the requested authority in the proceedings before the courts in the Member State concerned.

2. If this is possible under the current legislation of the Member State of the recipient country, the agreement referred to in point (b) of paragraph 1 may provide that officials of the requesting Member State may question

102

Persons and reviewing registrations. 3. Officials authorised by the applicant

In order to make use of the possibilities referred to in paragraphs 1 and 2, they must, at any time, be able to demonstrate written authorisation, indicating their identity and their duties.

Article 301 (Article 8 of Directive 2010 /24/EU)

1. At the request of the applicant authority, the requested authority shall notify the addressee of all the documents, including the judicial proceedings provided by the requesting Member State and referred to in Article 296 (Article 2). (a) or to its collection. The request for notification shall be accompanied by a standard -

A form containing at least the following information: (a) only, address and other data on

The determination of the recipient's identity, (b) the purpose of the notification and the time period

In which the notification should be made; (c) a description of the relevant document; and

The nature and amount of the claim concerned, d) only, address and other contact details

In the case of: (i) the office which is responsible for the co-operating procedure;

(ii) the office of providing further information, if different;

The notified document on the potential for payment of the payment obligation.

2. The applicant authority shall submit a request for notification to this Article only if it is not in a position to notify the relevant document in accordance with the rules governing such notification in the Member State concerned or where the notification This would create disproportionate difficulties.

3. The requested authority shall immediately inform the applicant authority of the follow-up to the notification and in particular as regards the date on which the document was transmitted to the recipient.

Article 302 (Article 9 of Directive 2010 /24/EU)

1. The requested authority shall ensure that the notification to the Member State of the requested authority is carried out in accordance with national laws and regulations and administrative practices in the Member State of the beneficiary. Principle.

2. Paragraph 1 shall be without prejudice to any other forms of notification made by the competent authority of the requesting Member State in accordance with the applicable rules of that Member State. A competent authority which is established in the

A Member State may notify directly any document by registered mail or by means of an electronic mail on a person located in another Member State.

Article 303 (Article 10 of Directive 2010 /24/EU)

1. At the request of the applicant authority, the requested authority shall be required to collect claims, which shall be the subject of a security permitting enforcement in the requesting Member State.

2. The requesting authority shall, as soon as it is informed, address all relevant information to the requested authority in the case, which constituted the request for recovery.

Article 304 (Article 11 of Directive 2010 /24/EU)

1. The applicant authority may not apply for a sprint if and if the claim and/or the instrument permitting its enforcement in the requesting Member State is disputed in that Member State, except in the cases where it applies. Third paragraph of Article 307 (Article 14) paragraph 4.

2. Prior to the submission of a request for recovery by the applicant authority, the appropriate recovery procedures to be applied in the Member State concerned must be initiated, except in the following cases:

Data to be collected in the requesting Member State or that these procedures will not result in the claim and the requesting authority has specific information demonstrating that the person has assets. In the Member State of the beneficiary authority, (b) if the application in those procedures to the applicant

A Member State would create disproportionate difficulties.

Article 305 (Article 12 of Directive 2010 /24/EU)

1. Each request for recovery shall be accompanied by a single section authorizing enforcement in the Member State of the recipient authority. The single instrument permitting enforcement in the Member State

A member of the beneficiary authority reflects the principal of the initial instrument permitting enforcement and constitutes the sole basis for the recovery and interim measures taken in the Member State of the beneficiary authority. It shall not be subject to recognition, filling or replacement in that Member State. The single title that allows execution contains

At least the following information: (a) information about the determination of the

A legal instrument permitting enforcement, a description of the claim, including its nature, the time span covered by the requirement, any significant changes in the implementation process, and the amount of the claim and the various Its components, such as capital and accrued interest, etc., (b) only and other data relating to the asset;

Definition of the debtor, (c) only, address and other contact details

In the case of: (i) the office responsible for the valuation of the

103

A requirement and, if different, (ii) the office of providing further information

The requirement or the possibility of waiving the obligation to pay.

2. The request for a claim may be accompanied by other documents relating to the claim issued in the requesting Member State.

Article 306 (Article 13 of Directive 2010 /24/EU)

1. For the purpose of recovery in the Member State of the recipient authority, any claim that constitutes a request for recovery shall be examined as a requirement of the Member State of the recipient authority, unless the provisions of this Chapter provide Or else ... The competent authority shall exercise the powers and procedures laid down by law, regulations or administrative provisions in force in the Member State in which it is subject to requirements relating to the same or, for the same, a similar tax, or A loan other than the cases for which otherwise provided for in this Chapter. If the requested authority considers that they are not imposed

On its territory, the same or similar taxes or duties, the powers and procedures laid down in the laws, regulations or administrative provisions in force in the Member State for claims relating to staff tax (i) income, except in cases where otherwise provided in the Chapter. The Member State of the requested authority shall not be required to

To grant to the requirements of other Member States the advances it grants to similar claims on its territory, unless otherwise specified in the laws of the Member State concerned or in the law of the Member State concerned; Acceptable authority. If a Member State grants advances to claims by another Member State, it shall not refuse to grant the same advantages to them or to similar claims from other Member States under the same conditions. The Member State of the beneficiary shall be charged.

The requirement in its own currency. 2. The requested authority shall inform the applicant authority.

With due diligence on the follow-up given to the request for recovery.

3. From the date of receipt of the application for sprint, the requested authority shall impose interest on precedence in accordance with the laws, regulations and administrative provisions in force in the Member State of the competent authority.

4. The requested authority may, in so far as the laws, regulations or administrative provisions in force in the Member State so permit, provide the debtor with the time-limit for payment or for payment of payment by instalments and may Imposes per-account interest. It shall then inform the applicant authority of any such decision.

5. Without prejudice to Article 313 (Article 20, paragraph 1), the requested authority shall forward to the applicant authority the amounts received in respect of the application and the interest referred to in paragraphs 3 and 4 of this Article.

Article 307 (Article 14 of Directive 2010 /24/EU)

1. The differences relating to the claim, the original title, which permits the implementation of the national court, or the single title, which allows the Member State to be executed in the Member State and disputes regarding its validity. The notification by the competent authority of the requesting Member State shall fall within the competence of the competent bodies of the Member State concerned. If an interest in the course of the recovery procedure is contested in the course of the recovery procedure, the original instrument permitting enforcement in the requesting Member State or the single instrument permitting enforcement in the Member State of the Of the requested authority, the requested authority shall inform the competent authority that it must bring the action before the competent institution of the Requesting State, in accordance with the law applicable to it.

2. Disputes in respect of enforcement measures taken in the Member State of the recipient authority or on the validity of the notification of the competent authority of the Member State of the recipient shall be brought before the competent institution of the Member State concerned. Member States shall, in accordance with their own laws and regulations, in a Member State.

3. When a complaint is brought as referred to in paragraph 1 to the competent institution of the requesting Member State, the applicant authority shall inform the competent authority of that authority and indicate the extent to which the claim is not disputed.

4. As soon as the requested authority receives the information referred to in paragraph 3, either by the decision-making authority or by the interested party, it shall suspend the execution procedure in respect of the non-attached part of the claim. The decision of the competent body in this matter, unless the applicant authority submits a different request in accordance with the third subparagraph of this paragraph. At the request of the applicant authority, or if otherwise decided,

Without prejudice to Article 309 (Article 16 of the Directive), the requested authority may take the measures necessary to guarantee recovery, provided that the laws or regulations in force in the Member State in question The seat shall allow such action. The applicant authority may, in accordance with the laws

And the administrative practices in force in the Member State in which it has its registered office, to ask the requested authority to recover a contested claim or the contested part of the claim, provided that the relevant legislative measures (i) and regulations and administrative practices in force in the Member State of the beneficiary authority. Any such requirement shall be justified. If the outcome of the contested decision is favourable to the debtor, the applicant authority is required to reimburse any recovered amount, increased by any compensation due, in accordance with the applicable law of the Member State of the beneficiary. If a Mutual Agreement has been initiated by the

The competent authorities of the requesting Member State or Member State of the recipient authority, and the outcome of the procedure may affect the decision-making process;

104

(i) a request for assistance, suspension measures shall be suspended or suspended until such time as the procedure has expired, unless the procedure concerns a matter of urgency, due to fraud or incapacity. In the event of suspension or interruption of recovery rates, the second subparagraph shall apply.

Article 308 (Article 15 of Directive 2010 /24/EU)

1. The requesting authority shall immediately inform the requested authority of any subsequent modification of the recovery order submitted or for the withdrawal of its application, indicating the reasons for the amendment or withdrawal.

2. If the amendment of the application is due to the decision of the competent body referred to in Article 307 (Article 14 (1) (1), the applicant authority shall communicate this decision together with a revised single title, which shall allow the decision to be taken by the competent authority of the Member State concerned. Execution in the Member State of the recipient authority. The requested authority shall then proceed to take further recovery measures under the revised instrument. Implementation of recovery or insurance measures

Measures already taken on the basis of the initial single instrument for enforcement in the Member State of the recipient country may continue on the basis of the revised instrument, unless the amendment of the application is based on the nullity of the original Having regard to the Treaty establishing the European Economic Community, and in particular Article 1 (2) thereof, Article 3 (1) of the Treaty establishing the European Economic Community, and in particular Article 3 thereof, With regard to the revised title, the

(Articles 12 and 14 of the Directive).

Article 309 (Article 16 of Directive 2010 /24/EU)

1. At the request of the applicant authority, the requested authority shall take remedial action if it is provided for by its national law and in accordance with its administrative practices, to guarantee recovery when a (i) a Member State shall be questioned at the time of application or if the requirement does not yet constitute an object of a security permitting enforcement in the Member State where the injunction may also be possible; Adverse situations, in accordance with national law and administrative practices of the applicant; Member State. The document which has been written to allow

The application of interim measures to the requesting Member State and concerns the claim for the recovery of the request for mutual assistance, annexed, where applicable, to the application for interim measures in the Member State of the beneficiary authority. This document shall not be subject to recognition, fulfilment or replacement in the Member State of the beneficiary authority.

2. The application for interim measures may be accompanied by other documents relating to the application, issued in the requesting Member State.

Article 310 (Article 17 of Directive 2010 /24/EU)

For the purpose of activating Article 309 (Article 16), Article 303 (Article 10) (2), Article 306 (Article 13 (1) and (2) and Articles 307 and 308 (Articles 14 and 15 of the Directive) shall apply mutatis mutandis.

Article 311 (Article 18 of Directive 2010 /24/EU)

1. The requested authority shall not be obliged to provide the assistance provided for in Articles 303 to 309 (Articles 10 to 16), if the recovery of the claim, owing to the situation of the debtor, may create serious economic or social consequences. Difficulties in the Member State of the recipient authority, where the laws and regulations and administrative practices of that Member State permit such exemption for national requirements.

2. The requested authority shall not be obliged to provide the assistance provided for in Articles 298 and 300 to 309 (ars 5 and 7 to 16) if it is submitted pursuant to Articles 298, 300, 301, 303 or 309 (articles 5, 7, 8, 10 or 16 Odenas) A connection relates to requirements older than five years, which date back to the date on which the requirement in the requesting Member State is to be met up to the date on which the request for assistance was submitted. However, when the claim or the original is infringed

The title permitting enforcement in the requesting Member State, the five-year period shall start to be counted from the time in which the requesting Member State decides that the claim or the instrument permitting recovery can no longer be To be questioned. In addition, in cases where the competent authorities

Authorities of the requesting Member State shall postpone the payment or draw up a payment plan at a time; the five-year deadline shall be understood as beginning at the end of the total payment deadline. However, in such cases, the requested authority

Shall not be obliged to provide the assistance in respect of operations older than 10 years old from the date on which the request was made to the requesting Member State.

3. A Member State shall not be obliged to provide assistance if the total amount of the claims covered by the provisions of this Chapter, for which a connection is requested, is less than EUR 1 500.

4. The requested authority shall inform the applicant authority of the grounds for refusal of the application.

Article 312 (Article 19 of Directive 2010 /24/EU)

1. Matters relating to limitation shall be governed exclusively by the law in force in the requesting Member State.

2. With regard to the suspension, interruption or extension of the period of limitation, the recovery operations

105

They shall be effected by the requested authority or for a fee according to the application for assistance and-resulting in suspension, interruption or abandonment of the period of limitation under the law in the Member State of the beneficiary authority; It is assumed that they have the same effect in the requesting Member State, provided that there is a provision under the law in force in that Member State. If the law in force in the Member State of the

Does not provide for the possibility of suspending, interruption or extension of the time-frame, the recovery operations carried out by the requested authority or on its behalf in accordance with the application for assistance, and which, if they had been Shall be made by the applicant authority or on behalf of its Member State, which would result in a suspension, interruption or extension of the time-limit in force in the law in force in the Member State of the competent authority, shall be considered, As regards this point of view, that they have taken place in the last Member State. The first and second subparagraphs shall not affect the

The right of the competent authorities of the requesting Member State to take measures for the suspension, interruption or extension of the limitation period in accordance with the law applicable in that Member State.

3. The applicant authority and the requested authority shall be informed on both sides of any actions which are interrupted, suspended or prolonged by the time limit of the claim for which recovery or receipt of insurance has been requested. -measures or to actions which may have this effect.

Article 313 (Article 20 of Directive 2010 /24/EU)

1. In addition to the amounts provided for in Article 306 (Article 13) (5), the requested authority seeks to recover from the debtor and to keep the costs connected with the recovery of costs, in accordance with the legislative provisions. And the legal provisions of the Member State of the beneficiary.

2. Member States shall waive any request for reimbursement of expenses incurred by mutual assistance in accordance with the provisions of this Chapter. However, where the collection is of particular interest, the

For the purposes of Article 2 (1) of Regulation (EC) No 519/1999, the Member States may, in accordance with the provisions of Article 3 (1) of Regulation (EC) No 519/1999, apply the principle of equal treatment to nationals of other Member States.

3. Notwithstanding paragraph 2, the requesting Member State remains responsible vis-à-vis the Member State to which the application is addressed for all costs and losses, which may, if possible, have been subjected to actions which have been considered as unfounded, or in relation to its existence. As regards the validity of the instrument of enforcement issued by the applicant authority and authorising it to carry out an interim measure and/or the adoption of interim measures.

Article 314 (Article 21 of Directive 2010 /24/EU)

1. Applications under Article 298 (Article 5 of the Directive), paragraph 1 for the provision of information, requests for notification under Article 301 (Article 8 of the Directive), paragraph 1, requests for recovery under Article 303 (Article 10 of Directive); Paragraph 1 or requests for interim measures pursuant to Article 309 (Article 16 of Directive), paragraph 1 shall be read by electronic means using a standard form, unless this cannot be done for technical reasons. If possible, these forms shall be used for each subsequent communication on the application. The single instrument permitting enforcement in the Member State

The member of the beneficiary authority and the document authorising the adoption of interim measures in the requesting Member State and the other documents referred to in Articles 305 and 309 (Articles 12 and 16), shall also be forwarded electronically. Means, unless this cannot be done for technical reasons. The standard forms may be accompanied by:

Where appropriate, from reports, statements and other documents or certified copies or copies thereof, which are also transmitted electronically, unless this cannot be done for technical reasons. The standard forms and communication with e -

The Committee of the Rules of Procedure, the Committee on the Rules of Procedure, the Committee on the Rules of Procedure and the Committee on the Rules of Procedure, the Committee on the Rules of Procedure, the Committee on the Rules of Procedure and the Committee on the Rules of Procedure.

2. Paragraph 1 shall not apply to information and documents collected during the presence in administrative departments of another Member State or the participation in administrative enquiries carried out in another Member State in accordance with the Article. 300 (Article 7 Directive).

3. If the communication is not carried out using standard forms or using standard forms, this will not affect the validity of the information obtained or the measures taken at the time of the execution of a request for assistance.

Article 315 (Article 22 of Directive 2010 /24/EU)

1. All requests for assistance, standard forms of notification and the uniform securities permitting enforcement in the Member State of the beneficiary authority are sent to the official language or one of the official languages of the Member State. Of the recipient or are accompanied by a translation into it. The fact that certain parts of these letters have been written in a language other than the official language or one of the official languages of the Member State-a member of the beneficiary authority, does not affect their validity or the validity of the procedure, The other language of the Member States concerned has been agreed between the Member States concerned.

2. The documents to be notified under Article 301 (Article 8 of Directive) may be transmitted to the requested authority in an official language of the requesting Member State.

106

3. Where the application is accompanied by documents other than those referred to in paragraphs 1 and 2, the requested authority may, where appropriate, require the applicant authority to translate these documents into the official language, or in an official language of the applicant. (i) a Member State, a member of the beneficiary authority or in any other language, to the extent to which the relevant Member State decides to do so.

Article 316 (Article 23 of Directive 2010 /24/EU)

1. The information disclosed, in any form whatsoever, in accordance with this Chapter, shall be covered by the obligation of professional secrecy and shall be protected for such information by the Commission. The national law of the Member State in which they came. This information may be used for the use of such information.

For the purposes of implementing the implementation or of measures relating to the requirements covered by the Chapter. They may also be used for the valuation and the imposition of compulsory social security contributions.

2. The persons duly accredited by the European Commission's Security Accreditation Authority may have access to this information only to the extent necessary for the defect, maintenance and development of the CCN network.

3. The Member State providing the information must be used for purposes other than those referred to in paragraph 1 in the Member State which receives the information, if, in accordance with the laws of the Member State which provides The information may be used for similar purposes. The information may be used for similar purposes.

4. Where the applicant authority or the requested authority considers that the information collected under this Chapter is likely to be useful for the purposes referred to in paragraph 1 in a third Member State, it may transmit the information in question. Information in the last Member State, as long as their transmission is in accordance with the rules and procedures provided for in this Chapter. It shall inform the Member State from which the information on its intention to transfer the information to a third State has been obtained. The Member State of origin may object to the transfer of the information within 10 working days from the date on which it received the notification by the Member State wishing to transfer the information.

5. The use authorisation, in accordance with paragraph 3, of information transmitted in accordance with paragraph 4, may only be granted by the Member State from which the information was obtained.

6. Intensification of the information communicated, in any form whatsoever, under this Chapter, and using them as evidence from all authorities within the Member State receiving the information, may be relied on. These terms are similar to similar information obtained within the Member State.

Article 317 (Article 24 of Directive 2010 /24/EU)

1. The provisions of this Chapter shall not prejudice the fulfilment of any obligation to provide for a further assistance resulting from bilateral or multilateral agreements or arrangements, including the notification of judicial or extrajudicial notification; Of the acts.

2. When Member States conclude similar agreements or multilateral agreements or arrangements for goods in the areas covered by the present Chapter, except in the case of individual cases, they shall inform the Commission without delay. The Commission shall inform the other Member States in turn.

3. In providing the wider mutual assistance of a bilateral or multilateral agreement or a bilateral agreement, Member States may make use of the electronic communications network and the printing works. Application of this Chapter.

Article 318 (Article 27 of Directive 2010 /24/EU)

1. Greece shall inform the Commission annually by 31 March of the following:

(b) the amount of the claims for which the application is made, or the receipt or receipt of a request for payment by each Member State to which the request is addressed, and receives from each applicant Member State;

Recovery assistance and amounts recovered. 2. Greece also provides all other information

This may be useful for the assessment of the mutual assistance of a mutual assistance under this Regulation.

Article 319

(a) a customs or tax authority or other competent authority; or

A service of the Ministry of Finance, depending on the type of claim, acting "as the applicant authority" and "as an authority" for the implementation of the provisions of this Chapter, (b) the competent authorities for the recovery, management and

(c) methods of collection, management and performance;

The beneficiaries of the requirements provided for in this Chapter and any other matter for the application of the provisions of this Chapter.

OTHER AREAS OF RESPONSIBILITY (B)

MINISTRY OF FINANCE

Article 320 Amendments to laws 3 0 5 4/2 0 0 2, 3784/2009,

2960/2001 and 187 P.K.

1. At the beginning of paragraph 5 (c)

107

Article 6 of the Law The following subparagraphs are added to 3054/2002 (AA230):

' c. Availability of transport instruments (tankers or floating instruments), which can ensure the smooth supply of the market and the smooth and continuous movement of the products referred to by the holder of the marketing authorisation, In accordance with Article 14 (2) of that law, the obligation to supply geographical information to the holder of the authorisation. Transport instruments (Fig. X. Or Ph.D.) must be a -

For the purposes of this Regulation, the Court of First Instance shall, in accordance with Article 3 (1) of Regulation (EC) No 1418/1999, be amended by the Council, acting on a request from the Commission. The transport instruments (Fig. X. Or Ph.D.) of category B1 and B2 companies will have extra special features. The trade mark of the holder of the licence is mandatory and the floating logistical tools (scales). All of the above-mentioned transport instruments are mandatory (GPS). By joint decision of the Ministers for Economic Affairs, Development, Competitiveness and Maritime Affairs and Infrastructure, Transport and Networks, the technical arrangements for the application of the following subparagraphs shall be laid down. In the above liquid fuel liquid medium:

It is necessary to establish computerised systems for the protection of quantitative and qualitative integrity in the handling of pre-measured quantities of fuel, through the sealing of the data, with the possibility of tele-transport of data, on the basis of a data transfer. Of any intervention during the movement. By a joint decision of the Ministers for Economic Affairs, Development, Competitiveness and Maritime Affairs, Transport and Networks, the specifications, procedure and conditions for the installation of the above systems are laid down, the following timetable: The Court of Justice of the European Court of Justice and the Court of Justice of the European Court of Justice and the Court of Justice of the European Court of Justice and the Court of Justice of the European Court of Justice and the Court of Justice of the European Union

2. The last paragraph of Article 6 (7) of the Law EUR 3054/2002 is hereby amended as follows:

' The holders of a retail trade licence referred to in Article 7 (4) referred to in Article 7 (4) shall be responsible, in accordance with Article 17, for the quality and quantity of petroleum products. Products which distribute or have in place to the final customers together with or holders of a marketing authorisation that supplies their premises in accordance with the sales and movement documents or, where applicable, the marketing authorisation holder; If the provision was made directly. '

3. A. At the end of Article 15 (3). The words' applied in any event of the provisions of paragraph 8a of this Article shall be added throughout the duration of the movement of the Hellenic Territory. ' Other: At the end of Article 15 (8)

N. Paragraph 8a is added as follows: ' 8.a. Trafficking in petroleum products is not permitted

Products with a transport means of tanker (Fig. X or Ph.D.) or floating (scales), provided that it does not appear in a light

In accordance with paragraph 5c of Article 6 or, where applicable, the refining licence, where the movement is directly from the refineries, the trade mark of the holder of the licence. Similarly, no movement of petroleum products with transport means of tanker (Fig. X or Ph.D.) or floating (scales) that has no electronic locus (GPS) is authorised. With the decision of the Ministers for Economic Affairs, Development, Competitiveness and Maritime Affairs and Infrastructure, the time and detail of the implementation of the above provision shall be determined. ' Other: Article 15 of the n. No 3054/2002 added to the

Paragraph 11, as follows: In the case of the United States, the

Or are stored or stored within the Hellenic Territory, are detected by radioisotopes or tracer-technology tracers. Liquid fuel consumption, sold or stored and not detected by radio-isotopes or tracers, are considered to be illegal, even if they are in the case of supporting documents. By means of a joint ministerial decision of the Ministers for Finance,

The Committee of the Regions and the Committee of the Regions, the Committee of the Regions and the Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions, and the Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions.

4. Article 16 of the Law EUR 3054/2002 is replaced by the following:

' 1. Any person without any legal authorisation or in breach of the provisions of Article 6 (5) (c) and Article 15 (8a) of this law shall store, store, deliver, deliver, supplies, supply, bottle or sell slowly. Oil or petroleum products or other energy products within the meaning of this Law and without prejudice to the provisions of the National Customs Code, which is to be used for at least three (3) years in prison and a financial penalty of ten Thousands (10,000) up to fifty thousand (50,000) euro.

2. If the perpetrator commits the act of the preceding paragraph and the total value of the subject exceeds the amount of three thousand (73.000) euro, what is to be done by sitting by ten (10) years and money 50 000 (50 000) up to three hundred thousand (300 000).

3. The administrative penalties imposed for the acts of the preceding paragraphs shall be without prejudice to criminal sanctions. '

5. Article 17 (1) of the Law. The following subparagraph is added as follows:

' e. In the event of infringement of the provisions of paragraph 8a of Article 15, transfers shall be made directly. The owners of the above-mentioned persons who: (i) do not have the trade mark of the trade licence or, where applicable, the marketing authorisation, where the feed is from the refineries or (ii) do not bear the special A seven thousand (7,000) euro per infringement and the transfer of transport clearance for-at six (6) months is deducted. In any event of a relapse of three years for the same infringement as this

108

It is clear from the current entries in the Book of Couples, the challenge is threefold. The imposition of fines does not preclude the imposition of other administrative or criminal penalties provided for by the provisions. In addition, the nautical brochure of the ship is removed;

Or withdraw the authorisation to exercise road transport respectively for up to six (6) non-non-member countries. By joint decision of the Minister for Economic and Financial Affairs

In the case of a competent minister, details and details for the application of the preceding subparagraph shall be laid down. '

6. At the end of Article 31 (7) of the Law. Paragraphs 8 and 9 are added as follows:

' 8. A. .. By decision of the Minister for Development, Addendum and Shipping, it is imperative that from five thousand (five thousand) euro to a million euro-million (EUR 1 500 000) for any infringement of an input-control device-e - Crotches. The amount of the fines imposed shall be calculated on the basis of the criteria, in particular, the seriousness of the infringement, the consequences resulting therefrom, the degree of liability and any infringement of the infringer. For the evaluation of the infringe term of the infringement, account shall be taken of the validity of the entries in the records of the offenders. Within three years of the adoption of the decision imposing a penalty on him or another penalty for breach of a provision of an input-output system, it shall be a new infringement; it shall be deemed to be relapsed. The names of the offenders are posted on the website of the Ministry of Development, Addendum and Shipping on the Internet, in accordance with the provisions of the Law. 2472/1997 (' 50). Other: By decision of the same Minister, they may be charged -

The above infringements and to determine the enforcement procedure and the limits of the category or any individual infringement, within the limits of the first subparagraph of this paragraph, and any other necessary details. By means of a decision, these limits may be adjusted.

Other: For the same infringement only a competent body of the Ministry of Development, Competitiveness and Shipping is required to comply with the provisions of the provisions of the applicable law of the Ministry. Any enforcement of a second penalty for the same infringement does not produce any legitimate consequence. The imposition of fines does not preclude the imposition of other administrative or administrative penalties provided for by the provisions laid down therein.

9. With a joint decision of the Ministers for Economic and Development, Competitiveness and Shipping, the implementation of the integrated systems of input-output-output systems in offshore oil tankers is being implemented. Details of the procedures and conditions, the precise timing of implementation and any necessary detail. '

7. At the end of Article 63 (3). (EC) No 2960/2001 (A' 265) is added as follows:

" Specially for mineral oil tankers -

In the case of products in which energy products referred to in Article 72 are held, there is complete agreement on electronic input-output control systems in which a mandatory fiscal mechanism is connected. By a joint decision of the Ministers for Economic Affairs, Anna -

Development, Competitiveness and Maritime and Infrastructure, Transport and Networks are defined as the specifications and the arrangements for the installation of input-output control systems, tracer systems, and procedures, conditions, and The conditions for the establishment, for each type of operation, the tax electronic equipment, the precise time frame for implementation and any necessary detail. '

8 a. Paragraph 9 of Article 147 of the Law. 2960/2001 is replaced by the following:

' 9. In the event of non-registration or defaulting, or inaccurate registration of oil trading on the Information System for the Monitoring of Oil Marketing, within the meaning of Article 73 (2) (a) In the case of non-compliance with the provisions of the Treaty, it is necessary to apply the provisions of the Treaty to the provisions of the Treaty on European Union. It does not constitute an inaccurate infra

A statement that has been re-introduced to the above-mentioned system by a member of the DIPO, within the meaning of Article 5 (1) of the Law. Council Regulation (EC) No 3899/2010. ' Other: The provisions of Article 147 (9) of

N.2960/2001, as replaced by the preceding subparagraph of this paragraph, shall be applied, reserving the error of order, and on a forward-looking, inaccurate and non-tax entry; The Committee of the Committee of the Environment, Public Health and Food Safety and Health Protection at the Committee on the Environment, Public Health and Food Safety and Health Protection at Work. An application shall be submitted to its provisions.

The preceding subparagraph within two months of the entry into force of this law in the following cases:

(i) Where a charge has been issued and no appeal has been lodged against it or has been brought, but a final decision of the Court of Justice has not been delivered, with an obligation to declare a waiver from the right to appeal, or From the already-established legal instrument.

(ii) When the full amount or part of the added value has already been paid, the amount of the difference between the added fines and the provisions laid down in this paragraph shall be repaid. No application is required for affiliation to its provisions

This paragraph in the case where no imputable act has been issued.

9 a. The following subparagraph shall be added at the end of paragraph 1 of Article 187 BC:

' With the same penalty as the person responsible for the act referred to in the first subparagraph, if the criminal organisation is to prosecute more criminal offences relating to the avoidance of payment of a tax,

109

(b) any charge or other charge on the purchase, sale, delivery, delivery, transfer, transfer, holding, holding, storage, import or export of goods or products of sale, piracy or piracy '; At the end of Article 187 (3).

The following subparagraph shall be added as follows: ' By the same sentence, the Member State shall be given the same penalty;

If, at the time of the end of the first paragraph of the first paragraph, a civil servant or an official within the meaning of Article 263a was published. ' Other: At the end of Article 187 (6).

The following subparagraph shall be added as follows: ' An aggravating circumstance shall also constitute a charge.

The instrument referred to in the last paragraph of the first paragraph with material subject to crude oil or another petroleum product or energy product. '

10. The infringements referred to in paragraph 8 of Article 5 (8) of paragraph 8 of Article 5 (8) of Article 5 (8), repealed by the provisions of Article 5 (7) of Article 5 (7) of Council Regulation (EEC) N.3899/2010 (A΄ 212) and were committed until 31.12.2010 for the products not issued by the heads of the Legal Service, the relevant decisions or decisions taken and at the time of initiation (i) the application of the provisions of the present Regulation has not been definitively incorporated in the resolution of the dispute; Irrespective of their time of their credit, they shall be counted as general infringements and subject to one (1) uniform basis, per management period, on the basis of the category of books held on the first day of the management period in which the (a) For non-submission of data, for the purpose of non-reporting, such as: a) For non-reporting purposes,

Oil referred to in Article 20 (7) of the KPA. (186/1992), S. B. = three (3). (b) For the time-limit for submission of data, for

Oil changes in Article 20 (7) of the K.B.C., as well as the inaccurate reporting of the quantity, S. B. = two (2). (c) For the submission or the time-limit for submission of

Of the tax documents for the oil changes referred to in Article 20 (7) of the K.B.C., irrespective of whether this omission relates to one or more of them, the SB = one (1). The above are valid on the condition that the amount

The provisions of the Directive, which are provided for in these provisions, are not greater than those resulting from the provisions of the Treaty.

11. The references to the provisions of the preceding paragraph shall also apply to infringements referred to in the discussion of an appeal against them before the administrative courts and the Court of Justice, provided that they see more favourable treatment. In the case of cases brought before these courts, the persons concerned may, in their application, be submitted to the competent Head of Economic Service, within a subversive period of sixty (60) days after publication of the At present, they request the administrative settlement of the dispute on the basis of the provisions in question, followed by the procedure of the N.d.

4600/1966 (7242). 12. When implementing the provisions of this Regulation,

The amount of fines paid shall not be repaid.

13. The services of the Organization for Economic E-glamour have free access to the E-label ICS-1, the ECS Export Control System and the Monitoring and R System of Products Processes of EMCS, which e - They are listed in the Greek Territory under the laws of Law No 648/2005 and (EC) 684/2009. By decision of the Minister for Economic Affairs, each necessary detail is required for the implementation of this parafi.

Article 321 Amendments to laws 1 0 7 8/1 9 8 0, 1882/1990,

3842/2010, 2238/1994, 3427/2005, 4002/2011, 4014/2011, 4015/2011 and 4038/2011

1. Paragraph 3 (c) of Article 1 of the Law. Regulation (EEC) No 1078/1980 (0238), as amended by Article 21 (1). 3842/2010 (1 58) is replaced by the following:

'(c) citizens of the Member States of the European Union and the European Economic Area,';

2 a. Article 26 (3) of the Law The following subparagraph is added as follows: 1882/1990 (1 43)

' Information via an electronic service for the fiscal integrity of natural or legal persons or associations of persons, as defined in the preceding paragraph, shall be subject to a position of evidence of fiscal neutrality, which can only be used. By the institution, service or person required to receive it and only for the reason indicated in its application. '; Other: In Article 23 (1). 3427/2005

(A3312), after the third subparagraph, the following is added as follows:

' From the year 2012 onwards, the declaration of data shall be submitted individually by any natural person in the year in which such an obligation arises. For the property of protected persons, in accordance with Article 7 of the Income Tax Code Article 7, the declaration shall be submitted by the deceased parent to the child's name. '

3 a. Paragraph 3 of Article 34 of the Law. Regulation (EEC) No 3842/2010 (1 58) is amended as follows:

' The declaration by the natural persons shall be composed, in writing by the Ministry of Economic Affairs, separately by natural person, from the statements of property of the accounting officers. ' Other: The provisions of this paragraph shall apply to

From 1.1.2010. 4 a. In the case referred to in paragraph 1 of Article

31 of the Income Tax Code, which was ratified by the n. Having regard to the Treaty establishing the European Economic Community,

' Also, the following taxes, duties and levies to be borne by the undertaking are not deductible: aa) the tax on the value of the value of the minutes provided for in Article 24 (3) of the Law. 2065/1992 ('113 '), (bb) the real estate tax referred to in Article 50 (2)

110

N. Regulation (EEC) No 3842/2010 (1 58), (c) the single end of immovable property referred to in Article 15 (3). (d) the end of Article 31 of the Law. 3986/2011 (152), (e) the exceptional special charge for electrode-treated surfaces referred to in Article 53 of the Law. Having regard to Council Regulation (EEC) No 4021/2011 (2), (g), (g) the exceptional contribution of the article of the n. (EEC) No 3845/2010 ('), (h) the exceptional occurrence of Article 2 of the Law. Regulation (EEC) No 3808/2009 (A-227) and (h) the exceptional immovable property levy referred to in Article 3 of this Regulation. ' 3808/2009. ' Other: The provisions of this paragraph shall apply.

From the entry into force of the relevant provisions mentioned.

5. At the end of Article 59 of the Law 2238/1994, new paragraph 8, as follows:

' 8. Common decisions of the Ministers for Economic and Labour and Social Security, published in the Official Journal of the European Communities, shall be defined in the Official Journal of the European Communities and the content of the temporary FMI declaration, with the exception of gross amounts, the tax and the (a) the special solidarity levy referred to in Article 29 of Regulation (EEC) No 3986/2011, withheld by certain undertakings in the preceding calendar month, may include the social security contributions due Below gross earnings and in general arrangements for each other relevant issue relating to The submission of such declarations. '

6 a. The second subparagraph of Article 61 (1) of Law No 2238/1994 is replaced by the following:

"Excludes the natural person, who acquires exclusive annual income on the basis of the provisions of Article 16 for up to five thousand (5,000) euro." Other: The fifth subparagraph of Article 61 (1)

V.2238/1994 is replaced by the following: " Specially, in order for natural persons,

If the annual taxable income exceeds the amount of EUR 5 000 (EUR 5 000), they are required to submit a declaration if their annual income exceeds the amount of EUR 5 000 (EUR 5 000), provided that they are resident in Greece and are not resident in Greece. (b) a-in the case of (a), (e), (f), and (e) of this document. ' Other: The provisions of this paragraph shall have:

Medicinal product for income obtained from 1.1.2011 onwards.

The first subparagraph of Article 70A (1) of Law No 2238/1994 shall be replaced by the following:

' 1. It is recommended in the Directorate-General for Tax E-words and Receiving of revenue from the Cabinet Office of the Economic and Social Committee composed of a former magistrate or former official of the Legal Council of State as President, two Employees with a degree of at least B΄ of the Central Y-Department of Economic Affairs, an employee of the Department of Economic Crime, Head of the Department of Management or Redirector Level Group and one representative of the association Enterprise and Industry (S.E.B.). '

8. The provisions of Article 77 of the Law 2238/1994, as follows:

' 1. Private property documents of an amount equal to the amount of the property or of agricultural immovable property shall be more than one hundred (100) euro;

For the month, they shall be submitted using up-to-date sunday methods and network infrastructure by the shipper or the worker within the month following their pension.

2. The documents of the previous paragraph (s) have not been submitted, lack any evidence of evidence and are not examined by the courts and public authorities. In addition, they are deprived of evidence and the counterdocuments, which are agreed to be different from the one specified in the text of the equation.

3. If property ownership is transferred, the new owner is jointly and severally jointly with the predecessor for the payment of the tax of three (3) prior to the transfer of years, which is proportional to the income of the immovable property which It has been transferred and results from the entry in the day of the transfer. The notaries shall have an obligation to submit this provision to the tenderers and to express this explicitly in the contract of sale.

4. Those who do not submit their instruments of incorporation or submit them in time, as well as the non-notaries which do not apply the provisions of the preceding paragraph, shall be subject to fines laid down in Article 4 (1). DONE AT BRUSSELS. By decision of the Minister for Economic Affairs,

Determine the manner, time and procedure for their submission and any other details of the application of those provisions. '

9. Subparagraph 3b of Article 23 of n. EUR 4002 /2011 (1 180) is replaced by the following:

(b) The Directorate and the Working Party, Management and Control of the Financial Perspective, Monitoring of the Implementation of the Financial Perspective implemented by services outside the Ministry of Finance; The Court of Justice of the European Communities brought an action for a preliminary ruling on the interpretation of Article 3 (2) of Council Regulation (EC) No 1416/1999 of the European Parliament and of the Council on the application of the rules of procedure of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Parliament and of the Council on the harmonisation of the laws of the Member States. The Department of Trade and Administrative Support is in charge of an employee of category IP or TE. The placement of the heads of the Directorate and

The results of the studies are carried out by a decision of the Economic and Social Committee. Staff members who are directly involved in the decision of the previous year must at least have the degree of degree of degree of study and excellent knowledge (1) of at least one of the European Commission's working languages. (English, French, German).

10. The administrative solutions adopted by the appropriate directorates of the Central Office of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, either in the form of circular answers, are posted on the Internet, at the same time as they are carried out. In the first place, it is clear from the individual replies of the tax authorities, as well as of any amounts of tax.

11 a. Paragraph 3 of Article 15 of the Law. Regulation (EEC) No 4015/2011 (1 210) is replaced by the

111

' 3. Purchases of movable property transactions;

In the case of the United States, the Court of Justice of the European Union and the Court of Justice of the European Union Paragraphs 6 and 11 of Article 15 of the Law 4015;

2011 are abolished as soon as it prevailed. 12. If the General Secretariat of the General

Department of Taxation and Customs Affairs of the Ministry of Finance, who chairs the State Lottery Management Committee (a.n. 339/1936-A.512), in the position of the President of the Commission, presiding General Secretariat or Special Secretary Of the Ministry of Economic Affairs designated by the Minister for Economic Affairs, with the decision of some of the members of the Commission or Head of Directorate-General of the Ministry of Finance, appointed by decision.

13. Paragraph 9 of Article 7 of Law 4038/2012 (1 14) is replaced by the following:

' 9. In the case of an anonymised company, the shares of which are either in the "Private Perution of Private Property of Dept. S.A." or at the Greek Symposium, provided that in their General Assembly it is represented by the " Privatisation Fund In addition, the provisions of Law 2190/1920, by way of derogation from the Law, are applied in the case of the law of the Court of Justice. ' Council Regulation (EC) No 3429/2005 (l 34), Article 42 of the Law Proposal for a Council Regulation (EC) amending Regulation (EEC) No 3943/2011 (') and laying down provisions for their statutes. '

14. In Article 65 (1). 2362/1995 (1 247) is added as follows:

' d. Guarantees provided in company cases in order to ensure the provision of services of public interest by companies whose majority share capital is owned by the Greek Government. '

Article 322 Business planning-Taxation of shares

1. The provisions of Article 1 of D. 1297/1972 (1 217) shall be replaced by the following:

' The provisions of this Regulation shall apply to mergers or conversion of undertakings, of any form, to a non-company or to the purpose of establishing a company, as well as on the basis of mergers or undertakings, of any form, if any. These are not included in a company, a limited liability company or the purpose of establishment of limited liability. '

2. The provisions of the preceding paragraph shall apply from the expiry date provided for by the provisions laid down.

3. Article 12 of Law No 1297/1972 shall cease to apply to mergers or transfers of undertakings made in accordance with the provisions of this law since the publication of the present and subsequent publication. Paragraph 11 of Article 7 of the Law ceases to apply. Regulation (EEC) No 2386/1996 (' 43) for the design of operations carried out in accordance with Articles 1 to 5 of the Law. NO 2166/1993 (1 137) The preceding subparagraph shall take into account the design of which shall be drawn up in accordance with the procedure laid down in the publication of the

Point of view. 4. At the end of Article 2 (3)

N. The following paragraph is added: 2166/1993 (1 137):

' The provisions of paragraph 3 of Article 4 (3) of the EC Treaty shall continue to apply to the loss of previous uses of the company or of limited liability companies. '

5. The provisions of the preceding paragraph shall apply to removals for the realisation of which balance sheets are drawn up by the publication of the present and after publication.

6. Article 109 of the n. The following paragraph shall be added to 2238/1994:

' 6. When a company is converted into a personal company, the already taxed profits that are incurred at the time of the conversion are imposed on the legal person designated by the provisions of Article 54 (1) of the EC Treaty. Tax; Furthermore, when the conversion of a limited company to a private company is made available to the Government of the Government, the provisions of paragraph 1 of Article 55 (1) shall apply. The amount of tax payable is a lump sum within the meaning of the month following the completion of the conversion month, with the reimbursement forms in accordance with the tax provisions. The provisions of the preceding subparagraph shall apply to duty-free reserves in respect of production investments based on a development law basis, as well as tax-deductible income or self-taxed income. The above shall not apply to taxable profits of past losses incurred by companies of limited liability until 31 December 2010. '

7. Paragraph 1 of Article 16 of the Law. Regulation (EEC) No 3943/2011 (Part II) shall be replaced by the following:

' 1. The provisions of Article 9 (2) of the Law No 2579/1998 (1 31) and Article 27 (2). 2703/1999 (1 72) continue to apply for shares in the Athens Stock Exchange (H.A.) or foreign stock exchange or other internationally recognised financial institution, which has been acquired up to and including 31 December 2012. The provisions of paragraphs 3 and 4 of Article 38 of the EC Treaty shall be applied in respect of the above acquired shares on 1 January 2013. '

8. The first subparagraph of Article 38 (3) of the Law 2238/1994 shall be replaced by the following:

' 3. Profits acquired by natural persons or undertakings holding a second-class CRS by the sale of shares in the ASE to the superior of their acquisition, shall be taxed in accordance with the general provisions, where such shares They shall be acquired in any way from 1 January 2013 onwards. '

9. The first subparagraph of Article 38 (4) of the Law 2238/1994 shall be replaced by the following:

' 4. Profits from the sale of shares in the ASE to the superior of their acquisition, acquired by enterprises of any form in the third-tier books of the K.B.C., are taxed on the parent company.

112

(a) where such shares are acquired in any way as from 1 January 2013 and by-products. '

10. Paragraph 5 of Article 16 of the Law Regulation (EEC) No 3943/2011 (Part II) shall be replaced by the following:

' 5. The provisions of Article 38 (1) and (2) of the Income Tax Code shall continue to be applied for equity participations in the Athens Stock Exchange or on foreign finance and have been acquired by 31 December 2012. '

Article 323 Results of the Greek Statistical Authority (EL.STAT.)

1. Article 1 of n. Regulation (EEC) No 3832/2010 ('38) added a new paragraph 5, corresponding to the following paragraphs, as follows:

' 5. In the development, production and dissemination of statistics, the institutions of the EUMS apply the code of good practice for European statistics, every time it applies. '

2. After Article 3 of the Law A new Article 4 is added, with a corresponding increase in the following Articles 4 to 12, as follows:

" Article 4 Advisory Committee on Good Practice

1. A five-member independent advisory committee is hereby established, as follows: (a) a member designated by Parliament, (b) a member designated by the European Parliament;

Statistical Office (Eurostat), (c) a member indicated by the European

Advisory Board on Governance in Statistics (ESGAB), (d) a member designated by the Commission

European Statistical System (ESSC) and (e) a representative of the Data Protection Authority.

2. The work of the Committee is exclusively the training of staff.

Annual report on the implementation of the principles 1-6 (institutional framework) of the Code of Good Practice for European Statistics in the Greek Statistical System. The Committee shall submit its report to the Chamber of Deputies to the European Council in the field of Statistics. The Committee's position is of a consultative nature. The Commission has no competence in the management and organisation of ELSTAT. And in connection with the collection, monitoring and dissemination of the statistics of EL.STAT.

3. The members of the Committee shall be chosen between experts with exceptional capacity and national and/or international professional experience in the fields referred to in the Code of Good Practice for European statistics.

4. The Chairman of the Committee shall be appointed by a vote among its members.

5. Meetings of the Committee shall be chaired by the President of EL.STAT. Without a vote.

6. The members of the Committee shall be appointed for a two-year term of office by decision of the Minister for Economic Affairs.

7. The annual report of the Committee shall be published in the Parliament.

8. The bodies of the Hellenic Statistical Institute shall provide the Committee with the information required to carry out its work on request submitted to the relevant body of administration.

9. The members of the Committee shall not disclose information to which they have received access to the Committee's proceedings if they are informed by the competent body that the information in question is due to a confidential nature.

10. Members of the Committee may be removed before the end of their term of office only for a great reason for the performance of the work of the Committee.

11. The members of the Committee shall not be paid a fee. 12. Technical and administrative support of the Committee

Provided by EL.STAT. In a way that safeguards the independence of the committee. The cost of the committee rests on the budget of ELSTAT.

13. The Committee is recommended for two years from its first establishment, so its role and effectiveness will be reviewed."

3. Paragraph 1 (1) of Article 5 (before the authority has brought number 4) of the n. 3832/2010 is replaced by the following:

' 1. The Greek Statistical Programme (EL.S.P.), after the opinion of SY.EL.S.C., has been consulted every three years. The EUMC shall be approved by the end of March of the preceding year. '

4. In the first subparagraph of Article 5 (6) (which preceded the above mentioned in paragraph 4). 3832/2010, the word 'March' is replaced by 'May'.

5. At the end of Article 10 (1) (which preceded the above-mentioned withdrawal number 9). The following subparagraph shall be added:

" EL.STH. It has a legal personality and is automatically present in all types of trials that have as its object rights or obligations, and acts or omissions. '

6. Paragraph 7 (7) of Article 11 (which prior to the above-mentioned withdrawal brought number 10). 3832/2010 is repealed.

7. The last subparagraph of Article 12 (1) (before the above withdrawal has brought number 11) of the n. 3832/2010 is repealed.

8. At the end of Article 12 (2) (which preceded the above mentioned in paragraph 11). 3832/2010, paragraph added as follows:

" The Regulation may provide that its specification may be made by decisions of the President of the Hellenic Post. Or with the cooperation agreements with the entities of the EUMS, as well as the publication of such decisions on the Internet site of EL.STAT., without the need for publication.

9. Article 13 (before the above withdrawal has brought number 12) of the n. 3832/2010 is replaced by the following:

113

" Article 13 President of the Hellenic Post Office.

1. The President of ELSTAT. It is chosen by the Conference of Presidents, with a recommendation from the Economic and Social Committee, after a public tender, by a majority of four fifths of its members.

2. Exclusive selection criterion in the position of the President of EL.STAT., is the high scientific training, with academic or professional specialisation in the statistics of the statistical or allied industries or on the subject of the subject matter. Statistical surveys and studies. In addition, the President of ELSTAT. He must have a doctoral degree.

3. After his selection by the Conference of the Presidents of the Parliament, in accordance with the provisions referred to in paragraph 1, the President of ELSTAT. To be appointed for a five-year term, by decision of the Minister for Economic Affairs, published in the Official Journal of the European Communities. His term of office may be renewed for one time only, with the same decision and procedure. It is not possible to appoint a new President of the Hellenic Post Office, a person who has fallen from that capacity.

4. Paragraphs 4, 6 and 8 of Article 3 of the Law 3051/2002 (A΄ 220) shall apply to the President of the Hellenic Post Office. '

10. Article 13 of the Law Regulation (EEC) No 3832/2010 is hereby repealed, without prejudice to the following Articles.

11. Article 14 of the Law 3832/2010 is replaced by the following:

" Article 14 Vice-President

1. The President of ELSTAT. Is the supreme body of EL.STAT., exercises all its responsibilities and has the responsibility of its proper functioning to fulfil its objectives in accordance with the provisions of national and European legislation, the Code of Good Practice for European statistics and the Belgian-international statistical practices. The president of ELSTAT. Has in particular the following:

(a) approves the ELA, (b) establish the Statistical Compulsory Regulation;

(c) draw up the annual statistical programme; (c) draw up the annual statistical programme; (c) prepare the annual statistical programme;

President of the Commission. (d) decide to impose administrative penalties, and the evaluation report on the training programme for the preceding year;

In accordance with Articles 9 and 12 of this law, e) takes the decisions on statistics

Methods, standards and procedures, as well as the content and timing of the statistical reporting, on the transmission of the statistics of the European Central Bank to the European Statistical Office (Eurostat), and In general on the transmission, submission or notification of statistics in the context of European and international statistical cooperation. (f) He is responsible for the coordination of all acts;

(i) the development, production and dissemination of the other institutions of the European Union;

(g) May decide to carry out any kind of statistics on the statistics of the country, as well as the national quality assurance framework for statistics.

The statistical surveys, inventories and studies, which are provided by the EL.S.P. and the annual Statistical Office of the Hellenic Post Office (EL.PAT). Judge and extrajudicial,

Before the Courts, each authority and third party. The president of ELSTAT. She may delegate her report to the Legal Advisor to ELSTAT. (i) the services of EL.STAT.i (i), co-ordinate the services of the Hellenic Republic,

Lives and directs their function, provides the instructions for the execution of any action relating to the performance of EL.STAT's mission. And set up working groups by the special scientific or other staff of ELSTAT. (i) the person concerned shall be in a hierarchical and disciplinary manner;

EL.STAT's office. (ii) the establishment and operation of the Staff Regulations and of the Disciplinary Board, in accordance with the provisions laid down. It shall establish the annual budgets, from -

(i) It is responsible for all matters relating to the administration of the European Central Bank.

The functioning and financial management of ELSTAT. And assumes as an authorising officer of the costs of ELSTAT. The liabilities at the expense of the budget appropriations. It may transfer its responsibilities to others;

EL.STAT's institutions. And to be authorised by decision of the Hellenic Post. To sign "by order of President" documents or other acts adopted by decisions which are published by post on the website of ELSTAT. Without requiring any other publication. (n) Exercises any other competence of EL.STAT. ;

The law and the management and management of the EL.STAT.

2. In the event of his or her absence or coma, the President shall be replaced in the exercise of all his duties by the Director-General of Statistics, and in the event of his or her absence or coma, by the Director-General for Administration and Organization. ';

12. Article 15 of n. 3832/2010 is replaced by the following:

" Article 15 Independence Warranties-Salmon

1. The President of ELSTAT. He shall enjoy personal independence in the exercise of his duties in accordance with the provisions in question. The President of the Hellenic Post. It is compulsory for full and exclusive employment.

2. The President of EL.STAT. (a) a decision by the institution which appointed him, for the purpose of exercising his or her duties as a result of the illness, illness or disability, or for a significant reason for the performance of his duties, such as the disclosure of confidential matters, Which took note in the performance of his duties, or the abuse of his position for the same, personal or personal gain. The reasons

114

Cessation may not compromise the professional and scientific independence of the country.

3. By decision of the Minister of Finance, all the salaries of the President of the Hellenic Post are determined."

13. Paragraph 2 of Article 16 of the Law 3832/2010 is replaced by the following:

' 2. The budget of ELSTAT. It includes all the funds needed to make available to users of high quality statistics according to national and European obligations. The budget of ELSTAT. He proposed to the Minister for Legal Affairs the President of the Hellenic Republic, who is also an authorising officer of its expenditure. The President's decision may be taken during the financial year, or an increase in the budget of the EL.STAT budget. (i) a reduction in other appropriations for the budget. The implementation of the budget shall be followed by the Audit Committee and the General Balance Sheet of the State and Control of the Budget of the State, as laid down in the Parliament's Rules of Procedure. THE EL.STR. Has an obligation to keep accounts

To which the results of the use and the balance sheet are included, as specified in the Operating and Management Regulations. The audit of financial data and annual accounts and financial statements is made by two (2) auditors. These figures and financial statements are published in the Official Journal of the European Union and the website of ELSTAT. The accounts and the balance sheet of ELSTAT. They are subject to the preventive and repressive control of the Court of Auditors.

14. Paragraph 3 of Article 16 of the Law. 3832/2010 is replaced by the following:

' 3. All issues relating to the financial management of EL.STATE, in particular as regards the accounting plan applying, the type, structure and content of the accounts and the books which it maintains, the adoption and the clearance of its expenditure, the Financial endpoints as well as financial instruments for payment, payment of expenditure, management, reimbursement of financial instruments, management of reserves, auditing of financial management, all types of expenditure. Contracts (in particular supplies of goods, contracts for the execution of works, provision of services, accommodation, etc.) (i) the acquisition, purchase or sale of immovable property), as well as on the financing and distribution of the costs of each inventory and any other details are set out in the operation and management of the EL.STAT. Until the outcome of the management and management of ELSTAT. The provisions of the public accounting system shall apply. '

15. Paragraph 1 of Article 20 of the Law. 3832/2010, the phrase "after the opinion of ELSTAT." Is opposed by the phrase "after the proposal of ELSTAT."

16. The last paragraph of paragraph 2 of Article 20 of n. 3832/2010 is replaced by the following:

" By decision of the President of ELSTAT. May be entrusted to the Research and Studies Division or to executives who serve in it and designated to it;

By the President, the elaboration of socio-economic studies, independently or in cooperation with other servants of the EL.STAT. Or other bodies, and the execution of any other work within the framework of the competencies of EL.STAT."

17. Paragraph 4 of Article 20 of the Law. The words' in accordance with Article 11 of the Law. The following paragraph shall be deleted at the end of paragraph 1649/1986 (1 149).

' The Legal Service shall be consulted following a notice setting out the criteria, criteria and conditions of mutual and cooperation. '

18. Article 23 of the Law Regulation (EEC) No 3832/2010 shall be replaced by the following paragraph 6 at 7 and a new paragraph 6 shall be added as follows:

' 6. Paragraph 4 of Article 14 of the Law. Regulation (EEC) No 3470/2006 and Article 21 (12) EUR 3144/2003 is supplemented as follows:

" The Hellenic Statistical Authority (EL.STAT.) is allowed to entrust a project to a project, for a specific project, to corporate and individual companies or, for a period of time and not beyond the quarter, to natural persons providing services, As in the case of material, operating machinery and related equipment and other services not specifically mentioned herein, to meet needs arising from its activities. ';

Article 324 Approval of the draft Agreement between the European Economic Community and the Republic of

Of the Hellenic Republic and of Siemens AG and Siemens S.A.

1. The Draft Agreement on the Agreement between the Hellenic Republic and the Siemens AG, based in the City of Munich in the Federal Republic of Germany and Siemens SA, based on the Law of the Law of the United States of America, is hereby approved. The Committee of the European Communities, the European Parliament, the Economic and Social Committee, the Economic and Social Committee, the Economic and Social Committee, the Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the European

2. The Minister of Economic Affairs has the authority to represent the Hellenic Republic and to sign it, in accordance with paragraph 1 of this Article, of a Council Agreement.

Article 325 Arrangements for the Office of Deposits and Loans

1. The Board of Deposits and Loans may delegate, in accordance with the provisions of the relevant provisions relating to the provisions of the Dome and the NIFs, to the pursuit of the work of the holding of the dwelling of its services, as well as of the execution of the premises. In general, the Commission has decided to set up a European Agency for Safety and Safety in the European Union.

2 a. One or more natural or legal persons may, in respect of the Court of Justice and the Court of Justice of the Court of Justice and the Court of Justice, in respect of remuneration and in accordance with certain conditions, implement, in particular, the law of the Court of Justice. Arrangements or special agreements between the agreements or the revocation of claims on movable or immovable property or a full-scale party;

115

(b) to be specific to each other. By decision of the Minister for Economic Affairs,

For the purposes of the accounts, the necessary conditions for the accounting of the contracts relating to the contracts of the parties to the Deposits and Loans Fund and the other details of the application of the first subparagraph.

Article 326 Rules of the Council of the State

And other provisions

1. Article 3 of the Law 3900/2010 (1 213) and Article 110a of the Law 1225/1981 (1 304), as added by Article 70 of the Law. 4055/2012 (1 51) are repealed. The provisions of the preceding subparagraph shall also take effect upon the entry into force of this decision.

2. Paragraphs 2, 4 and 6 of Article 61 of Law 86/1969 (1 7) are replaced by the following:

' 2. The opposition against the protocol of administrative action shall be carried out against the Court or against the legal persons of the par. 1, which belongs to the extent to which the illegal action is attempted and which is to be held in the name of a court-martial of the location of the property. '

' 4. According to the judgment of the Court of First Instance, there is no legal instrument. If, for reasons relating to the ownership or the law of the structure, the decision which is to be adopted shall, for reasons relating to the property or law of the structure, carry out a regular treatment within 90 days of the date on which it is served, the decision shall be taken as otherwise provided for in the decision. Protocol shall remain in force and shall be adopted. In this case, the provision of Article 8 of Law 1539/1938, which was maintained in Article 52, is not applicable. 18. N.C.O.D.

' 6. The objection shall not have the effect of staying enforcement of the death penalty, but may be called upon by a court-tribunal to suspend enforcement, at the request of the latter, without the adoption of a decision on the opposition. '

3. The tenth and eleventh paragraphs of Article 115 of from 11/ 12.11.1929 a decree on the governance of public bodies (1 399), which had been added with par. Article 20 of Article 20 of Regulation (EEC) No 1540/1938 (1 488) and replaced by par. Article 6 of Regulation (EEC) No 1331/1949 (1 330) is replaced by the following:

" The court of jurisdiction to hear the opposition shall be the name of a court-martial of the location of the building. Decisions to be adopted shall not contain an instrument. If the judgment annulling the Protocol on grounds relating to the property or the law of the structure, the opposing party is required to bring a regular action within 90 days of the performance of the decision, otherwise the Protocol shall remain in force; and Is running In this case, the provision of Article 8 of Law 1539/1938, which has been in force under Article 52, does not apply. $18 million. Where the provisions of this Article refer to:

'President' or 'President' or 'Peace-trial' means the 'Court of First Instance'.

4. Article 20 of the Law. Having regard to the Treaty establishing the European Community,

' 5. In the first place, the Court of First Instance

(a) in the case of: Article 24 of the EC Treaty Council Regulation (EEC) No 2224/1994 (OJ No L 112, p. Article 16 of the EC Treaty No 2639/1998 (1 205) and (c) of the Treaty. Point 6 of Article 24 of the Law 3996 /2011 (1 170) The Greek public is represented by the President-in-Office of the Office that issued the contested act imposing fines or an official on the basis of the contested act. For representation, the Central Office of the Legal Council of the State shall be informed. The Agency may request a statement of reasons in a particular case as a representative of the N.S.K. Decisions shall be appealed by a member of the Legal Council of the State, following a reasoned order of the Administration, to which the case shall be attached. '

5. At the end of Article 4 (1). Regulation (EEC) No 3068/2002 (AA274) shall be added as follows:

' The execution of court decisions or other acts of execution of securities, which are subject to legal remedies or assistance, and which result in a financial obligation of the Court, shall be carried out after payment by the beneficiary of a guarantee equivalent. Bank letter. The court, which issued the enforceable decision

Or the court to which the assistance may be lodged, may, at the request of the beneficiary, be liable to the solvency of the beneficiary or the other guarantees offered or deemed necessary to reduce the amount of the guarantee. A letter of up to one second. If the exercise of the court of assistance is not subject

In a time-limit, the enforceable title may be completed without a guarantee, after the expiry of a period of 90 days from its performance. The guarantee letter is issued in favour of the service,

Which are responsible for the payment, and shall be reimbursed after the award of a certificate, for the benefit of the debtor, to resolve the dispute or the non-performance of a court or aid in accordance with the time-limit laid down by the A law. '

6. At the end of par. Article 57 of the EC Treaty The following is added to the following: 3086/2002 (1 324)

' The secondment of administrative staff of the N.S.C. shall be prohibited, pursuant to a general or specific provision, to another Service, authority, body, NITC or NIS. '

7. Article 6 of the Law. Having regard to the Treaty establishing the European Community,

' 7. Provisions relating to the entry into force of the present Act, which provide for the delegation of powers to the N.C.C., shall apply as follows: 1) has been issued on the basis of a relevant opinion of the whole of the N.S.K. and 2) by decision of the The conditions necessary for their implementation shall be established in full. '

8. In the first subparagraph of Article 228 (1) of the Code of Administrative Law (v. The following words shall be inserted after the words'the act is suspended' after the words' the act shall be suspended. ' , as to the lenders of the whom the classification is given, '.

9. In the first and second paragraphs of Article 3 (2) of the v. 2318/1995 "Code of Judicial Supervisors" (1 126) instead of the words "thirtieth pus" is the word "fortieth".

10. Cases (b) and (c) of paragraph 2

116

Article 3 of the Law The following shall be replaced by the following: " (b) He shall be a graduate of the Faculty of Law;

(c) has completed a six (6) months exercise in a court of law; or

The person concerned, in accordance with the conditions laid down in Article 6 of this Regulation, and ',

11. Paragraph 2 of Article 2 of the Law. No 2318/1995 is repealed.

12. Paragraph 12 of Article 3 of the Law. The following subparagraph is added as follows: 2318/1995 after (d) the following subparagraph is added:

"Participated persons before 8 May 2012 may participate in the competition and for the next three years."

13. In the first verse of the first subparagraph of paragraph 1 of Article 3 of the Law. 4043/2012 (1 25), the words'executed neither' and in the fourth verse instead of the words'have become unmarked', the word 'issued'.

CHAPTER C

Article 327 Ratification of the Private Council Amendment

Of the suspension of the closure of the terminals of the boxes II and III of the container terminal

Of the Orgasian Li of Piraeus SA

A legal amendment of 25.11.2008 from the entry into force of the law of the Court of Justice of the Court of Justice and the Court of Justice of the Court of Justice of the European Court of Justice has been ratified and entered into force on 25.11.2008. (PPA SA), which was signed in Piraeus on July 26, 2011, between one of the Anondas Company with the "Organic-Li Piraeus SA" brand. And, on the other hand, of the Anniversary of the Society with the "Stoth E-box of Piraeus SA", with its associated annexes in English and their translation into the Greek language, which are annexed to this law as Annex XII.

117

Article 328

The persons referred to in Article 23 (1). Regulation (EC) No 3877/2010 shall have the possibility to re-enter the arrangements provided for in that Article if they re-submit the request referred to in paragraph 1 or the statement provided for in paragraph 2, at the latest within three (3) months after publication of the application. This is a law in the Official Journal of the Government. Where the persons referred to in paragraph 1

Article 23 of the Law Regulation (EEC) No 3877/2010 had been subject to the following rules and subsequently lost their treatment because of the payment of three (3) and over successive instalments, they are entitled to their new application in a new application or declaration. In this case, a total of 48 instalments shall be made available in advance of the previous instalments subject to prior adjustment.

Article 329 Maturity of the Ministry of Education, Lifelong Vito

Learning and Religion

1. (a) From the first subparagraph of paragraph 5 of Article 7 of n. (b) Presidential Decree 4024/2011 lapsed (1 226) with a presidential decree issued after

The proposal of the Ministers for Administrative Reform and Electronic Governance and Education, Lifelong Learning and Religion, are defined by the institutions, the procedure and the criteria for the evaluation of the public opinion of the primary sector; and Of secondary education, as well as the weight of the individual criteria for promotion and evaluation of the term of office of teachers in positions of responsibility. The presidential decree is issued within an exclusive period of four (4) months after the publication of the term. The provisions of Articles 7, 8 and 9 of Articles 7, 8 and 9 of Articles 7, 8 and 9 shall apply after the entry into force of this provision. 4024/2011.

2. (a) The decision of the Ministers for Economic Affairs, Education, Lifelong Learning and Religion, as well as the decision of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, is based on the decision of the Ministers for Economic Affairs, Education, Culture and Religious Affairs, as well as the decision of the Chairman of the Board of Directors. Council of the Organisation for the Certification of Qualifications and Professional Orientation (IFRSs). (b) From the start of the operation of the IFRSs until and including

The entry into force of the agency's salary system under 2/18920/0022/6.3.2012 (B΄ 678) of the decision of the Ministers for Economic and Education, Lifelong Learning and Religion, of all nature and relationship staff, transferred to the IFRC. According to 14107 /E/3.2.2011 and 4324/9.12.2010 (B΄ 1995) Decisions by the Deputy Minister of Culture, Lifelong Learning and Religion, as well as all nature and relationship staff, transferred to the European Parliament by 138072 /H/ 30 .11.2011 (B) 3144) Cross-border inspection of the Ministry of Education, Lifelong Learning and On the basis of the terms and conditions laid down by the Court, the Court of

They joined the bodies from which it was transferred, retroactively from the date of its transfer. Since the entry into force of n. The provisions of Article 29 (2) and Article 31 (2) of Regulation (EEC) No 4024/2011 (A-226) for these matters shall apply, mutatis mutandis, and Article 31 (c).

In the case of the Court of Justice of the European Communities, the Court of Justice of the European Communities, the Court of Justice of the European Communities and the Court of Justice of the European Communities, shall be published in the Official Journal of the European Communities.

3.a) In the Central Office of the Ministry of Education and Religious Affairs (K.Y), a child staff is established for the hospitality and care of the pre-school children of the staff who are responsible for this service. A child's staff shall constitute an autonomous status of the C.I. and shall be governed by the provisions of this paragraph, and its supervision and supervision, including control of the scientific function and the observance of the provisions of this paragraph, The Ministry of Education, Lifelong Learning and Religion is exercised by the Minister of Education and Religion.

Care should be taken to provide children with pre-school-age children who are employed in the State, their employment and safekeeping at the working time of their parent companies and their age-related education, and Amusement, with a view to multifaceted mental, emotional, social and psychological development. In the children's staff, priority is given to the children of civil servants who hold organisational matters, permanent or temporary staff, with a relationship of public or private law, to the public service, and to serve in such positions and if there is one. (c) The child staff shall bear the title 'Children's Staths', the possibility, the possibility, of other staff serving in the C.I..

The Ministry of Education, Lifelong Learning and Religion " and operates at the premises of the State, in an area specially designed for this purpose. The specifications that this space fulfils and its scope are determined by decision of the Minister of Education, Lifelong Learning and Religion. The obligation to comply with these standards is exercised by a fitness committee set up for a three-year term of office by decision of the Minister of Education, Lifelong Learning and Religion by a Head of Division or, in the event of a lack thereof, Department of Computer Science, as President, the doctor who is employed in the C.I., or, in the absence of, an education branch of the IP 14 Graduates of Medicine, Dentistry, Pharmacy and Agronomic Medicine, a medical practitioner, and one Training of the Nipius' IP industry, with a degree, at least C, as a member. D) In children At the same time, it should be possible to reduce the dose of

In the case of children aged between two and a half (2, 5) until the age of enrolment in compulsory education. This section may include more than one class, depending on the number and age of the registers served in it. E) In the children's pen, there is a timetable and a

The Committee of the Environment, Public Health and Social Affairs and the Committee on the Environment, Public Health and

246

The Committee of the Environment, Public Health and Social Affairs and the Committee of the Environment, Public Health and Food Safety, Public Health and Food Safety. (f) The child staff shall be staffed by an instructor;

For the purposes of Article 6 (6) of paragraph 6 of paragraph 6 of Article 6 of the Law, the Council of the European Union shall act in accordance with paragraph 6 of Article 6 of the Treaty. NO 2740/1999 ('). In the children's staff, he may also be employed as a teacher of the PE of Psychologists, who is seconded according to the same provisions. (g) By decision of the Minister of Education, Lifelong Learning, the Ministry of Education, the Ministry of Education, the Ministry of Education, the Ministry of Education, the Ministry of Education and the Ministry of Education.

Having regard to the Treaty establishing the European Economic Community, and in particular Article 1 (2) thereof, the Council, acting by a qualified majority, shall be consulted by the Council, acting on a proposal from the Commission, after consulting the European Parliament, the Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Procedure, deadlines and supporting documents

Registration of the registers. (bb) The strength of the staff to the minimum

And the maximum limit for the total number of vessels to be used for the effective and sustainable functioning of the children's staff. (cc) The procedure and the economic and social criteria;

The selection of the infants, if the number of infants who can be served in the children's staff in accordance with the provisions of the present day falls below the number of persons concerned. Without prejudice to the second subparagraph of subparagraph (b), the selection criteria shall include, in particular, the income situation and any serious health problems of the parent-infant children and the number of their other children. (d) The setting-up and term of office of the

Of the competent collective body for the selection of infants, in accordance with the previous indent. (eu) The minimum and maximum number of infants per

Class and mode of distribution of infants to classes, as long as they work. (f) Specialised social benefits to the

Toddlers. (g) The number of teachers seconded for

The strain of the child staff in proportion to the number of infants. (h) the specific tasks of the product; and

Of other staff. (i) The opening hours of the children's staff. (ii) Any other issue relating to the organisation and the

(h) the functioning of the children's staff (h) with the rules of procedure laid down in the Rules of Procedure;

Furthermore, the obligations of the parent companies' parent companies, which may include economic participation in the costs of implementing voluntary educational and recreational activities outside the clock, may be included. The child's staff will be responsible for the children's responsibility to and from the children's staff. (i) The child's staff shall begin to provide the services.

Of the operations referred to in paragraph 2 of 1.9.2012 and by 31.8.2013 shall be operated in a pilot manner. The number of infants served during the above period up to the full function of the staff member shall be determined by decision of the Minister of Education, Lifelong

Learning and Religion, published in the Official Journal of the Government.

4.a) In Chapter I of n. 3966/2011 (118) The following amendments are adopted: (aa) At the end of the second paragraph

(37) the following subparagraph shall be added as follows:

(i) positions and the special procedure for definitions of the non-standard experimental school units that are confused with WITSEC." (bb) The indent of Article 40 (3)

It shall be replaced by the following: " He shall select the Board of Directors, according to the

In accordance with Article 41 (1) of Article 41, the pedagogical staff of the school board in accordance with paragraph 1 (b) of the same paragraph as well as the teachers involved in the ECA, in accordance with the provisions of the same paragraph. ' (cc) The first paragraph of indent (b) of the Annex;

Paragraph 1 of Article 41 shall be replaced by the following: " The pedagogical responsible school system

FOR INSTANCE .. " (d) The last subparagraph of paragraph 5 of the ar -

Article 42 shall be replaced by the following: " Applicants shall have the right to

(b) in the case before the ICMG, within a time-limit set by the Board of Directors, it shall begin with the suspension of the nominee of a nominee of the candidates in each WITSEC.

The words', with a four-year term of office,' shall be added; cases b and c of paragraph 3 shall be replaced by the following:

Article 48 shall be replaced by the following: " (b) The assessment of vocational training

(a) the assessment of the scientific and teaching proficiency of the teacher, drawn up by the specialist in secondary education or the consultant of the educational responsibility for primary education; Training, following an overall assessment of the work of the education programme including observation of teaching in the classroom, an assessment of the dossier with the procedures and the teaching material required by the teacher; and (b) the evaluation report on the contribution of the teacher to the education programme; School unit, drawn up by the Director of the Hellenic Republic in cooperation with the School Advisor who is a member of the European School of Education, following an agreement, including cooperation, initiative and participation in the education and training programme, (c) The personality and the general constitution of the sub -

A vote as assessed in the oral co-decision by a number of tripartite committees set up by the ICRA and composed of a member of the Board of Directors or member of the Board of Directors, a school advisory committee and a Director. B.P., with their deputies. During the evaluation, when the school syllabus is a member of the HPB, in which the training officer is being evaluated, he is deputized. The same shall apply to the Director of the Hellenic Republic. " (g) The last paragraph of paragraph 4 of the ar -

Article 48 shall be replaced by the following: " Applicants shall have the right to

247

(i) the second subparagraph of paragraph 5 of Article 5 (5) of the second subparagraph of Article 3 (5) of Regulation (EEC) No 2026/1999, and the second subparagraph of Article 5 (5) of the Treaty;

48 is replaced by the following: " By decision of the Minister of Education, Lifelong

Having regard to the opinion of the Economic and Social Committee, published in the Official Journal of the European Communities and published in the Official Journal of the European Union and published in the Official Journal of the European Union, the criteria in subparagraphs (a) and (b) of paragraph 3 shall be defined and the quality assessment framework established. From the point of view of the criterion of case (c) and set out in particular the issues relating to the method and procedure of the selection of teachers' teachers. ' (ij) At the end of Article 48 (8),

The following paragraph shall be added: ' By decision of the Minister of Education, Lifelong

The Committee of the Environment, Public Health and Food Safety, which is published in the Official Journal of the European Communities, sets out the additional limits and lays down the conditions for their award to directors, directors and other teachers who are in service with any other relationship. A. P. S for the filling of the posts of public education referred to in Article 10 (2) of the Law. 3848/2010 (48). ' (ii) Article 48 (9) is replaced by the following:

Hereinafter 9. If during the school year there are,

For any reason, the needs of replacement exhalators serving in WITSEC, shall be posted or distributed by or alternating teachers of the public primary and secondary education with an increased academic qualification. For the selection of teachers seconded or disposed of in accordance with the preceding subparagraph, the ECA shall issue a call for expressions of interest. The placement of the teachers selected is based on the decision of the Board of Directors following a recommendation of the ECA which issued the call for interest. ' (vii) In Article 51 (3), the phrase '

As a member of the ECA, a teacher is replaced by the words "membership of the ECA. Two teachers are appointed" and the chronology "2011-2012" is replaced by the chronology "2014-2015". (viv) Article 51 (5) is replaced by the following:

As follows: ' 5. The permanent education and training of teachers

Academic year 2011-2012 in PTSD, either in their organic position or by secondment, they continue to serve on them up to the end of their school year 2012-2013, upon request made to the ICMG at the latest. On 30.6.2012, and at the end of the evaluation by the Board of Directors on the basis of the criteria set out in Article 48 (3). On the other hand, it is the responsibility of the ECSs. The evaluation reports on the contribution of teachers to the educational project of the school unit shall be drawn up by 15.11.2012 and the evaluation reports of the school advisors on scientific and technical Teachers' teaching staff are drawn up until 31.1.2013. Subsequently, the ECA shall draw up official lists of teachers on the basis of the criteria laid down in Article 48 (3) (a) and (b). Evaluating tables together with the teachers' attitudes are transmitted by

Ltd. in the ICMG until 13.2.2013. The proceedings of the interviews and the adoption of the results are completed by 15.5.2013. In the same procedure, teachers who have organisational positions in WITSEC and have been seconded to the school years 2011-2012 and 2012-2013 for the services of the service, in non-pilot projects, or Are on an educational or sick leave or a lottery. If the evaluation of the ICMG is positive, these teachers shall be selected as teachers of the PCA for a term of office determined in accordance with the provisions of Articles 48 and 50. The details of the application of this paragraph shall be determined by a decision of the Minister of Education, Lifelong Learning and Religious Affairs, published in the Official Journal of the Government. ' (c) In Article 51 (6), the words'

The time that the above schools will be designated as 'a-is replaced by' in 'and the year 2011-2012' is replaced by the year 2012-2013 '. (d) In paragraph 7 of Article 51, the chronology

"30.7.2012" is replaced by the date "5.6.2013" and the chronology "10.9.2012" is replaced by the date "30.7.2013". (i) Paragraph 9 of Article 51 shall be replaced by the following:

As follows: ' 9. From the school year 2013-2014 no -

Who are seconded by teachers in WITSEC, and the distractions carried out for the school year 2011-2012 and extended by the first subparagraph of paragraph 5 shall expire on 31 August 2013. '; The first subparagraph of paragraph 10 of the ar -

Article 51 shall be replaced by the following: The registration of the pupils in WITSEC for school -

The year 2102-2013 shall take place in accordance with current provisions. ' and in the second subparagraph of paragraph 2, the year 2012-2013 shall be replaced by the year 2013-2014. (b) The cases of iaea up to histoist;

(a) enter into force by a decision of the Minister of Education, Lifelong Learning and Religion, which is published in the Official Journal of the Government, following a reasoned opinion of the ICMG for the defences of the arrangements referred to in paragraphs 3, 5, I would like to thank the Commission for its support. Regulation (EEC) No 3966/2011, as amended by the above cases, and in particular with regard to the application of the time limits laid down in the relevant provisions. In particular, for the case of the case, if there is an opinion in favour of the immediate implementation of the ICMG, the Minister of Education, Lifelong Learning and Religion-may decide that the registration of the pupils in WITSEC and for the school year 2102-2013 Shall be made in accordance with Article 44. (c) When in a secondary direction of secondary

Training is an experimental model, and an experimental high school model does not work, it is necessary to submit applications from the high schools operating in the same region for their designation as experimental models, with the exception of Asia. Department of Secondary Education Athens, where the right is limited to the secondary schools of the area of the former secondary education that belonged to the 1st General High School of Athens (Gennatio). The sub -

248

Resolution of the Court of Justice and the Court of Justice of the European Court of Justice of the European Union High school with the best evaluation is defined as an experimental model for the benefit of the threshold of the last paragraph of Article 51 of the Law. 3966/2011.

5. The seat of each regional address of the first time and secondary education shall be organised and operated, without the setting up of new organic positions, an autonomous legal support office, with the responsibility, in particular, of legal support for issues. (i) the operation and exercise of the responsibilities of regional authorities and of all regional services and the non-legal and collective bodies responsible for this, as well as assistance from the Ministry's legislative initiative; Education, Lifelong Learning and Religion, provided for in Articles 14 and 15 of n. The Council adopted Regulation (EC) No 4048/2012 (2) on the exercise of its powers. The autonomous legal assistance office is staffed by three (3) to seven (7) di-residential employees of the branch of a Board of Directors of the Board of Directors, who serve at the regional level of education or in service. (i) students who are subject to or distrust teachers in the Department of Graduates of Legal and Political Science Graduates, graduates of the law, depending on the number of addresses of children under the regional di - Training direction. The teachers of the Department of Education, the Ministry of Education, the Ministry of Education, the Ministry of Education, the Ministry of Education, the Ministry of Education, the Ministry of Education, the Ministry of Education, the Ministry of Education, the Ministry of Education, the Ministry of Education, the Ministry of Education and Science. On the other hand, it is necessary to ensure that, in accordance with the principle of equal treatment, the principle of equal treatment for men and women is a matter for the Member States. The provisions of paragraphs 2 to 6 of Article 25 of the Law shall not apply to administrative staff and non-governmental officials serving in the autonomous office of legislative support. NO 3528/2007 (26). In this self-ending office of legal support there is an administrative officer of the branch of the IP of the Board of Directors of the Department of Economic and Financial Affairs of the Department of Legal and Political Education, University of Economics and Business. Having regard to the opinion of the Committee on the Environment, Public Health and Food Safety, on the proposal from the Commission to the Council (COM (88) 714 final-Doc. The head office of the self-supporting office shall not be subject to a position of responsibility.

6. (a) Article 20 of the Law 3966/2011 (1 118) is amended as follows: (a) the first subparagraph of paragraph 1 is deleted;

(b) Paragraph 2 shall be replaced by the following: The Symbols, the Moni, the Presidents and the Presidents

For a term of office of the Pedagogical Institute, holders of permanent and temporary posts, transferred to the Ministry of Education of the Ministry of Education of Lifelong Learning and Religion and occupy temporary posts with the employment relationship. Law of the Council of the European Communities, B and C respectively, which are automatically recommended. In order to set up temporary staff and the transfer of staff to them, the Governing Council's decision-making decision shall be adopted.

Reregulation and Electronic Governance, Economic and Education of Lifelong Learning and Religion-of, published in the Official Journal of the European Communities-as. (b) The first paragraph of indent (b) of the parlance shall be maintained by the staff referred to in this paragraph.

Paragraph 6 shall be replaced by the following: " The staff shall be transferred to Central

A recital of the Ministry of Education, Lifelong Learning and Religion, in accordance with paragraph 2, carries out scientific-advisory functions and assists the Minister of Education, Lifelong Learning and Religion. ' In the last paragraph of the same case, the phrase

' Council of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Parliament, of the European Parliament, of the European Parliament, of the European Parliament, of the European Parliament, of the Council, of the European Parliament, of the European Parliament, of the European Parliament, of the European Parliament, of the European Parliament, of the European Parliament, of the European Parliament, of the European Parliament, of the European Parliament, The

The first subparagraph of paragraph 15 is deleted;

The words'joining or'. In the second subparagraph, the words'integration or' shall be deleted and the words'forms part or' and the words'shall be inserted in the third paragraph of the same paragraph' shall be deleted;

The phrase 'integration or', (g) Paragraphs 3, 4 and 5;

(b) In Article 4 (2), paragraph 6 and paragraphs 7 and 8 shall be deleted. 3687/2008

('1 159) the word' August 'shall be replaced by' July ' and at the end of the same paragraph shall be added as follows:

' Request for the resignation of an educational first-rate and secondary education subject to the first eighteen of July shall be deemed to have been accepted and automatically terminated if the deadline of one (1) has elapsed. Having regard to the proposal from the Commission,

7. Paragraph 13 of Article 47 of the Law. 3848/2010 (1 71) is replaced by the following:

"The recruitment and dismissal of Greek teachers, placed in the private school with the" Arsakeio Tirana: Hellenic-Albanian College of Philatelic Society ", as well as the number of directors in it, is made after Approval of the regional director of primary and secondary education Attiki. The time of service of the Greek teachers to the private school of the preceding subparagraph is considered, in all the legal consequences, that it has been distributed to a School of the Educational Society in Greece. For the recognition of the past service of the Greek teachers who have served in the past or serve in the private school referred to in the first subparagraph of this paragraph, their time of employment is shown by any legal means, including (i) the laws of the Member States of the European Union and the Member States; By decision of the Minister of Education Lifelong Learning and Religion, the issues relating to the exercise of administrative supervision in the private school "Arsakeio Tirana: Hellenic-Albanian College of Philodities", and The Staff Regulations, as well as the details of the implementation of this paragraph. ';

249

Article 330 Coding of arrangements-entry into force

1. Presidential decree issued within the meaning of this law by the publication of this law with a proposal by the Minister for Development, Competitiveness and Industry shall be codified and published in a single text. Private Hewing Company, the provisions for the trademarks and the provisions for personal companies. Future changes to this legislation are made by an amendment to the

Due to the orders. A presidential decree issuing the proposal of the Minister for Development, Competitiveness and Shipping codifies legislation for the Secretary of State.

2. The validity of this law shall begin by its publication in the Official Journal of the Government, with the exception of the Heads of State or Government of the present law, beginning six months after the date of Article 232 starting from 6 months after the date of entry into force of this Article. 1.7.2012 and where otherwise specified by the individual provisions.

250

251

Athens, 2012

THE PRESIDENT OF PARLIAMENT

FILIPINO PEBBLE

THE SECRETARY-GENERAL OF THE COUNCIL OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT

ATHANASIOS D. PAPAIOANNOU, IMMORTALITY. THEODOROPOULOS